Anda di halaman 1dari 319

Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval


system,
or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior wri
tten
permission of the publisher.
© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI
Nomor
016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/80/2009.
Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bag
aimanapun,
elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.
Kode file IP2_BING8A_PG09.

Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Sugeng Aryanto; Ilustrator: Ag

ung Suroso,
Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky
D.,
M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.
Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.
Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,


Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id
Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id
Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yang
layak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internet
oleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu saja
belum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur.
Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satu
buku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi Pegangan
Guru (PG).
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah
menggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam buku
ini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggris
karena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswa
mempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan
(spoken) maupun tertulis (written).
Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapa
peningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku
latihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment)
dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review)
tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unit
yang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan Guru
PR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya.
Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku ini
juga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka dan
membantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas.
Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan dan
pengembangan buku latihan ini.

Klaten, April 2009

Penyusun

iii
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semest

er 1
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk
Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

Minggu Efektif Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi
Komponen Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun
Waktu
Ajaran (jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. Pendidikan
Kewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101


4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya dan
Keterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

9. Pendidikan
Jasmani, Olahraga
2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
,
dan Kesehatan
10 Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51
.

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811


Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Mene
ngah:
Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:
1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.
2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.
3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun
b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)
c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberika
n
kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat seti
ap
peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Semester 1
Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam
Mata Pelajaran Alokasi Minggu Efektif
Per Semester Per Semester Per Semester
Waktu Per Semester
(jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

iv
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006
tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar
Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas VIII, Semester 1

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam per- 1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things don
cakapan transaksional dan
interpersonal sederhana untuk e)
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
sekitar
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memint
a,
memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingka
ri
fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat
1.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things don
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan 2.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana seca
fungsional dan monolog pendek ra
sederhana berbentuk descriptive akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
dan recount untuk berinteraksi 2.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,
dengan lingkungan sekitar
lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks
berbentuk descriptive dan recount
Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan
interpersonal lisan pendek secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
sederhana untuk berinteraksi yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi,
dengan lingkungan sekitar menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapa
t
3.2 Memahami dan merespon percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan
secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyet
ujui/
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana deng
teks lisan fungsional dan monolog an
pendek sederhana yang berbentuk menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk
descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan 4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan
sekitar ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan
Membaca
5. Memahami makna teks tulis 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptive da
fungsional dan esei pendek
sederhana berbentuk descriptive n
dan recount yang berkaitan dengan
recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterim
lingkungan sekitar
a
yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar
5.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lanc
ar
Menulis dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana deng
tulis fungsional dan esei pendek
sederhana berbentuk descriptive, an
dan recount untuk berinteraksi menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk ber-
dengan lingkungan sekitar interaksi dengan lingkungan sekitar
6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan
v
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semeste
r 1
SILABUS 1– 44
– Unit 1 Descriptive
– Unit 2 Recount
– Unit 3 Descriptive
– Unit 4 Recount

UNIT 1 Descriptive 45–100


– Asking for and Giving Opinions
– Agreeing or Disagreeing
– Genre: Descriptive
– The Simple Present Tense
– Adjectives
– The Present Continuous Tense
– Short Descriptions and Labels

UNIT 2 Recount 101–162


– Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Help
– Complimenting
– Genre: Recount
– The Simple Past Tense
– The Present Perfect Tense
– Announcements and Letters

UNIT 3 Descriptive 163–236


– Admitting and Denying Facts
– Congratulating
– Genre: Descriptive
– Question Words
– Indefinite Pronouns
– Announcements and Advertisements

UNIT 4 Recount 237–292


– Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things
– Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation
– Genre: Recount
– The Past Continuous Tense
– Relating/Linking Verbs
– Reflexive Pronouns
– Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards

Latihan Ulangan Semester 293–302

Reading Materials 303–313

Daftar Pustaka 314

Kegiatan Tatap Muka

vi

Daftar Isi
SILABUS
Unit1Descriptive
NamaSekolah: SMP/MTs...
Kelas/Semester:
VIII/1
MataPelajaran: BahasaInggris
Unit: 1
Genre: Descriptive
StandarKompetensi: Mendengarkan
1.Memahamimakna dalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonalsederhanauntukberinter

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1Merespons Percakapan- 1.Memahamipercakapan Bereaksiatau Nontes Uraian Readthedialog


2 40' BukuPR
maknayang percakapan dalamgambarserta meresponsdengan objektif andunderstand Bahasa
terdapatdalam transaksionaldan berbagaiungkapan benarterhadap theexpressions. InggrisSMP/
percakapan interpersonalyang yangdipelajari. tindaktutur: MTsVIIIA
transaksional memuatungkapan memintadan Intan
(togetthings memintadan 2.Menjawabpertanyaan memberipendapat Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe Pariwara
done)dan memberipendapat yangberkaitandengan sertamenyetujui/ singkat questionsbelow. hal.1–4.
interpersonal sertamenyetujui/ ungkapanyang tidakmenyetujui. Kamus
(bersosialisasi) tidakmenyetujui. dipelajari. Inggris–
sederhana Indonesia
secaraakurat, 3.Menyimakberbagai Testulis Dikte Listentoyour dan
lancar,dan ungkapanyang teacher.Write Indonesia–
berterimauntuk dibacakanguru,lalu downthe Inggris.
berinteraksi menulisnya. expressionsyou Buku-buku
dengan haveheard. lainyang
lingkungan relevan.
sekitaryang 4.Menyimakpercakapan Testulis Benar/Salah Listentoyour
melibatkan yangdibacakanguru, teacher.State
tindaktutur: lalumenentukan whetherthe
meminta, pernyataanbenaratau statementsare
memberi, salah. true(T)orfalse
menolakjasa, (F)basedon
meminta, whatyouhave
memberi, heard.
menolak
barang,

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

1
2
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

mengakui, 5.Melengkapi Testulis Isian Listentoyour


mengingkari percakapan teacher.Fillinthe
fakta,dan berdasarkan blanksbasedon

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive


memintadan percakapanyang thedialogyou
memberi dibacakanguru. haveheard.
pendapat.
6.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill
1.2Merespons yangdibacakanguru singkat askyousome
maknayang berdasarkan questionsabout
terdapatdalam percakapanyang thedialoginTask
percakapan diperdengarkanpada C.Answerthe
transaksional kegiatansebelumnya. questionsorally.
(togetthings
done)dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi) 7.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan Listentoyour
sederhana tepatberdasarkan ganda teacher.Choose
secaraakurat, percakapanyang A,B,CorDfor
lancar,dan dibacakanguru. thecorrect
berterimauntuk answer.
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
sekitaryang
melibatkan
tindaktutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolak
ajakan,
menyetujui/
tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberi
selamat.
StandarKompetensi:Mendengarkan
2.Memahamimaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendeksederha
denganlingkungansekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1Merespons Tekslisan 1.Memahamicontohdan Mampumerespons Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


1 40' BukuPR
maknayang fungsional penjelasantentang maknayang objektif understandthe Bahasa
terdapatdalam pendek:short shortdescriptionlisan. terdapatdalamteks explanation. InggrisSMP/
tekslisan descriptions. lisanfungsional MTsVIIIA
fungsional 2.Menjawabpertanyaan pendeksederhana Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe Intan
pendek yangberkaitandengan berbentukshort singkat questionsbelow. Pariwara
sederhana shortdescription. descriptionsecara hal.15–16.
secaraakurat, akurat,lancar,dan Kamus
lancar,dan 3.Menyimakshort berterimauntuk Teslisan Uraian Listentoyour Inggris–
berterima descriptionyang berinteraksidalam teacher.Whatisit Indonesiadan
untuk dibacakanguru,lalu kontekskehidupan about? Indonesia–
berinteraksi menjelaskanisinya. sehari-hari. Inggris.
dengan Buku-buku
lingkungan 4.Menentukan Testulis Pernyataan Statewhetherthe lainyang
sekitar. pernyataanbenaratau benar/salah statementsare relevan.
salahberdasarkan true(T)orfalse
shortdescriptionpada (F)basedonthe
kegiatansebelumnya. textinTaskA.

2.2Merespons Monolog 5.Membacadan Meresponsmakna Nontes Uraian Readthe 2 40' BukuPR


maknayang descriptive. memahamicontohdan yangterdapat objektif monologand Bahasa
terdapatdalam penjelasanteks dalammonolog understandthe InggrisSMP/
monolog descriptivelisan. pendeksederhana explanation. MTsVIIIA
pendek secaraakurat, Intan
sederhana 6.Menjawabpertanyaan lancar,dan Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe Pariwara
secaraakurat, yangberkaitandengan berterimadalam singkat questionsbelow. hal.6,10–11.
lancar,dan teksdescriptive. teksdescriptive. Kamus
berterima Inggris–
untuk 7.Menyimakmonolog Teslisan Jawaban Listentoyour Indonesiadan
berinteraksi descriptiveyang singkat teacher.What Indonesia–
dengan dibacakanguru,lalu doeshe/shetalk Inggris.
lingkungan menjelaskanisinya. about? Buku-buku
sekitardalam lainyang
teksberbentuk 8.Menentukan Testulis Pernyataan Statewhetherthe relevan.
descriptive pernyataanbenaratau benar/salah statementsare

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


danrecount. salahberdasarkan true(T)orfalse
monologyangdisimak (F)basedonthe
padakegiatan monologyouhave
sebelumnya. heardinTaskA.

3
4
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

9.Menjawabpertanyaan Testulis Jawaban Lookatthe


berdasarkanmonolog singkat pictureandlisten
yangdibacakanguru. totheteacher.

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive


Answerthe
questionsbased
onthemonolog
youhaveheard.

10.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Fillintheblanks


berdasarkanmonolog whilelisteningto
yangdibacakanguru. yourteacher.

StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
3.Mengungkapkanmaknadalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonallisa
sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1Meng- Percakapan 1.Memperagakan Melakukan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Readandpractice


2x40' BukuPR
ungkapkan transaksionaldan percakapandengan berbagaitindak kerja thedialogswith Bahasa
maknadalam interpersonalyang lafaldanintonasiyang tuturdalamwacana proper InggrisSMP/
percakapan melibatkantindak tepat. lisantransaksional/ pronunciation. MTsVIIIA
transaksional tuturmemintadan interpersonal Intan
(togetthings memberi 2.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe Pariwara
seperti:meminta
done)dan berdasarkan singkat questionsbased
pendapatserta danmemberi hal.4–6.
interpersonal
menyetujui/tidak percakapanyangada pendapatserta onthedialogsin Kamus
(bersosialisasi)
menyetujui. dikegiatan menyetujui/tidak TaskA. Inggris–
sederhana
denganmeng- sebelumnya. menyetujui. Indonesia
gunakan dan
ragambahasa 3.Melengkapi Mengembangkan Testulis Isian Completethe Indonesia–
lisansecara percakapandengan wacana dialogwiththe Inggris.
akurat,lancar, kata-katadalamkotak. transaksional/ correctwordsin Buku-buku
danberterima 4.Memperagakan interpersonal Tesunjuk Unjukkerja thebox.Then, lainyang
untukber- percakapantersebut kerja practicethe relevan.
interaksi denganteman. completedialog
dengan withyourfriend.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

lingkungan 5.Menjawabpertanyaan pendekmenjadi Testulis Jawaban Answerthe


sekitaryang berdasarkan sebuahobrolan singkat following
melibatkan percakapanyangada atauinteraksional questionsbased
tindaktutur: dikegiatan yanglebih onthedialogin
meminta, sebelumnya. panjang. TaskC.
memberi,
menolakjasa,
6.Membuatpercakapan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Makeadialog
meminta,
memberi, berdasarkanpanduan kerja basedonthe
menolakbarang, yangtersedia,lalu guideline.Then,
mengakui, memperagakan practicethe
mengingkari percakapantersebut. dialog.
fakta,dan
memintadan 7.Membuatpercakapan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Makedialogs
memberi berdasarkansituasi kerja basedonthe
pendapat. yangtersedia,lalu situations.Then,
memperagakan practicethe
3.2Meng- percakapantersebut. dialogs.
ungkapkan
maknadalam
percakapan
transaksional(to
getthingsdone)
daninterpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana
denganmeng-
gunakanragam
bahasalisan
secaraakurat,
lancar,dan
berterimauntuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
sekitaryang
melibatkantindak
tutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolakajakan,
menyetujui/

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberi

5
selamat.
6
StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
4.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendekse
berinteraksidenganlingkunganterdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive


4.1Mengungkap- Tekslisan 1.Mendeskripsikan Mengungkapkan Teslisan Uraian Describeathing
1 40' BukuPR
kanmakna fungsional sesuatusecarasingkat makna/gagasan basedonthedata Bahasa
dalambentuk pendek:short berdasarkandatayang dalamtekslisan below. InggrisSMP/
tekslisan descriptions. tersedia. fungsionalpendek MTsVIIIA
fungsional berbentukshort Intan
pendek 2.Mendeskripsikanbenda descriptiondengan Teslisan Uraian Lookatthe Pariwara
sederhana dalamgambarsecara lancardan pictureandfind hal.17.
dengan singkat. berterima. somereferences Kamus
menggunakan aboutit.Describe Inggris–
ragambahasa itbriefly. Indonesiadan
lisansecara Indonesia–
akurat,lancar, Inggris.
danberterima Buku-buku
untuk lainyang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
sekitar.

4.2Meng- Monolog 3.Melakukanmonolog Melakukan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Readthetext. 2 40' BukuPR


ungkap-kan descriptive. berdasarkanteksyang monologdalamteks kerja Deliveramonolog Bahasa
maknadalam tersedia. berbentuk basedonthetext. InggrisSMP/
monolog descriptivedengan MTsVIIIA
pendek 4.Melakukanmonolog ragambahasalisan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Findthedata Intan
sederhana descriptivetentang secaralancardan kerja aboutthisman, Pariwara
dengan tokohyangadadalam berterima. thendescribehim hal.11–12.
menggunakan gambar. orallyinfrontof Kamus
ragambahasa theclass. Inggris–
lisansecara Indonesiadan
akurat,lancar, Indonesia–
danberterima Inggris.
untuk Buku-buku
berinteraksi lainyang
dengan relevan.
lingkungan
sekitardalam
teksberbentuk
descriptive
danrecount.
StandarKompetensi:Membaca
5.Memahamimaknatekstulisfungsionaldanesaipendeksederhanaberbentukd
sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1Membaca Tekstulis 1.Membacacontohdan Membacanyaring Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


1 40' BukuPR
nyaring fungsional memahamipenjelasan secarabermakna objektif understandthe Bahasa
bermaknateks pendek:label. tentanglabel. wacanapendek explanation. InggrisSMP/
tulisfungsional sederhana. MTsVIIIA
danesei Teksdescriptive. 2.Membacanyaring Teslisan Membaca Readthetext. Intan
berbentuk labeldenganlafaldan nyaring Statewhetherthe Pariwara
descriptive ucapanyangbenar. statements hal.12,16,17.
danrecount aretrue(T)or Kamus
pendekdan false(F). Inggris–
sederhana Indonesiadan
denganucapan, 3.Membacanyaringteks Teslisan Membaca Readthetextwith Indonesia–
tekanan,dan descriptivedengan nyaring proper Inggris.
intonasiyang lafal,tekanan,dan pronunciation. Buku-buku
berterimayang ucapanyangbenar. Identifythe lainyang
berkaitan 4.Mengidentifikasi Testulis Identifikasi structureofthe relevan.
dengan strukturtekstersebut. text.
lingkungan
sekitar.

5.2Merespons Tekstulis 5.Menyatakan Meresponsmakna Testulis Pernyataan Readthetext. 1 40' BukuPR


maknadalam fungsional pernyataanbenaratau yangterdapat benar/salah Statewhetherthe Bahasa
tekstulis pendek:label. salahberdasarkan dalamteks statementsare InggrisSMP/
fungsional teksyangada. fungsionalpendek true(T)orfalse MTsVIIIA
pendek berbentuklabel (F). Intan
sederhana denganbenar. Pariwara
secaraakurat, 6.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,C hal.16–17.
lancar,dan tepatberdasarkan ganda orDforthe Kamus
berterimayang teks. correctanswer. Inggris–
berkaitan Indonesiadan
dengan Indonesia–
lingkungan Inggris.
sekitar. Buku-buku
lainyang
relevan.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

7
8
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.3Merespons Teksdescriptive. 7.Membacacontohdan Mengidentifikasi Nontes Uraian 3


Readthetextand 40' BukuPR
maknadan penjelasantentang maknagagasan objektif understandthe Bahasa
langkah Thesimple teksdescriptive. (ideasional)dan explanation. InggrisSMP/

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive


retorikadalam presenttense. informasifaktual MTsVIIIA
eseipendek 8.Mempelajaritata dalamteks,main Nontes Uraian Readthedialog Intan
sederhana Adjectives. bahasayangterkait, ideas,supporting objektif andunderstand Pariwara
secaraakurat, yaituthesimple ideas,details. theexplanation. hal.7–10,
lancar,dan Thepresent presenttense, 12–14.
berterimayang continuoustense. adjectives,danthe Kamus
berkaitan presentcontinuous Inggris–
dengan tense,serta Indonesiadan
lingkungan memahamicontoh- Indonesia–
sekitardalam contohnya. Inggris.
teksberbentuk Buku-buku
decriptivedan 9.Menentukan Testulis Pernyataan Statewhetherthe lainyang
recount. pernyataanbenar benar/salah statementsare relevan.
atausalahberdasar- True(T)orFalse
kanteksyangadadi (F)basedonthe
kegiatansebelumnya. textinTaskA.

10.Menjawabpertanyaan Testulis Jawaban Readthetextand


berdasarkanteks. singkat answerthe
questions.

11.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Completethetext


dengankata-kata withthecorrect
dalamkotak,lalu wordsinthebox,
membacateksyang thenreaditaloud.
telahlengkap.

12.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,Cor


tepatberdasarkan ganda Dforthecorrect
tekssoal. answer.

13.Melengkapikalimat Testulis Isian Completethe


dengankatasifatyang sentenceswith
tersediadidalam thecorrect
kotak. adjectivesinthe
box.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

14.Mengoreksidan Testulis Uraian Correctthe


membetulkankalimat sentencesbelow.
yangtersedia.

15.Mengubahkata-kata Testulis Isian Changethe


dalamkurungke wordsinbrackets
dalambentukthe intothepresent
presentcontinuous continuoustense.
tenseuntuk
melengkapikalimat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

9
10
StandarKompetensi:Menulis
6.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekstulisfungsionalesaipendeksederhanaber
lingkungansekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive


6.1Mengungkap- Tekstulis 1.Menulislabelproduk Menulisberbagai Testulis Uraian 1
Writethelabelof 40' BukuPR
kanmakna fungsional yangdigunakansehari- teksfungsional aproductthatyou Bahasa
dalambentuk pendek:label. hari. untukkomunikasi usedaily,suchas InggrisSMP/
tekstulis sehari-hariseperti shampoo,soap, MTsVIIIA
fungsional labeldenganbenar cosmetics,etc. Intan
pendek danberterima. Pariwara
sederhana hal.18.
dengan Kamus
menggunakan Inggris–
ragambahasa Indonesiadan
tulissecara Indonesia–
akurat,lancar, Inggris.
danberterima Buku-buku
untuk lainyang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
sekitar.

6.2Mengungkap- Teksdescriptive. 2.Menulisteksdescriptive Menulisberbagai Testulis Esai Write 2 40' BukuPR


kanmaknadan berdasarkandata. teksterutamayang adescriptivetext Bahasa
langkah berbentuk basedonthe InggrisSMP/
retorikadalam descriptivedengan data. MTsVIIIA
eseipendek langkahretorika Intan
sederhana 3.Menulisteksdescriptive danstrukturteks Testulis Esai Write Pariwara
dengan berdasarkangambar yangbenardan adescriptivetext hal.15.
menggunakan daninformasiyang berterima. basedonthe Kamus
ragambahasa diperoleh. picture.Find Inggris–
tulissecara somerelevant Indonesiadan
akurat,lancar, resourcestoget Indonesia–
danberterima theinformation Inggris.
untuk abouthim. Buku-buku
berinteraksi lainyang
dengan relevan.
lingkungan
sekitardalam
teksberbentuk
descriptive
danrecount.
SILABUS
Unit2Recount
NamaSekolah: SMP/MTs...
Kelas/Semester:
VIII/1
MataPelajaran: BahasaInggris
Unit:2
Genre: Recount
StandarKompetensi: Mendengarkan
1.Memahamimakna dalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonalpendeksederhan

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
Pembelajaran
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1Merespons Percakapan- 1.Membacapercakapan Bereaksiatau Nontes Uraian Readthedialogs


2 40' BukuPR
maknayang percakapan danmemahami meresponsdengan objektif andunderstand Bahasa
terdapatdalam transaksionaldan ungkapan-ungkapan benarterhadap theexpressions. InggrisSMP/
percakapan interpersonal yangtersedia. tindaktutur:untuk MTsVIIIA
transaksional untukmeminta, meminta,memberi, Intan
(togetthings memberi,menolak 2.Mengingatungkapan- menolakjasa,dan Teslisan Jawaban RememberUnit Pariwara
done)dan jasa,danmemuji. ungkapanyangtelahmemuji. singkat 1,thenanswer hal.21–24
interpersonal dipelajaripadaunit thequestions Kamus
(bersosialisasi) sebelumnya,dan below. Inggris–
sederhana menjawabpertanyaan Indonesia
secaraakurat, tentangungkapan- dan
lancar,dan ungkapantersebut. Indonesia–
berterimauntuk Inggris.
berinteraksi 3.Menyimakpercakapan Teslisan Unjukkerja Listentoyour Buku-buku
dengan yangdibacakanguru, teacherand lainyang
lingkungan lalumenirukannya. repeatafterhim/ relevan.
sekitaryang 4.Memperagakan her.
melibatkan percakapantersebut
tindaktutur: denganteman.
meminta,
memberi, 5.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill
menolakjasa, yangdibacakanguru singkat askyousome
meminta, berdasarkan questionsabout
memberi, percakapanpada thedialogsinTask
menolak kegiatansebelumnya. A.Answerthe
barang, questionsorally.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

11
12
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

mengakui, 6.Menyimakpercakapan Testulis Isian Listentoyour


mengingkari yangdibacakanguru. teacher.Complete
fakta,dan 7.Melengkapipercakapan thedialogbased
memintadan soalsesuaidengan onwhatyouhave

Silabus Unit 2 Recount


memberi percakapanutuhyang heard.
pendapat. telahdidengar.

1.2Merespons 8.Menentukanpernyataan Testulis Pernyataan Readthe


maknayang yangtersediabenar benar/salah completedialogin
terdapatdalam atausalahberdasarkan TaskC.Then,
percakapan percakapanpada decidewhether
transaksional kegiatansebelumnya. thestatements
(togetthings aretrue(T)or
done)dan false(F).
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana
secaraakurat,
lancar,dan
berterimauntuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
sekitaryang
melibatkan
tindaktutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolak
ajakan,
menyetujui/
tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberi
selamat.
StandarKompetensi:Mendengarkan
2.Memahamimaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendekseder
denganlingkungansekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1Merespons Tekslisan 1.Membaca Mampumerespons Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


2 40' BukuPR
maknayang fungsional pengumumandan maknayang objektif understandthe Bahasa
terdapatdalam pendek: keteranganmengenai terdapatdalamteks explanation. InggrisSMP/
tekslisan announcement pengumuman lisanfungsional MTsVIIIA
fungsional (pengumuman). tersebut. pendeksederhana Intan
pendek dalambentuk Pariwara
sederhana 2.Menjawabpertanyaan
pengumuman Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe hal.35–36
secaraakurat, yangtersedia secaraakurat, singkat questions. Kamus
lancar,dan berdasarkan lancar,dan Inggris–
berterimauntuk pengalamansiswa. berterima. Indonesiadan
berinteraksi Indonesia–
dengan 3.Menyimak Teslisan Jawaban Listentoyour Inggris.
lingkungan pengumumanyang singkat teacherand Buku-buku
sekitar. dibacakanguru,lalu answerthe lainyang
menjawabpertanyaan questions. relevan.
berdasarkan
pengumuman
tersebut.

4.Mencarikata-kata Testulis Identifikasi Findthewords


dalamteksyangtelah whichhavethe
diperdengarkan following
sebelumnyayang meaningsinthe
sesuaidenganarti textinTaskA.
yangdisediakan.

5.Melengkapikalimat Testulis Isian Completethe


dengankata-katayang sentenceswith
adadikegiatan thecorrectwords
sebelumnya. inTaskB.

6.Menyimak Teslisan Uraian Listentoyour


pengumumanyang teacher.What
dibacakanguru,lalu doeshe/shetell
menentukantopik youabout?
pengumumantersebut.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

13
14
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7.Menjawabpertanyaan Testulis Jawaban Yourteacherwill


berdasar singkat askyousome
pengumumanyang questionsabout
telahdiperdengarkan thetextyouhave

Silabus Unit 2 Recount


padakegiatan heardinTaskD.
sebelumnya. Answerthe
questionsorally.

2.2Merespons Monologrecount. 8.Membacanyaring Meresponsmakna Nontes Uraian Readthe 2 40' BukuPR


maknayang monologyang yangterdapat objektif monologand Bahasa
terdapatdalam tersediadan dalammonolog understandthe InggrisSMP/
monolog memahami pendeksederhana explanation. MTsVIIIA
pendek keteranganmengenaisecaraakurat, Intan
sederhana monologtersebut. lancar,dan Pariwara
secaraakurat, berterimadalam hal.27,30–
lancar,dan teksrecount.
9.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban RememberUnit1 31.
berterimauntuk mengenaigenreyang singkat andanswerthe Kamus
berinteraksi dibahaspadaunit questions. Inggris–
dengan sebelumnya. Indonesiadan
lingkungan Indonesia–
sekitardalam 10.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Completethetext Inggris.
teksberbentuk sesuaidenganteks whilelisteningto Buku-buku
descriptivedan yangdibacakanguru. yourteacher. lainyang
recount. relevan.
11.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill
yangdibacakanguru singkat askyousome
berdasarkanteks questionsabout
yangdiperdengarkan thecompletetext
padakegiatan inTaskA.Answer
sebelumnya. thequestions
orally.

12.Menyimakmonolog Teslisan Uraian Listentoyour


yangdibacakanguru, teacher.What
lalumenjelaskanisi doeshe/shetell
monologtersebut. youabout?

13.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,Cor


tepatberdasarkan ganda Dforthecorrect
monologyangtelah answerbasedon
didengarkanpada thetextyouhave
kegiatansebelumnya. heardinTaskC.
StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
3.Mengungkapkanmaknadalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonallis
sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1Mengung- Percakapan- 1.Melengkapi Melakukan Testulis Isian Completethe3 40' BukuPR


kapkanmakna percakapan percakapandengan berbagaitindak dialogswiththe Bahasa
dalam transaksionaldan ungkapan-ungkapan tuturdalam correct InggrisSMP/
percakapan interpersonal yangtersedia. wacanalisan expressionsin MTsVIIIA
transaksional(to
yangmemuat transaksional/ theboxes.Then, Intan
getthingsdone)
ungkapanuntuk 2.Memperagakan interpersonal Tesunjuk Unjukkerja practicethe Pariwara
dan meminta, percakapanyangtelah
seperti:untuk kerja dialogs. hal.24–26.
interpersonal
memberi, lengkap. meminta,memberi, Kamus
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana menolakjasa, menolakjasa,dan Inggris–
dengan danmemuji. 3.Memilihjawabanyang
memuji. Testulis Pilihan Choosethe Indonesia
menggunakan tepatberdasarkan ganda correctanswer dan
ragambahasa percakapanyangada Mengembangkan basedonthe Indonesia–
lisansecara dikegiatan wacana dialogsinTaskA. Inggris.
akurat,lancar sebelumnya. transaksional/ Buku-buku
danberterima interpersonal lainyang
untuk 4.Menyusunkalimat- pendekmenjadi Testulis Menyusun Rearrangethe relevan.
berinteraksi kalimatacakmenjadi sebuahobrolan kalimatacak sentencesinto
dengan percakapanyang atauinteraksional properdialogs.
lingkungan. runtut. yanglebihpanjang.

5.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe


berdasarkan singkat questionsbased
percakapanyangada onthedialogsin
dikegiatan TaskC.
sebelumnya.

6.Membuatpercakapan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Inpairs,make


berdasarkangambar kerja dialogsbasedon
dansituasiyang thepicturesand
tersediamenggunakan thesituations.
ungkapan-ungkapan Useexpressions
yangtelahdipelajari, ofaskingfor/
lalu giving/refusingto
memperagakannya. givehelpand
complimenting.
Then,practice
thedialogs.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

15
16
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

sekitaryang 7.Membuatpercakapan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Makedialogs


melibatkan berdasarsituasi. kerja basedonthe
tindaktutur: 8.Memperagakan situationsbelow.
meminta, percakapanyangtelah Then,practicethe

Silabus Unit 2 Recount


memberi, dibuatdengan dialogs.
menolakjasa, bantuanteman.
meminta,
memberi,
menolakbarang,
mengakui,
mengingkari
fakta,dan
memintadan
memberi
pendapat.

3.2Mengung-
kapkanmakna
dalam
percakapan
transaksional(to
getthingsdone)
daninterpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragambahasa
lisansecara
akurat,lancar
danberterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
sekitaryang
melibatkan
tindaktutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolakajakan,
menyetujui/tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberi
selamat.
StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
4.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendek
berinteraksidenganlingkungansekitar.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1Mengung- Tekslisan 1.Membacanyaring Mengungkapkan Teslisan Membaca Saythe 1 40' BukuPR


kapkanmakna fungsional pengumumanyang makna/gagasan nyaring announcement Bahasa
dalambentuk pendek: tersedia. dalamtekslisan belowaloud. InggrisSMP/
tekslisan announcement fungsionalpendek MTsVIIIA
fungsional (pengumuman). 2.Menentukan berbentuk Teslisan Pernyataan Decidewhether Intan
pendek pernyataanyang pengumumanuntuk benar/salah thestatements Pariwara
sederhana tersediabenaratau tujuankomunikasi belowaretrue(T) hal.37.
dengan salahberdasarkan sehari-hari. orfalse(F)based Kamus
menggunakan pengumumanyang onthe Inggris–
ragambahasa adadikegiatan announcementin Indonesiadan
lisansecara sebelumnya. TaskA. Indonesia–
akurat,lancar, Inggris.
danberterima 3.Membuat Teslisan Uraian Tellyourfriends Buku-buku
untukberinteraksi pengumumansecara anannouncement lainyang
dengan lisanberdasarkan basedoneach relevan.
lingkungan situasiyangtersedia. situation.
sekitar.

4.2Mengung- Monologrecount. 4.MembacanyaringteksMengungkapkan Teslisan Membaca Readthetwo 3 40' BukuPR


kapkanmakna yangtersediadengan makna/gagasan nyaring textsbelowwith Bahasa
dalammonolog Kosakatayang lafaldanucapanyang dalammonolog proper InggrisSMP/
pendek terkaittopikyangbenar. bentukrecount pronunciation. MTsVIIIA
sederhana dipilih. denganragam Intan
dengan 5.Menceritakankembali bahasalisansecara
Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Readthetextsin Pariwara
menggunakan salahsatuteksyang lancardan kerja TaskAonceagain. hal.31–32.
ragambahasa adadikegiatan berterima. Then,retelloneof Kamus
lisansecara sebelumnya. themtotheclass. Inggris–
akurat,lancar, Indonesiadan
danberterima 6.Menceritakan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Tellyour Indonesia–
untuk pengalaman kerja experiencebased Inggris.
berinteraksi berdasarkandatayang onthefollowing Buku-buku
dengan tersedia. datainfrontofthe lainyang
lingkungan class. relevan.
sekitardalam
teksberbentuk 7.Menceritakan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Tellyourfriends
descriptivedan pengalamanmasa kerja yourchildhood
recount. kanak-kanak. experience.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

17
18
StandarKompetensi:Membaca
5.Memahamimaknatekstulisfungsionaldaneseipendeksederhanaberbentu
sekitar.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 2 Recount


5.1Membaca Tekstulis 1.Membacasuratdan Membacanyaring Nontes Uraian Readthe 1 40' BukuPR
nyaringbermaknafungsional keteranganmengenai secarabermakna objektif followingtextand Bahasa
tekstulis pendekberbentuk surattersebut. wacanapendek understandthe InggrisSMP/
fungsionaldan letter(surat). sederhana. explanation. MTsVIIIA
eseiberbentuk Intan
descriptivedan Teksrecount. 2.Membacateksyang Teslisan Membaca Readthetextwith Pariwara
recountpendek tersediadengan nyaring proper hal.32,35–
sederhana nyaring. pronunciation. 36.
denganucapan, Kamus
tekanandan Inggris–
intonasiyang Indonesiadan
berterimayang Indonesia–
berkaitandengan Inggris.
lingkungan Buku-buku
sekitar. lainyang
relevan.

5.2Merespons Tekstulis 3.Membacasuratyang Meresponsmakna Teslisan Membaca Readtheletter


1 40' BukuPRSMP
maknadalam fungsional tersediadanmencari yangterdapat nyaring belowwithproper VIIIAIntan
tekstulis pendekberbentuk artikata-katayang dalamteks Testulis Daftarkata pronunciation. Pariwara
fungsional letter(surat). dicetaktebal. fungsionalpendek Whatdothebold- hal.37–38.
pendek denganbenar. typedwords Kamus
sederhanasecara mean? Inggris–
akurat,lancar, Indonesiadan
danberterima 4.Membacasuratyang Testulis ∙Pilihan ChooseA,B,Cor Indonesia–
yangberkaitan tersediadanmemilih ganda Dforthecorrect Inggris.
dengan jawabanyangtepat answer. Buku-buku
lingkungan berdasarkansurat lainyang
sekitar. tersebut. relevan.

5.3Merespons Teksrecount. 5.Membacateksdan Mengidentifikasi Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


2 40' BukuPRSMP
maknadan memahamiketerangan maknagagasan objektif understandthe VIIIAIntan
langkahretorika Thesimplepast mengenaiteks (ideasional)dan explanation. Pariwara
dalamesei tense. tersebut. informasifaktual hal.27–30,
pendek dalamteks,main 32–33.
Thepresent
sederhanasecara∙ 6.Membacadan ideas,supporting Nontes Uraian Lookatthe Kamus
akurat,lancardanperfecttense. memahamiketeranganideas,details. objektif pictureandread Inggris–
berterimayang mengenaithesimple thedialog.Study Indonesiadan
berkaitandengan pasttensedanthe theexplanation. Indonesia–
lingkungansekitar presentperfecttense. Inggris.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

dalamteks 7.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan Choosethe Buku-buku


berbentuk tepatberdasarkanteks ganda correctanswer lainyang
descriptivedan yangadadikegiatan basedonthetext relevan.
recount. sebelumnya. inTaskA.

8.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Completethetext


dengankata-katayang withthewordsin
tersedia. thebox.

9.Mengubahkata-kata Testulis Isian Changetheverbs


dalamkurungmenjadi inbracketsinto
bentukyangtepat. theircorrectforms.

10.Mengubahkatakerja Testulis Isian Completethetext


dalamkurungke withthecorrect
dalambentukyang formsoftheverbs
benaruntuk inbrackets.
melengkapiteks.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

19
StandarKompetensi:Menulis

20
6.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekstulisfungsionaldaneseipendekseder
denganlingkungansekitar.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 2 Recount


6.1Mengung- Tekstulis 1.Membacakalimat- Menulisberbagai Testulis Menyusun Rearrangethe2 40' BukuPR
kapkanmakna fungsional kalimatyangtersediateksuntuk kalimat paragraphsinto Bahasa
dalambentuktekspendek danmenyusunnya komunikasisehari- acak aproperletter. InggrisSMP/
tulisfungsional berbentukletter menjadisuratyang harisepertisurat MTsVIIIA
pendek (surat). runtut. denganbenardan Intan
sederhana berterima. Pariwara
dengan 2.Menulisbalasansurat Testulis Uraian Supposeyouare hal.38–39.
menggunakan yangadadikegiatan Putri.Writeareply Kamus
ragambahasa sebelumnya. toyourfriend’s Inggris–
tulissecara letterinTaskA. Indonesiadan
akurat,lancardan Indonesia–
berterimauntuk 3.Menulissurat ∙Testulis Uraian Writealetterto Inggris.
berinteraksi berdasarkantopik yourfriendor Buku-buku
dengan yangtersedia. familybasedon lainyang
lingkungan oneofthetopics relevan.
sekitar. below.

6.2Mengung- Teksrecount. 4.Menyusunparagraf Menulisberbagai


∙Testulis Menyusun Rearrangethe3 40' BukuPR
kapkanmakna menjaditeksyang teksyang paragraf paragraphsinto Bahasa
danlangkah Thepresent tepat. berbentukrecount acak apropertext. InggrisSMP/
retorikadalam perfecttense. denganlangkah MTsVIIIA
eseipendek 5.Mengidentifikasi retorikadanstruktur
∙Testulis Identifikasi Identifythe Intan
sederhana strukturteksyangada teksyangbenar structureofthe Pariwara
dengan dikegiatan danberterima. propertextin hal.34.
menggunakan sebelumnya. TaskA. Kamus
ragambahasa Inggris–
tulissecara 6.Menuliskalimat Testulis Uraian Writesentences Indonesiadan
akurat,lancar, berdasarkangambar usingthepresent Indonesia–
danberterima menggunakanthe perfecttensebased Inggris.
untukberinteraksi presentperfecttense. onthepicture. Buku-buku
dengan lainyang
lingkungansekitar 7.Melengkapiteksyang ∙Testulis Esai Continuethe relevan.
dalamteks tersediamenjaditeks sentencesbelow
berbentuk yangbaik. tomakeaproper
descriptivedan text.Useyourown
recount. words.

8.Menulispengalaman Testulis Esai Doyouhave


yangmengesankan. amemorable
experience?Write
arecounttext
aboutit.
SILABUS
Unit3Descriptive
NamaSekolah: SMP/MTs...
Kelas/Semester:
VIII/1
MataPelajaran: BahasaInggris
Unit: 3
Genre: Descriptive
StandarKompetensi: Mendengarkan
1.Memahamimakna dalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonalsederhanauntukberinter

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1Merespon Percakapan 1.Memahami Bereaksiatau Nontes Uraian Studythedialogs


3 40' BukuPR
maknayang transaksionaldan percakapanyangada meresponsdengan objektif andunderstand Bahasa
terdapatdalam interpersonalyang danmempelajari benarterhadap theexplanation. InggrisSMP/
percakapan memuat ungkapan-ungkapan tindaktutur: MTsVIIIA
transaksional ungkapan: tentangmengakuidan memberiselamat, Intan
(togetthings memberiselamat, mengingkarifakta. sertamengakuidan Pariwara
done)dan sertamengakui mengingkarifakta. hal.43–47.
interpersonal danmengingkari 2.Memahami Nontes Uraian Studythedialogs Kamus
(bersosialisasi) fakta. percakapanyangada objektif andunderstand Inggris–
sederhana danmempelajari theexplanation. Indonesia
secaraakurat, ungkapan-ungkapan dan
lancar,dan untukmemberi Indonesia–
berterima selamat. Inggris.
untuk Buku-buku
berinteraksi 3.Melakukantanya Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe lainyang
dengan jawabyangberkaitan singkat questionsorally. relevan.
lingkungan denganmaterisebagai
sekitaryang apersepsi.
melibatkan
tindaktutur: 4.Menyimakungkapan- Testulis Dikte Listentoyour
meminta, ungkapanyang teacher.Writethe
memberi, dibacakanguru,lalu sentencesyou
menolakjasa, menuliskannyadibuku haveheard
meminta, kerja. correctly.
memberi, 5.Membacakankalimat-
menolak kalimatyangditulisnya

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


barang, denganlafaldan
mengakui, ucapanyangbenar.
mengingkari
fakta,dan

21
22
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

memintadan 6.Menyimakguru Testulis Isian Completethe


memberi membacakan dialogwhile
pendapat. percakapanyang listeningtoyour

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive


lengkap. teacher.
1.2Merespon 7.Melengkapi
maknayang percakapansoal
terdapatdalam berdasarkan
percakapan percakapanutuhyang
transaksional dibacakanguru.
(togetthings
done)dan 8.Menentukan Testulis Pernyataan Decidewhether
interpersonal pernyataanbenar benar/salah thestatements
(bersosialisasi) atausalah aretrue(T)or
sederhana berdasarkanisi false(F)basedon
secaraakurat, percakapanyangada thedialoginTask
lancar,dan dikegiatan B.Correctthe
berterimauntuk sebelumnya. falseones.
berinteraksi
dengan 9.Memahami Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill
lingkungan percakapan- singkat askyousome
sekitaryang percakapanyang questionsabout
melibatkan tersedia. thefollowing
tindaktutur: 10.Menyimak dialogs.Answer
mengundang, pertanyaan- themorally.
menerimadan pertanyaanyang
menolak dibacakanguru
ajakan, tentangisi
menyetujui/ percakapan-
tidak percakapanyangada
menyetujui, dikegiatan
memuji,dan sebelumnya,lalu
memberi menjawabpertanyaan
selamat. tersebutsecaralisan.

11.Menyimak Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,Cor


percakapanyang ganda Dforthecorrect
dibacakanguru. answer.
12.Memilihjawabanyang
benarberdasarkan
percakapansoalyang
dibacakanguru.
StandarKompetensi:Mendengarkan
2.Memahamimaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendeksederha
denganlingkungansekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1Merespon Tekslisan 1.Menyimaktekslisan Mampumerespons Nontes Uraian Listentoyour 2 40' BukuPR


maknayang fungsionalpendek fungsionalyang maknadan objektif teacherand Bahasa
terdapatdalam lisan:lostand dibacakanguru,lalu gagasandalamteks understandthe InggrisSMP/
tekslisan foundannounce- mempelajari lisanfungsional explanation. MTsVIIIA
fungsional ments. penjelasantentang pendekberbentuk IntanPariwara
pendek tekstersebut. lostandfound hal.59–61.
sederhana announcement. Kamus
(misalnya 2.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe Inggris–
undangan, apersepsiguru. singkat following Indonesiadan
pengumuman, questions. Indonesia–
pesansingkat) Inggris.
secaraakurat, 3.Menyimakteks Teslisan Uraian Listentoyour Buku-buku
lancar,dan fungsionalyang teacher.What lainyang
berterima dibacakanguru,lalu doeshe/shetell relevan.
untuk menjelaskanisinya youabout?
berinteraksi secaragarisbesar.
dengan
lingkungan 4.Menyimakpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill
sekitar. yangdibacakanguru singkat askyousome
tentangteksyang questionsabout
diperdengarkanpada theannounce-
kegiatansebelumnya, mentinTaskA.
lalumenjawabnya Listentohim/her
secaralisan. carefullyand
answerthe
questionsorally.

5.Menyimak Testulis Pilihan Listentothe


pengumumanyang ganda announcement
dibacakanguru,lalu andchoosethe
memilihjawabanyang correctanswer.
tepatberdasarkanisi
pengumuman
tersebut.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

23
24
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.2Merespon Monologrecount. 6.Menyimakteks Meresponsmakna Nontes Uraian Readthemonolog


3 40' BukuPR
maknayang descriptivelisanyang gagasansecara objektif andstudythe Bahasa
terdapatdalam Kosakatayang dibacakanguruserta akurat,lancar,dan explanation. InggrisSMP/

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive


monolog terkaitdengan memahami berterimadalam MTsVIIIA
pendek topikyangdipilih. penjelasannya. wacanamonolog Intan
sederhana descriptive. Pariwara
secaraakurat, 7.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe hal.49–50,
lancar,dan apersepsiguru. singkat questionsorally. 53–54.
berterima Kamus
untuk 8.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Completethe Inggris–
berinteraksi dengankata-kata followingtext Indonesiadan
dengan sesuaidenganteks basedonwhat Indonesia–
lingkungan lengkapyang youhaveheard. Inggris.
sekitardalam dibacakanguru. Buku-buku
teksberbentuk lainyang
descriptive 9.Menjawab Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill relevan.
danrecount. pertanyaan- singkat askyousome
pertanyaan questionsabout
pemahamanyang thetextinTaskA.
dibacakanguru Listentohim/her
tentangteksyangada carefullyand
dikegiatan answerthe
sebelumnya. questions
correctly.

10.Menyimakteksyang Testulis Isian Listentoyour


dibacakanguru. teachercarefully.
11.Melengkapi Completethe
pernyataan- statementsbased
pernyataansoal onthetextyou
berdasarkanisiteks haveheard.
tersebut.

12.Mengamatigambar, Teslisan Unjukkerja Yourteacherwill


lalumenyimakteks tellyouan
yangdibacakanguru. interestingplace.
Retellitusingyour
ownwords.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

13.Menyampaikanteks
yangdibacakanguru
menggunakankata-
katayangtersedia
secaralisan.

14.Menentukan Testulis Pernyataan Decidewhether


pernyataanyang benar/salah thestatements
tersediabenaratau aretrue(T)or
salahberdasarkan false(F)based
teksyangdibacakan onthetextinTask
gurupadakegiatan D.Correctthe
sebelumnya. falseones.

15.Menyimakmonolog Testulis Pilihan Listentoyour


yangdibacakanguru, ganda teacherand
lalumemilihjawaban chooseA,B,Cor
yangbenar. Dforthecorrect
answer.

StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
3.Mengungkapkanmaknadalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonallisa
sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1Mengung- Percakapan 1.Membacapercakapan Melakukan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Readandpractice


3 40' BukuPR
kapkanmakna transaksionaldan dibukudenganlafal berbagaitindak kerja thedialogswith BahasaInggris
dalam interpersonalyang yangbenar,lalu tuturdalamwacana proper SMP/MTs
percakapan memuat memperagakannya lisantransaksional/ pronunciation. VIIIAIntan
transaksional ungkapan: denganteman. interpersonal Pariwara
(togetthings mengakuidan seperti:mengakui hal.47–49.
2.Melengkapi Testulis Isian Completeeach Kamus
done)dan mengingkarifakta, danmengingkari
percakapan- dialogwiththe Inggris–

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


interpersonal sertamemberi fakta,serta
percakapansoal correctexpressions Indonesiadan
(bersosialisasi) selamat. denganungkapan- memberiselamat. inthebox.Then, Indonesia–
sederhana ungkapanyang practicethe Inggris.
dengan tersediadidalam completedialogs Buku-bukulain

25
menggunakan kotak. withafriend. yangrelevan.
26
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

ragambahasa 3.Memperagakan Mengembangkan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja


lisansecara percakapan- wacana kerja
akurat,lancar, percakapanyang transaksional/

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive


danberterima sudahlengkapdengan interpersonal
untuk teman. pendekmenjadi
berinteraksi sebuahobrolan
dengan 4.Memilihjawabanyang atauinteraksional Testulis Pilihan Choosethe
lingkungan benarberdasarkan yanglebihpanjang. ganda correctanswer
sekitaryang percakapan- basedonthe
melibatkan percakapanyangada dialogsinTaskB.
tindaktutur: dikegiatan
meminta, sebelumnya.
memberi,
menolakjasa, 5.Mengurutkankalimat- Testulis Menyusun Rearrangethe
meminta, kalimatacakmenjadi kalimat sentencesinto
memberi, percakapan- acak properdialogs,
menolak percakapanyangurut. thenpractice
barang, 6.Memperagakan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja themwith
mengakui, percakapan- kerja afriend.
mengingkari percakapanyang
fakta,dan sudahurutdengan
memintadan teman.
memberi
pendapat. 7.Menentukanapakah Testulis Pernyataan Decidewhether
pernyataan-pernyataan benar/salah thefollowing
3.2Memahami soalbenaratautidak statementsare
danmerespon berdasarkan true(T)orfalse
percakapan percakapan- (F)basedonthe
transaksional percakapanyangada dialogsinTaskD.
(togetthings dikegiatan Correctthefalse
done)dan sebelumnya. ones.
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi) 8.Secaraindividu Testulis Uraian Createadialog
sederhana membuatpercakapan basedonofthe
dengan berdasarkansalah situationsbelow.
menggunakan situasiyangtersedia. Practiceitwith
ragambahasa 9.Denganbantuan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja afriendinfrontof
lisansecara teman,memperagakan kerja theclass.
akurat,lancar, percakapanyang
sudahdibuatnyadi
depankelas.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

danberterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
sekitaryang
melibatkan
tindaktutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolakajakan,
menyetujui/tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberi
selamat.

StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
4.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendekse
berinteraksidenganlingkunganterdekat.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1Mengung- Teksfungsional 1.Membacadan Mengungkapkan Teslisan Uraian 1


Retellthelostand40' BukuPR
kapkanmakna pendeklisan:lost memahamilostand makna/gagasan found BahasaInggris
dalambentuk andfound foundannouncement dalamteks announcements SMP/MTs
tekslisan announcements. yangtersedia. fungsionalpendek belowusingyour VIIIAIntan
fungsional 2.Menceritakankembali lisanberbentuklost ownwords. Pariwara
pendek isipengumuman andfound hal.61.
(misalnya tersebutdengankata- announcements. Kamus
undangan, katasendiri. denganbenardan Inggris–
pesansingkat, Indonesiadan
berterima.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


Indonesia–
pengumuman)
Inggris.
sederhana
Buku-bukulain
dengan yangrelevan.

27
28
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

menggunakan 3.Mengidentifikasi Testulis Pernyataan Decidewhether


ragambahasa pernyataanbenar/ benar/salah thestatements
lisansecara salahberdasarkan aretrue(T)or

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive


akurat,lancar, pengumumanyang false(F)basedon
danberterima adadikegiatan thetextinTaskA.
untuk sebelumnya. Correctthefalse
berinteraksi ones.
dengan
lingkungan 4.Membuatlostand Teslisan Uraian Supposeyou
sekitar. foundannouncement havelostorfound
tentangbenda-benda thefollowing
yangadadigambar, things.Howdo
lalumembacakan youdescribe
pengumuman them?Make
tersebut. alostorfound
announcement
abouteachthing.

4.2Mengung- Monolog 5.Menyimakteksyang Mengungkapkan Testulis Uraian Listentoyour 2 40' BukuPR


kapkanmakna descriptive. dibacakanguru,lalu makna/gagasan teacherand Bahasa
dalammonolog menirukannya. dalammonolog repeatafterhim/ InggrisSMP/
pendek Frasayang 6.Membuatdatatentang descriptivedengan her.Makealistof MTsVIIIA
sederhana berkaitandengan topikutamateks ragambahasalisan dataaboutthe Intan
dengan topikteksyang tersebut. secarabenar, descriptionof Pariwara
menggu-nakan dipilih. lancar,dan SydneyOpera hal.11–12.
ragambahasa berterima. House. Kamus
lisansecara Inggris–
akurat,lancar, 7.Menceritakankembali Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Retellthetextin Indonesiadan
danberterima topikteksyangadadi kerja TaskAbasedon Indonesia–
untuk kegiatansebelumnya thedatayouhave Inggris.
berinteraksi dengankata-kata madebefore. Buku-buku
dengan sendiriberdasarkan lainyang
lingkungan datayangtelahdibuat. relevan.
sekitardalam
teksberbentuk 8.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Completethetext
descriptive dengankata-kata withthecorrect
danrecount. yangtersediadidalam wordsinthebox.
kotak.

9.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan Choosethe


benarberdasarkanisi ganda correctanswer
teksyangadadi basedonthetext
kegiatansebelumnya. inTaskC.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

10.Bermonologtentang Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Describethe


deskripsitempatyang kerja placeinthe
adadigambar. pictureorally.Find
thereference
aboutitinthe
Internetoryour
book.

11.Bermonologtentang Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Whatistheplace


deskripsitempatyang kerja thatyouhave
barusajadikunjungi visitedrecently?
siswa. Tellyourfriends
aboutit.

StandarKompetensi:Membaca
5.Memahamimaknatekstulisfungsionaldanesaipendeksederhanaberbentukd
sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1Membaca Tekstulis 1.Membacadan Membacanyaring Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


2 40' BukuPR
nyaring fungsionalpendek memahamitekstulis secarabermakna objektif understandthe Bahasa
bermaknateks berbentuk:iklan fungsional,lalu teksfungsional explanation. InggrisSMP/
tulisfungsional (advertisement). mempelajari pendek(iklan)dan MTsVIIIA
danesei penjelasantentang wacanadescriptive. Intan
berbentuk Teksdescriptive. bentukteksitu. Pariwara
descriptivedan hal.56–57,
recount 2.Membacanyaring Teslisan Membaca Readthetext 60,62–63.
pendekdan iklantersebutdengan nyaring aloudwithproper Kamus
sederhana lafaldanintonasiyang pronunciationand Inggris–
dengan benar. intonation. Indonesiadan
ucapan, Indonesia–
tekanandan 3.Membacanyaringteks Teslisan Membaca Readthetextwith Inggris.
intonasiyang descriptiveyangada nyaring proper Buku-buku
berterimayang dibukudenganlafal pronunciationand lainyang
berkaitan danintonasiyangbaik intonation. relevan.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


dengan danbenar.
lingkungan 4.Membetulkan
sekitar. pelafalansiswayang
masihsalah.

29
30
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.2Merespon Tekstulis 5.Membacadan Mengidentifikasi Testulis Pilihan Choosethe 1 40' BukuPR


maknadalam fungsionalpendek memahamiiklan-iklan maknagagasan ganda correctanswer Bahasa
tekstulis berbentuk:iklan soal. dalamtekstulis basedonthe InggrisSMP/

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive


fungsional (advertisement). 6.Memilihjawabanyang fungsionalpendek texts. MTsVIIIA
pendek tepatberdasarkan berbentuk:iklan Intan
sederhana iklanyangterkait. (advertisement). Pariwara
(misalnya hal.62–63.
undangan, Kamus
kartuucapan, Inggris–
pesansingkat, Indonesiadan
pengumuman, Indonesia–
pesantertulis) Inggris.
secaraakurat, Buku-buku
lancardan lainyang
berterimayang relevan.
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
sekitar.

5.3Merespon Berbagaiteks 7.Membacateks Mengidentifikasi Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


3 40' BukuPR
maknadan descriptive. descriptivetulisdan maknagagasan objektif trytounderstand Bahasa
langkah mempelajaristruktur dalamtekstulis itsgeneric InggrisSMP/
retorikadalam Tatabahasayang sertapenjelasannya. fungsionalpendek structure. MTsVIIIA
eseipendek terkaitdengan berbentuk:iklan Intan
sederhana jenisteks,yaitu: 8.Membacadan (advertisement). Nontes Uraian Readthe Pariwara
secaraakurat, Wh-questionsdan mempelajarimacam- objektif followingdialog hal.50,52,
lancardan indefinite macamquestion andunderstand 57–58.
berterima pronouns. words. theexplanation. Kamus
yangberkaitan Inggris–
dengan 9.Membacadan Nontes Uraian Readthe Indonesiadan
lingkungan mempelajaribentuk objektif followingdialogs Indonesia–
sekitardalam indefinitepronouns. andunderstand Inggris.
teksberbentuk theexplanation. Buku-buku
descriptivedan lainyang
recount. 10.Menjodohkan Testulis Menjodoh- Matcheach relevan.
deskripsisuatutempat kan descriptionwith
dengangambar thecorrect
tempatyangsesuai. picture,thenwrite
11.Menyebutkannama thenameofeach
tempat-tempat place.
tersebut.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12Melengkapikalimat- Testulis Isian Completethe


kalimatsoaldengan utteranceswith
Wh-questionsyang correct
sesuai. Wh-questions.

13.Melengkapikalimat- Testulis Isian Completethe


kalimatsoaldengan sentenceswith
indefinitepronoun correctindefinite
yangbenar. pronouns.

14.Membacadan Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,Cor


memahamitek ganda Dforthecorrect
descriptiveyang answer.
tersedia.
15.Memilihjawabanyang
benarberdasarkan
teksyangterkait.

StandarKompetensi:Menulis
6.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekstulisfungsionalesaipendeksederhanaberb
lingkungansekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1Mengung- Tekstulis 1.Membacadan Menulistekstulis Testulis Uraian Inpairs,make 2 40' BukuPR


kapkanmakna fungsionalpendek memahamisituasisoal. fungsionalpendek anattractive Bahasa
dalambentuk berbentuk:iklan 2.Secaraberpasangan berbentukiklan advertisement InggrisSMP/
tekstulis (advertisement). membuatiklanyang (advertisement) basedonthe MTsVIIIA
fungsional menarikberdasarkan denganbaikdan situation. IntanPariwara
pendek situasitersebut. berterima. hal.63.
(misalnya Kamus
undangan, 3.Secaramandiri, Inggris–
kartuucapan, membuatiklanyang Testulis Uraian Createan Indonesiadan
pesansingkat, menariktentangobjek attractive Indonesia–

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


pengumuman, wisatayangadadi advertisement Inggris.
pesantertulis) sekitartempattinggal aboutatourist Buku-buku
sederhana siswa. spotinyour lainyang
hometown. relevan.

31
32
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

dengan
menggunakan
ragambahasa

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive


tulissecara
akurat,lancar
danberterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
sekitar.

6.2Mengung- Berbagaiteks 4.Menyusunkalimat- Menulisteks-teks Testulis Menyusun Rearrangethe 2 40' BukuPR


kapkanmakna descriptive. kalimatacakmenjadi berbentuk kalimat sentencesinto Bahasa
danlangkah paragrafyangruntut. descriptivedengan acak proper InggrisSMP/
retorikadalam langkah-langkah paragraphs. MTsVIIIA
eseipendek retorikayangbenar IntanPariwara
sederhana 5.Menuliskembaliteks sertatatabahasa Testulis Esai Rewritethetextin hal.59.
dengan yangsudahurutyang yangbenardan TaskAusingyour Kamus
menggunakan adadikegiatan berterima. ownwords. Inggris–
ragambahasa sebelumnyadengan Indonesiadan
tulissecara kata-katasendiri. Indonesia–
akurat,lancar Inggris.
danberterima 6.Secaramandiri, Testulis Esai Workindividually Buku-buku
untuk menulisteks todescribeyour lainyang
berinteraksi descriptivetentang hometownoryour relevan.
dengan kotakelahirannyatau favoriteplace.
lingkungan tempatfavoritnya Usethefollowing
sekitardalam menggunakan questionsas
teksberbentuk pertanyaanpanduan guidelinesto
descriptive yangtersedia. prepareyour
danrecount. description.
SILABUS
Unit4Recount
NamaSekolah: SMP/MTs...
Kelas/Semester:
VIII/1
MataPelajaran: BahasaInggris
Unit:4
Genre: Recount
StandarKompetensi: Mendengarkan
1.Memahamimakna dalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonalsederhanauntukberi

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
Pembelajaran
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1Merespons Percakapan- ∙1.Memahamipercakapan Bereaksiatau Nontes Uraian Readthedialog


3 40' BukuPR
maknayang percakapan dalamgambarserta meresponsdengan objektif andstudythe Bahasa
terdapatdalam transaksionaldan berbagaiungkapan benarterhadap explanation. InggrisSMP/
percakapan interpersonalyang yangdipelajari. tindaktutur: MTsVIIIA
transaksional memuatungkapan meminta,memberi, Intan
(togetthings
meminta, 2.Menjawabpertanyaanmenolakbarang Teslisan Jawaban Lookatthe Pariwara
done)dan
memberi,menolak yangberkaitandengan danmengundang, singkat pictureand hal.67–71.
interpersonal barangdan ungkapanyang menerimadan answerthe Kamus
(bersosialisasi)
mengundang, dipelajari. menolakajakan. questions. Inggris–
sederhana
menerimadan Indonesia
secaraakurat,
lancar,dan menolakajakan. 3.Menyimakdan Nontes Uraian Readand dan
berterimauntuk menirukandua practicethe Indonesia–
berinteraksi percakapanyang dialogsbelow. Inggris.
dengan dibacakanguru,lalu Buku-buku
lingkungan memperagakannya lainyang
sekitaryang denganteman. relevan.
melibatkan
tindaktutur: 4. Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Yourteacherwill
meminta, yangdibacakanguru singkat askyousome
memberi, berdasarkanperca- questionsabout
menolakjasa, kapanyangtelahdi- dialogsinTaskA.
meminta, perdengarkanpada Answerhis/her
memberi, kegiatansebelumnya. questionsorally.
menolak
barang, 5. Melengkapipercakapan Testulis Isian Completethe
mengakui, berdasarkan dialogswhile
mengingkari
percakapanutuhyang listeningtoyour
fakta,dan
dibacakanguru. teacher.
memintadan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1


memberi

33
pendapat.
34
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokokdan Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar UraianMateri Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.2Merespons 6.Memperagakan Unjuk Unjukkerja Practicethe


maknayang percakapandikegiatan kerja dialogsinTaskC
terdapatdalam sebelumnyayangtelah withyourfriend.
percakapan lengkap.

Silabus Unit 4 Recount


transaksional
(togetthings 7. Menjawabpertanyaan ∙Teslisan Jawaban Listentoyour
done)dan yangtersedia singkat teacher,andthen
interpersonal berdasarkan answerthe
(bersosialisasi) percakapanyang questionsorally.
sederhana dibacakanguru.
secaraakurat,
lancar,dan 8. Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan Listentoyour
berterimauntuk tepatberdasarkan ganda teacherand
berinteraksi percakapanyang chooseA,B,Cor
dengan dibacakanguru. Dforthecorrect
lingkungan answer.
sekitaryang
melibatkan
tindaktutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolak
ajakan,
menyetujui/
tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberi
selamat.
StandarKompetensi:Mendengarkan
2.Memahamimaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendeksederh
denganlingkungansekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1Merespons Tekslisan 1.MemahamicontohdanMampumerespons Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


2 40' BukuPR
maknayang fungsional penjelasantentang maknayang objektif studythe Bahasa
terdapatdalam pendek:short shortmessagelisan. terdapatdalamteks explanation. InggrisSMP/
tekslisan messages. lisanfungsional MTsVIIIA
fungsional 2.MenjawabpertanyaanpendeksederhanaTeslisan Jawaban Answerthe Intan
pendek yangberkaitandenganberbentukshort singkat questions. Pariwara
sederhana shortmessage. messagessecara hal.82–83.
secaraakurat, akurat,lancar,dan Kamus
lancar,dan 3.Menyimakshort berterimauntuk Testulis Jawaban Listentoyour Inggris–
berterimauntuk messageyang berinteraksidalam singkat teacherand Indonesiadan
berinteraksi dibacakanguru,lalu kontekskehidupan answerthe Indonesia–
dengan sehari-hari.
menjawabpertanyaan. questions. Inggris.
lingkungan Buku-buku
sekitar. 4.Membacashort Teslisan Jawaban Readthetext, lainyang
messageyang singkat thenansweryour relevan.
tersedia,lalu teacher’s
menjawabpertanyaan questionsorally.
yangdibacakanguru
secaralisan.

5.Menyimakshort Testulis Isian Listentoyour


messageyang teacherand
dibacakanguru,lalu completethe
melengkapikartuyang card.
tersedia.

6.Menyimakshort Testulis Dikte Listentoyour


messageyang teacherandwrite
dibacakanguru, downthe
menulisnya,lalu message.Read
membacakanhasilnya. yourworkaloud.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

35
36
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.2Merespons Monologrecount. 7.Membacadan Meresponsmakna Nontes Uraian Readthe 3 40' BukuPR


maknayang memahamicontoh yangterdapat objektif monologand Bahasa
terdapatdalam Kosakatayang danpenjelasanteks dalammonolog studythe InggrisSMP/
monolog terkaittopikyang recountlisan. pendeksederhana explanation. MTsVIIIA

Silabus Unit 4 Recount


pendek dipilih. secaraakurat, Intan
sederhana 8.Mengamatigambar lancar,dan Teslisan Uraian Lookatthe Pariwara
secaraakurat, danmenceritakan berterimadalam picture.Tellbriefly hal.73,76–
lancar,dan riwayathidup teksrecount. abouttheman. 77.
berterimauntuk pahlawandalam Kamus
berinteraksi gambarsecara Inggris–
dengan singkat. Indonesia
lingkungan dan
sekitardalam 9.Menyimakmonolog Teslisan Uraian Listentoyour Indonesia–
teksberbentuk recountyang teacherandmake Inggris.
descriptivedan dibacakanguru,lalu somenotesif Buku-buku
recount. menjelaskanisinya. necessary.What lainyang
doeshe/shetell relevan.
youabout?

10.Menjawabpertanyaan Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe


berdasarkanmonolog singkat following
yangdibacakanguru questionsbased
padakegiatan onthemonologin
sebelumnya. TaskA.

11.Melengkapiteks Testulis Isian Listentoyour


dengankata-kata teacherand
yangsesuai completethetext.
berdasarkanmonolog Readyourwork
yangdibacakanguru. aloud.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12.Menyimakkalimat- Testulis Dikte Listentoyour


kalimatyang teacher.Write
dibacakanguru,lalu downhis/her
menulisnya. sentences.

13.Menuliskalimat- Testulis Uraian Labelthepictures


kalimatyangtelah belowusingthe
diperdengarkanpada propersentences
kegiatansebelumnya inTaskD.
dibawahgambaryang
sesuai.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

37
38
StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
3.Mengungkapkanmaknadalampercakapantransaksionaldaninterpersonallis
sekitar.

Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 4 Recount


3.1Meng- Percakapanyang
1. Memperagakan Melakukan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Practicethe 2 40' BukuPR
ungkapkan melibatkantindak percakapandengan berbagaitindak kerja dialogsbelow Bahasa
maknadalam tuturmeminta, tuturdalam
lafaldanintonasiyang withyourfriend. InggrisSMP/
percakapan memberi, tepat. wacanalisan MTsVIIIA
transaksional menolakbarang transaksional/ Intan
(togetthings dan 2.Menjawabpertanyaan interpersonal Teslisan Jawaban Answerthe Pariwarahal.
done)dan mengundang, berdasarkan seperti:meminta, singkat questionsbased 71–72.
interpersonal menerimadan percakapanyangada memberi,menolak onthedialogsin Kamus
(bersosialisasi) menolakajakan. dikegiatan barangdan TaskAorally. Inggris–
sederhana sebelumnya. mengundang, Indonesia
denganmeng- menerimadan dan
gunakanragam 3. Memilihjawabanyang menolakajakan. Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,C Indonesia–
bahasalisan tepatberdasarkan ganda orDforthe Inggris.
secaraakurat, percakapanyangada. Mengembangkan correctanswer. Buku-buku
lancar,dan wacana lainyang
berterimauntuk 4.Melengkapi transaksional/ Testulis Isian Completethe relevan.
berinteraksi percakapandengan interpersonal dialogswiththe
dengan kata-katayang pendekmenjadi suitable
lingkungan tersediadidalam sebuahobrolan expressionsin
sekitaryang kotak. atauinteraksional theboxes.
melibatkan 5.Memperagakan yanglebihpanjang.Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Practicethem
tindaktutur: percakapantersebut kerja withyourfriend.
meminta, denganteman.
memberi,
menolakjasa, 6.Membuatpercakapan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Makedialogs
meminta, berdasarkansituasi kerja basedonthe
memberi, yangtersedia,lalu situationsbelow.
menolak memperagakannya Practicethem.
barang, bersamateman.
mengakui,
mengingkari
fakta,dan
memintadan
memberi
pendapat.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.2Meng-
ungkapkan
maknadalam
percakapan
transaksional(to
getthingsdone)
daninterpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana
denganmeng-
gunakanragam
bahasalisan
secaraakurat,
lancar,dan
berterimauntuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungansekitar
yangmelibatkan
tindaktutur:
mengundang,
menerimadan
menolakajakan,
menyetujui/tidak
menyetujui,
memuji,dan
memberiselamat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

39
40
StandarKompetensi:Berbicara
4.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekslisanfungsionaldanmonologpendek
berinteraksidenganlingkunganterdekat.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 4 Recount


4.1Mengungkap-∙
Tekslisan 1. Membacapesanlisan Mengungkapkan Teslisan Uraian Readthetexts
1 40' BukuPR
kanmakna fungsional yangtersediadengan maknadalam withproper Bahasa
dalambentuk pendek:spoken ucapanyangbenar. bentukspoken pronunciation. InggrisSMP/
tekslisan message. messagedengan MTsVIIIA
fungsional 2. Membacapesanlisan lancardan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Readthetextwith Intan
pendek yangtersediadenganberterima. kerja proper Pariwara
sederhana ucapanyangbenar, pronunciation. hal.83–84.
dengan lalubertanyajawab Then,askand Kamus
menggunakan berdasarkanteks answerquestions Inggris–
ragambahasa tersebut. basedonthetext. Indonesiadan
lisansecara Indonesia–
akurat,lancar, 3.Membuatpesanlisan Teslisan Uraian Makesimple Inggris.
danberterima berdasarkansituasi messagesbased Buku-buku
untuk yangtersedia,lalu onthesituations lainyang
berinteraksi membacakannyadi below.Deliver relevan.
dengan kelas. yourmessagesin
lingkungan frontoftheclass.
sekitar.

4.2Mengungkap-∙Monologrecount
4. . Melakukanmonolog Melakukan Tesunjuk Unjukkerja Readthetext.2 40' BukuPR
kanmakna berdasarkanteksyang monologdalamteks
kerja Deliveramonolog Bahasa
dalammonolog tersediadengankata- berbentukrecount basedonthetext. InggrisSMP/
pendek katasendiri. denganragam MTsVIIIA
sederhana bahasalisansecara Intan
dengan 5. Membuatkalimat lancardan Teslisan Uraian Tellaboutthe Pariwara
menggunakan tentangsuatu berterima. picturesusing hal.78–79.
ragambahasa peristiwalampau sentencesinthe Kamus
lisansecara berdasarkangambar pastcontinuous Inggris–
akurat,lancar, secaralisan. tense. Indonesiadan
danberterima Indonesia–
untuk 6. Membuatkalimat Teslisan Uraian Tellaboutthe Inggris.
berinteraksi tentangsuatukegiatan picturesusing Buku-buku
dengan berdasarkangambar sentenceswith lainyang
lingkungan secaralisan. suitablerelating relevan.
sekitardalam verbs.
teksberbentuk
descriptivedan
recount.
StandarKompetensi:Membaca
5.Memahamimaknatekstulisfungsionaldanesaipendeksederhanaberbentu
sekitar.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1Membaca Teksfungsional 1.Membacacontohdan Membacanyaring Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


1 40' BukuPR
nyaring pendektulis: memahamipenjelasansecarabermakna objektif studythe Bahasa
bermaknateks invitationcards. tentanginvitation wacanapendek explanation. InggrisSMP
tulisfungsional cards. sederhanayang VIIIAIntan
danesei Teksrecount. 2.Membacanyaring berbentukkartu Teslisan Membaca Pariwara
berbentuk kartuundangan undangandanteks nyaring hal.80,82.
descriptivedan denganlafal,tekanan,recountdengan Kamus
recountpendek danucapanyang lafal,tekanandan Inggris–
dansederhana benar. ucapanyanglancar Indonesiadan
denganucapan, danberterima. Indonesia–
tekanan,dan 3.Membacanyaringteks Teslisan Membaca Readthe Inggris.
intonasiyang recounttentang nyaring biographyof Buku-buku
berterimayang pahlawannasional Muhammad lainyang
berkaitan denganlafal,tekanan, Yaminandanswer relevan.
dengan danucapanyang thequestions.
lingkungan benar.
sekitar.

5.2Merespons 4.MenjawabpertanyaanMeresponsmakna Teslisan Jawaban Readthetextand


1 40' BukuPR
maknadalam berdasarkankartu yangterdapat singkat answerthe Bahasa
tekstulis undanganyang dalamteks questions. InggrisSMP
fungsional tersedia. fungsionalpendek VIIIAIntan
pendek berbentukinvitation Pariwara
sederhana cardsdengan
5.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,Cor hal.84–85.
secaraakurat, tepatberdasarkan benar. ganda Dforthecorrect Kamus
lancar,dan teks. answer. Inggris–
berterimayang Indonesiadan
berkaitan Indonesia–
dengan Inggris.
lingkungan Buku-buku
sekitar. lainyang
relevan.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

41
42
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.3Merespons Teksrecount. 6.MembacacontohdanMengidentifikasi Nontes Uraian Readthetextand


3 40' BukuPR
maknadan penjelasantentang maknagagasan objektif studythe Bahasa
langkahretorika Thepast teksrecount. (ideasional)dan explanation. InggrisSMP/
dalamesei continuous informasifaktual MTsVIIIA

Silabus Unit 4 Recount


pendek tense. 7.Membacapercakapandalamteks,main Nontes Uraian Readthedialogs Intan
sederhana danmemahami ideas,supporting objektif andpayattention Pariwara
secaraakurat, Relating/linking penjelasantentang ideas,details. tothebold-typed hal.73–76,
lancar,dan verbs. thepastcontinuous sentences.Study 79–81.
berterimayang tense,relating/linking theexplanation. Kamus
berkaitan Reflexive verbs,danreflexive Inggris–
dengan pronouns(-self). pronouns(-self). Indonesiadan
lingkungan Indonesia–
sekitardalam 8.Mengamatigambar- Testulis Menjodoh- Lookatthe Inggris.
teksberbentuk gambarpahlawan,lalu kan picturesofthe Buku-buku
decriptivedan mengidentifikasi Indonesian lainyang
recount. nama-namamereka heroes.Whoare relevan.
berdasarkannama- they?
namayangtersediadi
dalamkotak.

9.Menjawab Testulis Jawaban Readthehistory


pertanyaan- singkat ofMuhammad
pertanyaanyang Yaminand
tersediaberdasarkan answerthe
tekssoal. questions.

10.Melengkapikalimat Testulis Isian Completethe


denganbentukkata dialogswiththe
kerjayangtepat wordsinbrackets
berdasarkankata-kata incorrectforms.
kerjayangtelah
tersediadidalam
tandakurung.

11.Memilihjawabanyang Testulis Pilihan ChooseA,B,C


tepat. ganda orDforthe
correctanswer.
StandarKompetensi:Menulis
6.Mengungkapkanmaknadalamtekstulisfungsionalesaipendeksederhanab
lingkungansekitar.
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1Mengungkap-∙
Tekstulis 1. Membuatsurat Menulisberbagai Testulis Uraian Makeinvitation
1 40' BukuPR
kanmakna fungsional undangan teksuntuk cardsbasedon Bahasa
dalambentuk pendek:invitation berdasarkansituasi komunikasisehari- thesituations InggrisSMP/
tekstulis cards. yangtersedia. hariseperti below. MTsVIIIA
fungsional invitationcards Intan
pendek denganbenardan Pariwara
sederhana berterima. hal.85.
dengan Kamus
menggunakan Inggris–
ragambahasa Indonesiadan
tulissecara Indonesia–
akurat,lancar, Inggris.
danberterima Buku-buku
untuk lainyang
berinteraksi relevan.
dengan
lingkungan
sekitar.

6.2Mengungkap-∙
Teksrecount.2. Membuatkalimat Menulisberbagai Testulis Uraian Lookatthe 2 40' BukuPR
kanmaknadan menggunakanrelating teksterutamayang pictures.Make Bahasa
langkahretorika Relatingverbs. verbsberdasarkan berbentukrecount sentencesusing InggrisSMP/
dalamesei gambar-gambaryang denganlangkah suitablerelating MTsVIIIA
pendek Reflexive tersedia. retorikadanstruktur verbsandthe IntanPariwara
sederhana pronouns. teksyangbenar wordsprovided. hal.81.
danberterima.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

43
44
Penilaian
Kompetensi MateriPokok/ Alokasi
KegiatanPembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh SumberBelajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

dengan 3. Membuatlimakalimat Testulis Uraian Makefive Kamus


menggunakan menggunakan sentencesusing Inggris–
ragambahasa reflexivepronouns, reflexive Indonesia
tulissecara lalumembacanya pronouns.Read dan

Silabus Unit 4 Recount


akurat,lancar, denganpelafalan yourworkwith Indonesia–
danberterima yangbenar. proper Inggris.
untukberinteraksi pronunciation. Buku-buku
dengan lainyang
lingkungan 4. Menulisteksrecount Testulis Esai Writethelifeof relevan.
sekitardalam tentangsalahsatu oneofthe
teksberbentuk pahlawanIndonesia, Indonesian
descriptivedan lalumembacanya heroes.Read
recount. nyaring. yourworkaloud.
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask for and give opinions,
2. agree and disagree about
something,
3. create short functional texts
(short descriptions),
4. describe a particular person
using spoken English,
5. write short functional texts
(labels of products),
6. write descriptive texts about
particular people, and
7. use the simple present tense,
adjectives and the present
continuous tense.

Asking for Opinions Giving Opinions


All people must have their own idol. What about you? Who is
yourWhat
idol?do youwill
What think of/about
you . . .?
say to describe him/her?I think . . . . there are
Of course,
many things you can describe, such as his/her physical my
What’s your opinion about . . .? Well, in opinion, . . . .
appearances,
Please tell me
characteristics, your family,
hobby, opinionetc.
about . . . . In my view, . . . .
What
Then,about
what .type
. .? of texts should you use to describeI just canhim/her?
say . . . .
Do you have any opinion about . . .? I suppose
The answer is a descriptive text. In this unit you will learn about ....
descriptive texts, completed with the generic structure and .
Do you think it’s a good idea? I guess . . .
characteristics.

45
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

1.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving Opinions

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

What do you think


of this book?

Well, it seems
interesting.

You’re right.

Agreeing Disagreeing
The sentence “What do you think of this book?” is the expression of asking for
anI think so. Meanwhile, the sentence I“Well,
opinion. don’t think so. interesting.” is the expression of
it seems
I agree
giving an completely.
opinion. I’m sorry, but I have to disagree.
I do agree with you. Sorry. I disagree with you.
It’s a good idea.
Here are some other examples of askingSorry.
forI and
thinkgiving
it’s not a good idea.
opinions.
I’m with you. I don’t agree with you.
I have the same opinion. Sorry, I have another opinion.
That’s just what I am thinking. I couldn’t agree less.
In my opinion, you’re right. I refuse to believe that.
I couldn’t agree more. I’m sure I cannot agree that.
You are right./Exactly!/Sure. I wonder if there is a mistake.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

46

Agreeing or Disagreeing

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.


Do you agree if we go to
the bookstore by bus?
Sorry, I disagree
with you.

What about
going by taxi? O.K.

The sentence “Sorry, I disagree with you.” is the expression of disagreeing.


Meanwhile, the sentence “O.K.” is the expression of agreeing.
Here are some other expressions of agreeing and disagreeing.

Answer the questions below.

1. Is there one of your friends who has a new hair style?


Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is.
2. What will you say to show your opinion about his/her new hair style?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I think your new hair style makes you prettier.”
3. Is there a new rule in your classroom or school? What is it?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is. It is a rule of wearing black shoes every day.

47
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

4. Do you agree with the rule?


Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
5. What will you say to show your agreement?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I agree with the rule.” to show agreement.
A. Listen to your teacher.
Write down the expressions you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


1. I agree with your plan.
2. I totally agree with your opinion.
3. I don’t agree with you in this case.
4. I think we should warn the boy.
5. I can’t agree with your ridiculous idea.
6. I don’t think Beni will join us.
7. What do you think of my new shoes?
8. In my opinion, Sandra is the best student.
9. What’s your opinion about my new dress?
10. What about climbing a mountain next holiday?

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. What do you think of my presentation?
2. I think you did it well.
3. I think you need to be more confident.
4. Do you agree if we make a study club?
5. Absolutely, I agree with your idea.

B. Listen to your teacher.


State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Indah : Have you done the math assignment, Vina?
Vina : No, I haven’t. I think it’s very difficult. What about you?
Indah : Me neither. Um . . . what about doing the assignment together?
Vina : That’s a good idea. When will we do it?
Indah : What if we do it this afternoon at about four?
Vina : No problem. Where?
Indah : I’ll wait for you in my house.
Vina : O.K.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

48

1. ______ Vina and Indah have done the math assignment.


2. ______ Vina thinks that the math assignment is easy.
3. ______ Vina and Indah are going to do the math assignment together.
4. ______ Vina agrees to do the assignment at about five.
5. ______ They will do the assignment at Indah’s house.
Jawaban:
1. F. They haven’t done the math assignment.
2. F. She thinks that the math assignment is difficult.
3. T
4. F. She agrees to do the assignment at about four.
5. T
C. Listen to your teacher.
Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Reta : Indra, (1) what do you think of the drama performance last night?
Indra : Do you mean the drama at the farewell party?
Reta : Yeah.
Indra : Well, (2) in my opinion, it was great. The actors gave their best performance.
Reta : But, I think (3) the performance was not perfect.
Indra : Why?
Reta : Did you notice the sound system? (4) It did not work well, you know.
Indra : (5) You are right. The sound sometimes was so loud that we couldn’t hear the dialogs
clearly.

Variasi:
A. Match the words with their correct meanings in the box.

a. kadang-kadang b. dengan jelas c. perpisahan d. memperhatikan


e. aktor/pemain f. percakapan g. pendapat h. sempurna
i. pementasan j. keras

1. performance 2. farewell 3. opinion 4. actor 5. perfect


6. notice 7. sometimes 8. loud 9. dialog 10. clearly
Jawaban:
1. i 2. c 3. g 4. e 5. h 6. d 7. a 8. j 9. f 10. b
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.
Contoh jawaban:
1. The children gave their best performance on their first show.
2. Adinda arranges a farewell party before she moves out.
3. Everyone agrees the opinion that the test is very difficult.
4. Tora Sudiro is a multi-talented actor.
5. Mother has checked everything to make sure the party will be perfect.
6. Did you notice the girl passed by a minute ago?
7. Sometimes Linda and I see a film together.
8. The music is too loud and it’s really annoying.
9. We practiced hard for the dialog because it is the climax of the drama.
10. Can you explain your reason clearly?

49
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

D. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialog in Task C.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What are Reta and Indra talking about?
2. In what occasion was the drama performed?
3. What is Indra’s opinion about the performance?
4. Reta said, “But, I think the performance was not perfect.” What does it mean?
5. What happened with the sound system in the performance?

Jawaban:
1. The drama performance at the farewell party.
2. At a farewell party.
3. He thinks that it was great. The actors showed their best performance.
4. She gives her opinion/She shows her disagreement.
5. Sometimes the sound was so loud that audience couldn’t hear the dialogs.

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Mr. Ardi : Listen, all! The football competition is only one month left. (1) What do you think if
we practice it three times a week?
Andi : (2) I agree, Sir. There are some skills we need to improve if we want to win the
competition.
Mr. Ardi : (3) You’re right, Andi. I think we need to improve our defense. Any other opinions?
Dodi : (4) We all agree with this idea, Sir. Three times a week is not a big deal. Right, guys?
Others : (5) Absolutely.
B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.
1. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about practicing football for the competition.
2. When will the competition be held?
Jawaban: Next month.
3. Mr. Ardi said, “What do you think if we practice it three times a week?”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: He asks for an agreement.
4. According to Andi, what skill do they need to improve?
Jawaban: They need to improve their defense.
5. The others said, “Absolutely.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: They agree with Dodi’s opinion.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

50

Putri : It’s big and modern. I like the place.

1. What are the speakers talking about?


A. A new shop.
E. Listen to your teacher. B. A new mall.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct C. A town square.
answer. D. A mail.
Jawaban: B
Dalam percakapan tersebut Dewa dan
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Putri membicarakan tentang sebuah mal
Dewa : Putri, do you like shopping in the baru di kota mereka (a new mall). Pilihan
mall? jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
Putri : Yeah. I like it. merupakan hal yang dibicarakan.
Dewa : Anyway, there’s a new mall near the
town square. Have you ever been 2. Where is the new mall?
there? A. Near the town park.
Putri : Do you mean Mutiara Mall, Dewa? B. Near the town hall.
Dewa : That’s right. C. Near the town square.
Putri : Yes, I’ve been there. D. Near the town market.
Dewa : What do you think of it? Jawaban: C
Mal yang baru terletak di dekat alun-alun
kota. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan
kalimat Dewa, ”Anyway, there’s a new mall
3. Why does Putri like the mall? It is ________.
near the town square.”. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai A. big
dengan isi percakapan. B. modern
C. big and modern
D. big and beautiful
Jawaban: C
Putri menyukai mal tersebut karena mal itu
besar dan modern. Hal itu diketahui
berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Putri, ”It’s big
and modern. I like the place.”.
4. Putri said, “I like the place.”
What does it mean?
A. She agrees with an idea.
B. She disagrees with an idea.
C. She asks for an opinion.
D. She gives an opinion.
Jawaban: D
Kalimat Putri tersebut artinya ”Saya
menyukai tempat itu.”. Kalimat tersebut
merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat
(giving an opinion).
5. Dewa said, “What do you think of it?”
What does it mean?
A. He asks for an opinion.
B. He gives an opinion.
C. He agrees with an opinion.
D. He disagrees with an opinion.
Jawaban: A
Kalimat ”What do you think of it?” artinya
”Bagaimana pendapatmu tentang mal
tersebut?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan
ungkapan meminta pendapat (asking for
an opinion).

51
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Tomi : Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon. In your opinion, what if
we hold a school bazaar?
Rika : I agree with the idea. You know, some of our friends are good at making handicrafts.
I believe many students will be interested in buying their crafts.
Dion : Moreover, we can use the event for fund raising. We can donate the money to the
flood victims. What do you think?
Rika : I like your idea. Let’s propose our program to the Principal.

1. What are the speakers talking about?


A. Celebrating the school anniversary.
B. Arranging a fund raising program.
C. Helping the flood victims.
D. Holding a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary.
Jawaban: D
Kalimat soal menanyakan tentang apa yang dibicarakan dalam percakapan tersebut.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ’celebrating the school anniversary’ yang artinya
’merayakan hari jadi sekolah’ dan ’holding a school bazaar’ yang artinya
’menyelenggarakan bazar sekolah’. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebut
tentang penyelenggaraan bazar sekolah untuk merayakan hari jadi sekolah (holding
a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary).
2. Tomi said, “In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar?”
What does it mean?
A. He expresses his opinion. B. He asks for someone’s agreement.
C. He asks for other’s help. D. He expresses his agreement.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat ”In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar?” artinya ”Menurut pendapatmu,
bagaimana kalau kita mengadakan bazar sekolah?”. Kalimat tersebut diucapkan untuk
meminta persetujuan seseorang (asking for someone’s agreement).
3. Rika said, “I agree with the idea.” What does it mean?
A. She shows her agreement. B. She shows her disagreement.
C. She asks for an opinion. D. She gives something.
Jawaban: A
Kalimat ”I agree with the idea.” artinya ”Saya setuju dengan gagasan itu.”. Ungkapan
tersebut digunakan untuk memberi persetujuan (showing an agreement). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan ungkapan untuk memberi persetujuan.
4. What is Dion’s opinion about the school bazaar?
A. They can use the event for entertainment.
B. They can use the event for education.
C. They can use the event for fund raising.
D. They can use the event for practicing.
Jawaban: C
Menurut Dion, kegiatan bazar sekolah dapat digunakan untuk mengumpulkan dana (fund
raising). Hal itu sesuai dengan ucapan Dion, ”Moreover, in my opinion, we can use the
event for fund raising.”.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

52

5. Tomi said, “Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon.”
The underlined word can be best replaced by ________.
A. respect B. perform
C. commemmorate D. provide
Jawaban: C
Kata ’celebrate’ artinya ’merayakan’. Kata ini dapat diganti dengan kata ’commemmorate’
yang artinya memperingati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
menghormati, (B) artinya mementaskan, dan (D) artinya menyiapkan.
A. Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Dialog 1
Butet : Fishing is a boring activity, Mirza.
Mirza : I don’t think so, Butet. It is boring if you don’t know the secret.
Butet : What do you mean?
Mirza : Actually, fishing is interesting. Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with the scenery.
Butet : In that case, I think you are right. But, it probably takes much time to get only one fish,
doesn’t it?
Mirza : It does, but don’t you know something? In fact, fishing teaches us about patience.
Butet : How can?
Mirza : When fishing, you cannot be in a hurry. In other words, to achieve your goal, you can’t do it
hurriedly.
Butet : Is that so? I think I’ll try your advice then.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Dialog 2
Maya : Didit, I heard that we will have a modeling contest to commemorate our anniversary. What
do you think of it?
Didit : Well, actually I don’t agree. In my opinion, that’s useless. We’d better arrange other useful
contests.
Maya : What do you mean by other useful contests?
Didit : We can have English speaking contests, cooking contests or sports competition.
Maya : But I think a modeling contest is also useful. Those boys or girls, who are interested in
modeling, can show their talents.
Didit : It can be. However, as students, it’s better for us to compete more in educational skills.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.


Dialog 1
1. What is Butet’s opinion about fishing?
Jawaban: He thinks that fishing is boring.
2. Mirza said, “I don’t think so, Butet.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He disagrees with Butet’s opinion.
3. According to Mirza, what is the secret of making fishing interesting?
Jawaban: Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with the scenery.

53
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

4. Why can fishing teach us about patience?


Jawaban: Because when fishing, we cannot be in a hurry.
5. Does Butet decide not fishing anymore? How do you know?
Jawaban: No, he doesn’t. He said, “I think I’ll try your advice then.” It means he will try to
enjoy fishing.
Dialog 2
1. What are Maya and Didit talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about a modeling contest.
2. What will the modeling contest be held for?
Jawaban: It is held to commemorate their school anniversary.
3. What kinds of contests does Didit think are better than the modeling contest?
Jawaban: English speaking contests, cooking contests or sports competition.
4. Why does Maya think that a modeling contest is also beneficial?
Jawaban: Because those boys or girls, who are interested in modeling, can show their talents.
5. What is Didit’s opinion about the better competition for students?
Jawaban: Students are better to compete in educational skills.

Variasi:
A. Find the words in the box vertically, horizontally and diagonally based on their
definitions.
Jawaban:

1. not interesting, dull


2. a thing that other people must not know
1. boring 2. secret
3. holding the attention
4. to get pleasure from something 3. interesting 4. enjoy
5. the natural features of an area 5. scenery 6. patience
6. the ability to accept suffering without 7. hurry 8. exciting
complaining 9. anniversary 10. talent
7. the need or wish to get something done
quickly
8. causing great interest or enthusiasm
9. a date that is exactly a year or a number
of years after an event
10. a natural skill or ability at something

UNIT 1 Descriptive
54

B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A.


1. Waiting is really a ________ thing. No one likes it.
2. Everyone has their own ________, like singing or painting. All we have to do is to
develop it into something valuable.
3. We need to have more ________ if we have a complicated problem. Never take any
decision in a hurry.
4. The movie is not ________. The plot is awful.
5. This is a ________. Please don’t tell it to anyone.
6. I like staying in a village. I can ________ the fresh air.
7. My school will celebrate its 50th ________ this month.
8. Many tourists like to go to Bali. It really has a beautiful ________.
9. It seems you look in a ________. Where are you going?
10. Diving in Bunaken is really ________. I feel so happy and want to go there again.
Jawaban:
1. boring 2. talent 3. patience 4. interesting
5. secret 6. enjoy 7. anniversary 8. scenery
9. hurry 10. exciting
C. Read the dialog with proper pronunciation.
Answer the questions based on the dialog.
Tiara : Listen, next month is a long holiday. What if we go camping?
Soni : I think that’s a good idea. O.K., no problem. What about you, Rina?
Rina : Well, in my opinion, it will be better if we arrange a study tour to museums or other
historical places. I think that it is more beneficial to broaden our knowledge.
Tiara : Hm, I think we have different opinions about spending the holiday. We’d better
discuss it with the class.
Questions:
1. When will the children have a long holiday?
Jawaban: Next month.
2. What’s Soni’s opinion about going camping?
Jawaban: He thinks camping is a good activity.
3. Does Rina agree with Tiara’s opinion? Why?
Jawaban: No, she doesn’t. Because she thinks that it is better to have a study tour to
museums or other historical places.

C. Complete the dialog with the correct words in the box.


Then, practice the complete dialog with your friend.

a. I agree with it
b. What’s your opinion about it
c. I think it can reduce the traffic jam
d. Have you heard that we will start our lesson earlier
e. In my view, everything will be easy if they are used to do it

Candra : Hi, Dinda. (1) ________?


Dinda : Yeah. We will start our lessons at 6:30 a.m.
Candra : (2) ________?
Dinda : Well, (3) ________.

55
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Candra : What’s your reason?


Dinda : (4) ________. Moreover, people say that students will be fresh and fit to learn.
Candra : Do you think so? What about the students who live far from here? It will be very difficult
for them.
Dinda : Of course, they must wake up earlier than usual. (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. e

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
a. I see b. Really
c. What do you think d. do you know what time it is
e. What about its book collections
Rika : Dian, (1) ________?
Dian : Um . . . it’s almost two o’clock. Why?
Rika : Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the bookstore first.
Dian : (2) ________. Wait a minute! I know the nearest bookstore.
Rika : (3) ________?
Dian : Despite it is small, I think the store has many collections of books. I’m sure you will find
the book you need.
Rika : (4) ________?
Dian : No doubt. I’ll take you there. (5) ________?
Rika : O.K., then. Thanks.
Dian : Anytime. All right, let’s go then.
Rika : O.K.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c

D. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task C.

1. What are Candra and Dinda talking about?


Jawaban: They are talking about the new rule of starting lessons earlier.
2. Does Dinda agree with the rule?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
3. What did she say to show her agreement or disagreement?
Jawaban: She said, “I agree with it.”
4. Why does Dinda agree with the rule?
Jawaban: Because it can reduce the traffic jam, and students will be fresh and fit to learn.
5. Why does Candra disagree with the rule?
Jawaban: Because it will be difficult for the students who live far from school.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

56

E. Make a dialog based on the guideline.


Then, practice the dialog.

Student A Student B
says that it’s interesting.
asks B’s opinion about living in a village.
tells that living in a village is peaceful.
asks why. The air is clean and fresh.

asks the reason.


says his/her disagreement. Argues that
living in a village is boring.
says that people can reach public places
explains that living in a village is far from easily by public transports.
public places.

Contoh jawaban:
Mira : What do you think of living in a village?
Neni : Living in a village? Well, it’s interesting.
Mira : Why do you have such an opinion?
Neni : You know, living in a village is peaceful. The air is also clean and fresh.
Mira : But, I disagree. In my opinion, living in a village is boring.
Neni : Do you think so? But why?
Mira : Living in a village is far from public places. It’s lack of facilities.
Neni : I think it’s not a big deal. People can reach the public places easily by public transports.

Variasi:
Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.
Then, practice the dialog.
Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
3 Dino : So, do you agree if we have a school band?
6 Hendy : Why?
1 Dino : Hendy, I heard that we will have a school band. What do you think of it?
8 Hendy : I think it won’t happen if they can manage their time well.
5 Dino : Maybe you’re right, but I have a different opinion. I disagree with it.
2 Hendy : School band? Wow! It’s great!
7 Dino : In my opinion, joining a band will make students forget their study. They will
spend most of their time playing music.
4 Hendy : Sure. Students who have talent in music can play in the band.
9 Dino : I hope you’re right.

57
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

F. Make dialogs based on the situations.


Then, practice the dialogs.
1. There is a park in your town. The park is dirty. You ask your friend’s opinion about it. What
would both of you say?
2. You have an idea to collect some donation for the victims of flood. Your friend agrees with the
idea. What would both of you say?
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Do you like spending your time in the park?
Your friend : No, I don’t. What about you?
You : Neither do I. I don’t like to go there because it’s dirty. People litter everywhere.
Your friend : Yeah. I think it’s all because many rubbish bins are broken. They cannot be
used anymore.
You : Well, I think the government must pay attention to the cleanliness of the park.
Your friend : You’re right. However, the visitors are also responsible for keeping the park clean.
2. You : You know, floods happen in many areas recently.
Your friend : You’re right. Floods always cause some destructions. Many people suffer from
them.
You : That’s right. Listen, I have an idea. What about collecting some donation for the
victims?
Your friend : It’s great!
You : Will our friends agree with our idea?
Your friend : I think they will. Why don’t we talk about it with our teacher?
You : A good idea.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
1. Your father got a promotion. He was promoted to be a production manager. However, it
means he has to move and work in another town. Your father asks for your opinion if all of
you move out to the town. What would your father say? How would you respond to it?
2. The Principal has an idea that all students must join the scouts. You and your friends are
discussing about the idea. Some of you agree, but the others don’t. How would the
conversation happen?
3. You want to buy a mobile phone. You ask your brother’s opinion about which mobile phone
you should buy, the new or used one. What would the two of you say?
4. You and your family have moved into a new house. You want to make a small pond in front
of the house. Your sister agrees with your idea. What would the two of you say?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Father : Dear, you know, I’ve got a promotion as a production manager in Bandung. What
do you think if we move there?
Lani : I have no problem, Dad. For me, the important thing is we are still a family, no
matter where we are.
Father : Thank you, dear.
2. Principal : Students, what if you all join the scouts? It is a good activity for you, isn’t it?
Student 1 : It is, Sir. I agree with you. This activity can train us to be more confident and
independent.
Student 2 : That’s right, Sir.
Student 3 : I’m sorry, Sir. I disagree with you. Not all of us like to be scouts. Please give
us freedom to join the activity we like. We have different interests.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

58

3. You : I want to buy a mobile phone, but I’m confused.


Your brother : Why?
You : I’m confused whether I will buy the new one or the used one. What is
your opinion about it?
Your brother : In my opinion, it’s better to buy a new one.
You : But I don’t have much money to buy a new one.
Your brother : You can choose a new mobile phone which you can afford.
You : Will you help me choose it?
Your brother : No big deal.
4. You : Dian, do you agree if we make a small pond?
Your sister : A small pond? It’s great! But, where will we make it?
You : In the front yard. You know, we still have some space there.
Your sister : O.K. Can I keep some fish in the pond?
You : Of course, you can. But I think we must discuss it with father and mother
first.
Your sister : O.K. I hope they will agree with our idea.

1.2 Genre
Spoken Text

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.


Hello, everybody. Now, I’m going to tell you about my neighbor.
Well, . . . I have a new neighbor, Mr. Rendra. He lives next to my house. He lives with his
wife and his two sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and Mrs. Rendra is
a housewife. Um . . . Mr. Rendra is a hard worker. Besides working as a civil servant, he also
runs a small business. His wife often helps him run the business.
Mr. Rendra’s family is always happy. They love each other. They always share
everything together. Mrs. Rendra takes good care of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy,
he never forgets to give attention to his two sons.
Mr. Rendra’s family is friendly. You know, . . . they get on well with their neighbors. They
are also helpful. They often help the poor. Of course, all people here know and like them.

The text above is a descriptive text in spoken form. In spoken form, we use some fillers,
such as you know, well, um . . ., er . . ., etc.

59
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.


My New Neighbor

Identification I have a new neighbor named Mr. Rendra.

Mr. Rendra lives next to my house. He lives with his wife and
two sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and
Mrs. Rendra is a housewife. Besides, Mr. Rendra also runs
a small business. His wife often helps him run the business.
Mr. Rendra’s family is always happy. They love each other.
Description They always share everything together. Mrs. Rendra takes good
care of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy, he never forgets
to give attention to his two sons.
Mr. Rendra’s family is friendly. They get on well with their
neighbors. They are also helpful. They often help the poor. All
people here know them and like them.

The text above is a descriptive text in written form.


A descriptive text is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.
The structure of a descriptive text consists of:
● Identification: identifies the person, place or thing to be described.
● Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or thing.
The language features of a descriptive text are: use mostly the simple present tense and
use adjectives to describe the person, place or thing.

Grammar Section

The Simple Present Tense


What do you usually
Read the dialog and understand the explanation. do on Sunday

mornings?
I usually jog with
some of my friends.

May I join?

Sure.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

60

The sentences “What do you usually do on Sunday mornings?” and “I usually jog with
some of my friends.” are in the simple present tense.
You use the simple present tense to talk about habitual actions and facts, or say something
you know about a person or thing.
Patterns:

(+) Subject + verb(-s/es) + object

Examples:
● Plants need water and sunlight to grow.
● Diah cleans her room every morning.

(–) Subject + don’t/doesn’t + verb base + object

Examples:
● Cows and goats don’t eat meat.
● The Sun doesn’t go round the Earth.

(?) Do/Does + subject + verb base + object + ?

Examples:
● Do penguins live in Antarctic?
● Does the river flow into the sea?

Adjectives

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.


What do you
think of these
flowers? I think they are
beautiful and fragrant.

The words beautiful and fragrant are adjectives.


An adjective describes nouns (people or things).

61
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

There are many kinds of adjectives.


1. Adjectives that tell us the color of things.
Examples:
● white ● black ● red ● blue
● orange ● yellow ● green ● pink
2. Adjectives that tell us about the size of people or things.
Examples:
● large Adjectives
● huge ● tall ● long
Article Thing
● thin
Size Age Color
● little Material ● tiny ● narrow
3. Adjectives that tell us the quality of people or things.
a small old black iron chair
Examples:
a ● big new white plastic spoon
beautiful ● handsome ● warm ● popular
a ● huge brown wooden cupboard
important ● young ● anxious ● strange
a large gray box
4. Adjectives that tell us the place or country where a person or thing comes from or
belongs to (adjectives of origin).
Examples:
● Chinese ● Italian ● French ● Dutch
● Indonesian ● Javanese ● English ● Malay
5. Adjectives that tell us what type of thing something is, or what material it is made of
(classifying adjectives).
Examples:
● financial ● medical ● chemical ● mathematical
● wooden ● electric ● gold ● steel

Adjectives often come before the noun they describe.


Examples:
● a small boy ● a brave knight
● cheerful children ● sharp scissors
If a noun phrase has more than one adjective, look at the order below.
Adjectives can come after the person or thing they describe later in the sentence.
Examples:
● The flowers are fragrant.
● The math test is difficult.
● The car is expensive.
● The wife is very faithful.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

62

The Present Continuous Tense

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

What are you


looking at?
I am looking at the
brochure. It is
informative, right?

The sentences “What are you looking at?” and “I am looking at the brochure.” are in the
present continuous tense.
You use the present continuous tense to talk about actions in the present, or things that are
going on or happening at the moment of speaking.
The adverbs of time that you can use in the present continuous tense are: now, at the
moment, at present, right now.
Patterns:

(+) Subject + is/am/are + verb-ing + . . . .

Examples:
● I am listening to the music now.
● The girls are discussing their problems.

(–) Subject + is/am/are + not + verb-ing + . . . .


Examples:
● Delia is not swimming in the swimming pool.
● The children are not doing their homework now.

(?) Is/Am/Are + subject + verb-ing + . . .?

Examples:
● Is Mr. John teaching in Class VIIID now?
● Are Neta and her friends visiting a museum at the moment?

63
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Answer the questions below.

1. What is your favorite thing?


Contoh jawaban: A computer.
2. Describe your favorite thing briefly.
Contoh jawaban: Well, . . . I like my computer so much. I have one at home and I often use it
to do my assignments. Besides, I often use it to play games. You know, it is
a desktop, so I can’t bring it everywhere. Let me tell you what. The CPU is
big with white casing. There is a DVD writer on it. It has 17 inch monitor, so
I can see my work on the monitor quite clear and easy. One thing I like
about my computer is that it has a rubber keyboard. It’s so flexible, you
know. Besides, it’s waterproof.

A. Listen to your teacher.


What does he/she talk about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Do you like collecting stickers? If you do, how many stickers do you have?
Well, Rio’s hobby is collecting stickers. He has many stickers in different shapes, sizes,
colors and designs. Do you know when he started his hobby? He started collecting stickers
after his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers. Since then, he likes to collect stickers.
Um . . . to add his stickers collection, Rio often buys interesting stickers which he likes.
He also often exchanges some of his stickers with his friends’. On his birthdays, he usually gets
stickers or sticker albums for presents. Guess what his favorite sticker is! His favorite one is the
sticker which has the face of a bear. The bear has eyes that can move. Well, he got this sticker
from his brother who studies abroad.
Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers

Jawaban:
The monolog is about Rio’s hobby, that is collecting stickers.
Variasi:
Read the words aloud and find out their meanings.
1. collect 2. shape 3. size 4. design
5. add 6. exchange 7. face 8. bear
9. move 10. abroad
Jawaban:
1. mengumpulkan 2. bentuk 3. ukuran
4. pola, bentuk 5. menambahkan 6. menukarkan
7. wajah 8. beruang
9. bergerak-gerak 10. ke luar negeri

UNIT 1 Descriptive

64

B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog you have
heard in Task A.
1. ______ The monolog is about Rio’s hobby.
2. ______ Rio’s hobby is collecting stamps.
3. ______ Rio started to collect the stickers after his uncle gave him a set of flower stickers.
4. ______ To add his collection, Rio often buys stickers which are interesting.
5. ______ Rio never exchanges his stickers with his friends’.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. His hobby is collecting stickers.
3. F. He started to collect stickers after his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers.
4. T
5. F. He often exchanges his stickers with his friends’.

Variasi:
Guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
1. ______ On his birthdays, he often gets stickers or sticker albums.
2. ______ Rio’s favorite sticker is the one which has the face of a bear.
3. ______ The bear in the sticker has a mouth that can move.
4. ______ Rio got the bear sticker from his brother.
5. ______ Rio’s brother lives in another town.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F. The bear in the sticker has eyes that can move.
4. T
5. F. Rio’s brother studies abroad.

C. Look at the picture and listen to the teacher.


Answer the questions based on the monolog you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Do you know Daniel Radcliffe? You know, he acts as Harry
Potter in Harry Potter’s films.
Well, . . . Daniel Radcliffe is my idol. His full name is Daniel
Jacob Radcliffe. However, he is usually called Dan. He was born in
Fulham, London, July 23, 1989. He has dark straight hair. The color
of his eyes is blue. Um . . . he is about 168 cm tall. Many people like
him because he is an interesting and a humorous person.
Actually, I know him since his first appearance in “Harry Potter
and the Sorcerer Stone’’. I think he is a good actor.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Picture source:
www.enjoyfrance.com

65
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Questions:
1. What is the monolog about?
Jawaban: It is about the description of Daniel Radcliffe.
2. What is Daniel Radcliffe’s role in Harry Potter’s films?
Jawaban: He acts as Harry Potter.
3. What is his complete name?
Jawaban: His complete name is Daniel Jacob Radcliffe.
4. Where was he born?
Jawaban: In Fulham, London.
5. When was he born?
Jawaban: On July 23, 1989.
6. How is his hair?
Jawaban: He has dark straight hair.
7. What is the color of his eyes?
Jawaban: His eyes are blue.
8. How tall is he?
Jawaban: He is 168 cm tall.
9. Why do people like him?
Jawaban: Because he is an interesting and a humorous person.
10. When does the speaker first know him?
Jawaban: Since his first appearance in “Harry Potter and the Sorcerer Stone’’.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Last week my father bought a horse. He said that it is a female Arabian horse. He also
said that Arabian horses are intelligent and have great stamina. That’s why he decided to
buy one. You know, it is large and slender. The horse is about 1.5 m tall, and can run very
fast.
I really like the horse. It has large nostrils, big eyes, but a small head and muzzle. And
you know, it has a silky, flowing mane, a short back and broad shoulders. And about its legs
. . . er . . . it has long ones. No wonder it can run fast.
Adapted from: http://www.enchantedlearning.com/subjects/mammals/horse/Arabianprintout.shtml
(December 11, 2006)

1. What kind of horse is it?


Jawaban: It is a female Arabian horse.
2. Why did the speaker’s father want to buy the horse?
Jawaban: Because Arabian horses are intelligent and have great stamina.
3. How tall is it?
Jawaban: It is 1.5 m tall.
4. How are the horse’s nostrils?
Jawaban: They are large.
5. How do you describe its mane?
Jawaban: The horse has a silky, flowing mane.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

66

D. Fill in the blanks while listening to your teacher.


Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Well, look at this! It is my new (1) backpack. It is a (2) birthday
present from my sister. It is quite big, right?
As you see, my backpack has red and black (3) colors. It is made of
(4) nylon. Um . . . it has two main (5) zipper pockets and one pocket at the
front side. I put my books in the main zipper (6) pockets. Meanwhile,
I usually put my (7) stationery in the pocket at the front side.
Er . . . my backpack is (8) quite big. Although it is not (9) handy, I like
to bring it to school every day. To make it (10) different from others, I put
a sticker on the back.

A. Read the text.


Deliver a monolog based on the text.
Anggun Cipta Sasmi is an Indonesian singer and songwriter with
French citizenship.
Anggun was born in Jakarta, April 29, 1974. She is the second
child of Darto Singo, a Javanese artist, and Dien Herdina, a housewife
who was from a noble Javanese family. Although she was born in
Jakarta, she was raised in Yogyakarta. During her early years, she
was influenced by the rock music of native Javanese artists and rock
& roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley, Metallica and The
Police. Anggun began performing at age 7 and recorded her child
Picture source: forum.detik.com
album two years later.
Anggun reached her great career in Indonesia. She was known as a singer with a hat because
she always wore it on her performance. She had a dream to take her talent to an international
level. Then, she decided to move to London with his first husband, Michel de Gea. She started her
international career since then.
In her career, Anggun has released many albums. Some of them are Dunia Aku Punya, Anak
Putih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the Sahara, Au nom
de la lune, Anggun and Elevation.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anggun (December 20, 2008)

Contoh jawaban:
Hello, friends. Do you know Anggun Cipta Sasmi? Well, you may know her as Anggun.
Her first international debut album, Snow on the Sahara, was highly appreciated in Europe, as well
as in Indonesia. You know, Anggun is a very talented young woman. She is not only a singer, but
also a songwriter. She wrote most of her songs. It’s amazing, isn’t it?
Anggun was born on April 29, 1974 as a second child. She comes from an artist family since
her father, Darto Singo, was a Javanese artist. Meanwhile, her mother, Dien Herdina who came
from a Javanese family, was only a housewife. Though Anggun was born in Jakarta, she was
raised in Javanese cultural city, Yogyakarta.
Let me tell you. Anggun has shown her talent in music since her early ages. Her first
performance was at age 7 and two years later she recorded her child album. She liked to listen to
rock music of native Javanese artists and also rock & roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley,

67
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Metallica and the Police. All the artists and bands have influenced her music genre and character
up to now.
Some years later Anggun appeared as one of the most promising singers in Indonesia. People
recognized her as a singer with a hat on every performance. Frankly, she had a great career in our
national music industry. However, she had a dream to be an international singer. So, she moved to
his first destination European city, London to pursue her dream with her husband, Michel de Gea.
Well, she started her international career since then. Now, Anggun lives in Paris, French and holds
French citizenship.
Up to now, Anggun has released national and international albums. There are Dunia Aku
Punya, Anak Putih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the
Sahara, Au nom de la luna, Anggun and Elevation.

Variasi:
A. What are the words based on the definitions below?
Find the answers in the text.
One dash (_) represents one letter.
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who sings
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who composes songs as a profession
3. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = being a citizen, especially of a particular country
4. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who draws or paints pictures, produces sculptures, etc.
5. _ _ _ _ _ = having a high social rank, especially from birth
6. _ _ _ _ _ _ = associated with the place and circumstances of one’s birth
7. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a job or profession, especially one with opportunities for
progress or promotion
8. _ _ _ _ _ = an ambition or ideal
9. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = happening or existing between two or more nations
10. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = to make something available to the public
Jawaban:
1. singer 2. songwriter
3. citizenship 4. artist
5. noble 6. native
7. career 8. dream
9. international 10. release
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Rihanna is a very popular singer now.
2. Dewiq is a talented songwriter as well as a singer.
3. A foreign person can get Indonesian citizenship if he/she has lived in Indonesia for at
least five years permanently, right?
4. Many artists are involved in the art performance.
5. My grandfather comes from a noble Javanese family.
6. I join the English course because it is taught by a native speaker.
7. Linda pursues her career as a journalist.
8. My brother has a dream to be an astronaut someday.
9. The international art festival is followed by 35 countries.
10. Sheila on 7 has just released their new album.
UNIT 1 Descriptive

68

B. Find the data about this man, then describe him orally in front of the class.

Picture source:
www.papermag.com

Contoh jawaban:
The data:

Birth name : Barack Hussein Obama II


Born : August 4, 1961
Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A.
Achievement : The first African American President
Spouse : Michelle Obama (m. 1992)
Children : Malia Ann (b. 1998), Sasha (b. 2001)
Residence : White House, Washington D.C.
Alma mater : Occidental College, Columbia University,
Harvard Law School
Interests : Playing basketball, writing, spending time with kids
Favorite singers : Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder,
Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The Fugees
Favorite Movies : Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of Arabia and
One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest
Favorite Books : Song of Solomon (Toni Morrison), Moby Dick, Shakespeare’s
Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson), Self-Reliance
(Emerson), Lincoln’s Collected Writings
Favorite TV Shows : Sports center
Favorite Quotations : “The Arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.”
Source: – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama (December 19, 2008)
– http://www.facebook.com/barackobama (December 19, 2008)

The monolog:
Do you know Barack Obama? Yeah, . . . he is the 44th President of the United States of
America.
Barack Hussein Obama II was born in Honolulu, Hawaii, the United States of America on
August 4, 1961. He is the first African American to be elected President of the United States.
As we know, Barack Obama is married to a woman named Michelle. He has two daughters
named Malia Ann and Sasha. Do you know where they live now? Of course, they live in the
presidential house called the White House, Washington D.C.

P
69

Obama is very interested in playing basketball, writing and spending his time with kids. Um . . .
he is also fond of music. Some of his favorite singers are Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan,
Stevie Wonder, Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The Fugees. Besides, he is interested in
seeing films and reading books. His favorite movies are Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of
Arabia and One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest. Meanwhile, his favorite books are Song of Solomon
by Toni Morrison, Moby Dick, Shakespeare’s Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson),
Self-Reliance (Emerson), Lincoln’s Collected Writings. Talking about television programs, he is
keen on sports center program.
Well, do you know what his favorite quotation is? It is “The Arc of the moral universe is long,
but it bends towards justice.” O.K. That’s all about Barack Obama. Thank you for listening.

Variasi:
A. Deliver a monolog based on the data provided.

Name : Mandy Moore


Birth Date : April 10, 1984
Birth Place : Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A.
Birth Name : Amanda Leigh Moore
Education : Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando, Florida
Nationality : American
Occupation : Actress, singer
Claim to fame : Her route to fame started when she was named the National Anthem Girl
because she sang The Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams.
Source: http://www.netglimse.com/celebs/pages/mandy_moore/index.shtml (July 25, 2007)
Contoh jawaban:
Hi, friends, I guess you know the person I’m going to talk about. Although not much maybe.
Well, she is Mandy Moore. She is a well-known actress and also a singer. This girl was born on
April 10, 1984 in Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Older than you, of course. Her birth name is
Amanda Leigh Moore. She used to study in Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando,
Florida. Do you know her origin? Well, she is an American. And . . . you know what. She became
famous because she was named the National Anthem Girl. She got it because she sang The
Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams. Well, . . . that’s all about her. Thank you for
listening.
B. Create a monolog based on the picture.
Contoh jawaban:
Look at my T-shirt! What do you think of it? It’s nice, isn’t it?
Well, it is my new T-shirt. It is dark blue, my favorite color.
As you see, it has short sleeves.
Er . . . I like the T-shirt very much. Can you guess the
reason? Yeah. There’s a picture of Spiderman on the front side.
You know, Spiderman is my idol. He is my super hero. Since
I was a child, I have always adored him. Once I dreamed of
becoming Spiderman. Actually, it is only one of my collection
which deals with Spiderman. This T-shirt is special. Do you know
why? It’s a birthday gift from my pen pal.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

70
A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.
Identify the structure of the text.

My Barbie Doll
I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother.
My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimics porcelain. The doll seems just
a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It has a permanent model’s pose. Its right arm is bent for placement
on the hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has joints at the neck, shoulders, hips and waist.
The knees do not bend on the doll: the position is permanent. The bent “on the hip” arm can make the
dolls a bit difficult to dress.
The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and are made of fine fabrics. The doll
is completed with extra clothing and accessories.
The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It always accompanies me when I am lonely.
When I sleep, I always put it beside me. It is really my best friend.
Adapted from: http://collectdolls.about.com/od/dollprofiles/p/silkstonebarbie.htm (December 18, 2008)

Jawaban:
My Barbie Doll

Identification I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother.

My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimics


porcelain. The doll seems just a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It has
a permanent model’s pose. Its right arm is bent for placement on the
hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has joints at the neck,
shoulders, hips and waist. The knees do not bend on the doll: the
position is permanent. The bent “on the hip” arm can make the dolls
Description a bit difficult to dress.
The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and are
made of fine fabrics. The doll is completed with extra clothing and
accessories.
The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It always
accompanies me when I am lonely. When I sleep, I always put it beside
me. It is really my best friend.

Variasi:
Read the words and find out their meanings.
1. doll 2. present 3. mimic 4. permanent 5. pose
6. bent 7. hip 8. knee 9. joints 10. shoulder
11. waist 12. outfit 13. fabric 14. accompany 15. lonely
Jawaban:
1. boneka 2. hadiah 3. meniru 4. tetap, kekal
5. sikap, lagak 6. bengkok 7. pinggul 8. lutut
9. persendian 10. bahu 11. pinggang 12. pakaian
13. kain, barang tenunan 14. menemani 15. sepi, kesepian

71
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1
B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.

1. ______ The doll has joints at the necks, shoulders, hips and arms.
2. ______ The bent “on the hip” arm can make it difficult to dress.
3. ______ The doll’s outfits are made of harsh fabrics.
4. ______ The doll has no accessories.
5. ______ The doll always accompanies the writer when she is lonely.
Jawaban:
1. F. It has joints at the necks, shoulders, hips and waist.
2. T
3. F. They are made of fine fabrics.
4. F. It is completed with some accessories.
5. T

Variasi:
Guru dapat memberikan tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
1. ______ The text talks about the writer’s Barbie doll.
2. ______ The doll is a birthday present from the writer’s father.
3. ______ The doll is made of soft vinyl.
4. ______ The doll has a permanent model’s pose.
5. ______ Its right arm is bent for placement on its hip.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. It is a birthday present from the writer’s mother.
3. F. It is made of hard vinyl.
4. T
5. T

C. Read the text and answer the questions.

My Best Friend
My class is moving to the ground floor this year. This is because we have a new classmate.
Her name is Chen Chen. She uses a wheelchair to get about.
Two of my friends and I have volunteered to help Chen Chen. We help to carry her bag and
push her wheelchair. We help her to the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together.
Some people call us the gang of four.
Chen Chen is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. My friends and
I learn a lot from her. As a result, our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Chen Chen is
a very special girl. Although she is handicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact,
she is always cheerful.
When she sees us playing games during P.E. lessons, she would cheer us on. She says she
likes to watch basketball and football. She thinks it is a pity she cannot play the games. Sometimes
she has dreams that she is a champion basketball player.
However, she says she can do something else even though she cannot play basketball.
She wants to be a scientist when she grows up.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages 4

UNIT 1 Descriptive
72

Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: The writer’s friend named Chen Chen.
2. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe a particular person.
3. Why does the writer’s class move to the ground floor?
Jawaban: Because they have a new handicapped classmate.
4. What does Chen Chen use to get about?
Jawaban: She uses a wheelchair.
5. What do the writer and her friends do to help Chen Chen?
Jawaban: They help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. They also help her to the
canteen and the toilet.
6. What do people usually call the writer and her three friends?
Jawaban: People usually call them the gang of four.
7. How is Chen Chen?
Jawaban: She is handicapped, but she is good at her studies.
8. Why is Chen Chen a special girl?
Jawaban: Because she is handicapped in her movements but she never complains. She is
always cheerful.
9. What does Chen Chen do when she sees the writer and her friends do P.E. lessons?
Jawaban: She cheers her friends on.
10. What does Chen Chen want to be when she grows up?
Jawaban: She wants to be a scientist.

Variasi:
A. Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task C.
Then, make sentences using the answers.
1. old >< ________ 2. bad >< ________
3. common >< ________ 4. sad >< ________
5. hate >< ________
Jawaban:
1. new 2. good 3. special
4. cheerful 5. like
Contoh jawaban (kalimat):
1. My father bought me a new bicycle.
2. Your paper work is very good and neat.
3. On Donna’s birthday, I will give her a special gift.
4. Lina looks cheerful because today is her birthday.
5. I like cooking and gardening very much.
B. Read the text and answer the questions.
In the water around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty
Island there is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most famous
sights in the world.
The Statue of Liberty was a gift from the people of France to the people of the United
States. The statue was made by a French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi. The
inner support system was designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famous
Eiffel Tower in Paris.

73
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Liberty, of course, means freedom and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United
States to celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence from England.
The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in the United
States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886.
As you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the ground
to the bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach the
head of the statue where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful sight of the city of New
York.
Source: Intermediate Reading Practices
Questions:
1. Where is Liberty Island located?
Jawaban: In the water around New York City.
2. What is special about the island?
Jawaban: There is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty.
3. Who gave the statue?
Jawaban: The people of France.
4. Who made the statue?
Jawaban: A French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi.
5. Who designed the inner support system?
Jawaban: Gustave Eiffel.
6. What does liberty mean?
Jawaban: It means freedom.
7. Why was the statue given to the U.S. people?
Jawaban: To celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence from
England.
8. How was the process of building the statue? Explain it.
Jawaban: The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in
the United States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886.
9. How many steps should visitors walk to reach the head of the statue?
Jawaban: Up to 168 steps.
10. How is the statue like?
Jawaban: It is big and has an elevator from the ground to the bottom.

D. Complete the text with the correct words in the box, then read it aloud.

a. medals b. degree c. authored d. officer e. married


f. overseas g. blessed h. army i. excellent j. retired

General (Ret.) Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, or SBY, is an Indonesian


(1) ________ military general and the sixth President of Indonesia.
Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono was born in Pacitan, East Java, on
September 9, 1949. He is the son of Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah.
His father, Raden Soekotjo was also an Indonesian army (2) ________.
Since SBY was a child, he always wanted to be in the (3) ________.
During his 27-year distinguished military service, President Yudhoyono took
an extensive range of training, education and courses, both in Indonesia and Picture source:
(4) ________. President Yudhoyono also held numerous important posts and www.indonesia.go.com
positions as troop and territorial commander, staff officer, trainer and lecturer.

UNIT 1 Descriptive
74

For his outstanding service, the President was decorated with 24 (5) ________ and awards,
including the Bintang Dharma, the Bintang Mahaputera Adipurna and the Bintang Republik
Indonesia Adipurna, the highest national medal for (6) ________ service beyond the calls of duty.
President Yudhoyono is a keen reader and has (7) ________ a number of books and articles
including: Transforming Indonesia: Selected International Speeches (2005), Peace Deal with Aceh
is just a Beginning (2005), The Making of a Hero (2005), Revitalization of the Indonesian Economy:
Business, Politics and Good Governance (2002) and Coping with the Crisis–Securing the Reform
(1999). Taman Kehidupan (Garden of Life) is his anthology published in 2004.
President Yudhoyono is (8) ________ to Madam Ani Herrawati. The couple is (9) ________
with two sons. The oldest is First Lieutenant Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono, who graduated top in his
class from the Military Academy in 2000 and is now serving at the elite 305th Airborne Battalion of
the Army Strategic Reserves Command (KOSTRAD). The youngest, Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono,
earned his (10) ________ in Economics from Curtin University, Australia.
Source: http://www.presidenri.go.id/index.php/eng/profile/ (December 19, 2008)
Jawaban:
1. j 2. d 3. h 4. f 5. a
6. i 7. c 8. e 9. g 10. b

Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task D.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: The description of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.
2. Who is Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono?
Jawaban: He is an Indonesian retired military general and the sixth President of Indonesia.
3. Where was SBY born?
Jawaban: In Pacitan, East Java.
4. When was SBY born?
Jawaban: On September 9, 1949.
5. What are SBY’s parents’ names?
Jawaban: They are Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah.
6. What did Raden Soekotjo do?
Jawaban: He was an Indonesian army officer.
7. What was SBY’s dream since he was a child?
Jawaban: He always wanted to be in the army.
8. What did SBY do during his 27-year distinguished military service?
Jawaban: He took an extensive range of training, education and courses, both in
Indonesia and overseas. He also held numerous important posts and positions
as a troop and territorial commander, a staff officer, a trainer and a lecturer.
9. According to the text, how many medals has SBY got?
Jawaban: He has got 24 medals.
10. What is the Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipurna medal?
Jawaban: It is the highest national medal for military service beyond the calls of duty.
11. How many books and articles has SBY written?
Jawaban: He has written six books and articles.
12. When was SBY’s anthology entitled Taman Kehidupan published?
Jawaban: It was published in 2004.

75
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

13. Whom is SBY married to?


Jawaban: He is married to Ms. Anni Herrawati.
14. Where did Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono graduate from?
Jawaban: He graduated from the Military Academy.
15. Where did Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono get his degree?
Jawaban: He got his degree from Curtin University, Australia.
B. Read the words below.
Find out their synonyms in the text in Task D.
1. written = ________ 2. abroad = ________
3. very good = ________ 4. army = ________
5. famous = ________ 6. large = ________
7. top = ________ 8. enthusiastic = ________
9. got = ________ 10. title = ________
Jawaban:
1. authored 2. overseas 3. excellent 4. military
5. distinguished 6. extensive 7. highest 8. keen
9. earned 10. degree
Jawaban: A
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
answer. pertama paragraf satu, ”Peter is the
youngest in our family.” yang artinya ”Peter
Peter is the youngest in our family. He is adalah anak bungsu di keluarga kami.”.
fourteen years old and four years younger 3. “Peter is interested in sports very
than me. He has long, straight hair, bright much, and at school he plays football
eyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he is and tennis.” The underlined phrase can
rather naughty at home, but he usually does be replaced by ________.
what he is asked to do. A. dislike sport
Peter is interested in sports very much, B. really likes sport
and at school he plays football and tennis. C. hates sport very much
He is the best badminton player in our family. D. finds sport not really entertaining
1. What is the text mostly about? Jawaban: B
A. Peter. Frasa ’is interested in sports very much’
B. Peter’s hobby. artinya ’sangat tertarik pada bidang
C. Peter’s family. olahraga’. Frasa tersebut memiliki makna
D. Peter’s elder brother. yang sama dengan frasa ’really likes sport’
Jawaban: A yang artinya benar-benar menyukai
Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive olahraga.
yang mendeskripsikan Peter. Dalam teks 4. Based on the text we know that the
tersebut dijelaskan usia Peter, ciri-ciri fisik, writer is ________ years old.
watak, serta hobinya.

2. From the text we know that Peter is A. fourteen


________. B. sixteen
A. the writer’s youngest brother C. eighteen
B. the writer’s elder brother D. nineteen Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
C. a naughty boy
D. a friendly boy

76
UNIT 1 Descriptive

5. ”He is fourteen years old . . . than me.”


Jawaban: C The underlined word refers to ________.
Dalam kalimat kedua paragraf satu A. Peter
terdapat kalimat ”He is fourteen years old B. the writer
and four years younger than me.” yang C. the writer’s brother
artinya ”Dia (Peter) berusia empat belas D. the writer’s family
tahun dan empat tahun lebih muda Jawaban: B
daripada saya.”. Jadi, usia penulis 14 + 4 = Kata ganti orang ’me’ artinya ’saya’, yang
18 (eighteen).

merujuk pada orang pertama tunggal, yaitu


penulis (the writer) teks itu sendiri.
F. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.

a. poor b. expensive c. deep d. far e. cold

1. The weather is very ________ here. We must wear our jackets or sweaters.
2. The river is not ________. We can see the bottom clearly.
3. Mr. Anwar’s family lives in a very ________ condition. They often have nothing to eat.
4. This watch is very sophisticated. It must be ________.
5. Iwan lives ________ from here. We can reach his house by bus.
Jawaban:
1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d

Variasi:
A. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.

a. kind b. sad c. fat


d. generous e. beautiful

1. Eddy is ________. That’s why, everyone likes him.


2. The princess is very ________. No wonder many princes want to propose her.
3. Didi is ________. He really wants to reduce his weight.
4. Rara is ________. She’s just got 5 in her test.
5. Mr. Herman is very ________. He likes to help others in need.
Jawaban:
1. a 2. e 3. c 4. b 5. d
B. Find the antonyms of the adjectives below.
Then, make sentences using the answers.
1. big >< ________ 2. dark >< ________
3. heavy >< ________ 4. long >< ________
5. diligent >< ________ 6. dull >< ________
7. clean >< ________ 8. low >< ________
9. noisy >< ________ 10. difficult >< ________
Jawaban:
1. small 2. bright 3. light 4. short 5. lazy
6. sharp 7. dirty 8. high 9. quiet 10. easy

77
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Contoh jawaban (kalimat):


1. We live in a small house.
2. The room is very bright after I switch on some lamps.
3. This suitcase is light. I only put a few things in it.
4. The students only have short time to finish their assignments.
5. Tony is a lazy boy. He rarely does his homework. What a naughty boy!
6. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat.
7. The park is very dirty. People litter everywhere.
8. David and his friends climbed a high mountain last year.
9. I prefer living in a village to living in a town because it is quiet.
10. The test was easy. I could answer all questions well.
G. Correct the sentences below.

Example:
Ice is hot.
Ice is not hot. It is cold.

1. Salt is sweet.
2. A teller works in a hospital.
3. Americans speak Indonesian.
4. A fish can fly.
5. Oceans are shallow.
Jawaban:
1. Salt is not sweet. It is salty.
2. A teller doesn’t work in a hospital. He/she works in a bank.
3. Americans don’t speak Indonesian. They speak English.
4. A fish cannot fly. It can swim.
5. Oceans are not shallow. They are deep.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
1. The earth is square.
2. Cows eat meat.
3. A shark is small.
4. A nurse works at school.
5. Canadians speak Chinese.
Jawaban:
1. The earth is not square. It is round.
2. Cows do not eat meat. They eat grass.
3. A shark is not small. It is big.
4. A nurse doesn’t work at school. She works at hospital.
5. Canadians do not speak Chinese. They speak French and English.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

78

H. Change the words in brackets into the present continuous tense.


1. Mirna (sit) on the chair now.
2. The boys (learn) to make a paper craft.
3. I (read) a Harry Potter novel.
4. We (raise) our money to help the victims of Situ Gintung.
5. The man (clean) the yard at the moment.
Jawaban:
1. Mirna is sitting on the chair now.
2. The boys are learning to make a paper craft.
3. I am reading a Harry Potter novel.
4. We are raising our money to help the victims of Situ Gintung.
5. The man is cleaning the yard at the moment.

Variasi:
Choose the correct words or phrases in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. I ________ (am playing/play) chess with my friend now.
2. Devi ________ (is taking/takes) a math course twice a week.
3. Hesti and her brother ________ (are going/go) to school on foot every day.
4. The teachers ________ (are discussing/discusses) the school problems in their room
right now.
5. Dodi and his sister usually ________ (are watching/watch) television in the evening.
6. Now the little girl ________ (is singing/sings) some beautiful songs on the stage.
7. The rich man always ________ (is helping/helps) the poor.
8. Nirina ________ (is practicing/practices) her English every day.
9. Hendra ________ (is making/makes) a kite now.
10. Karen and Silva ________ (are studying/study) in their room at the moment.
Jawaban:
1. am playing 2. takes 3. go 4. are discussing 5. watch
6. is singing 7. helps 8. practices 9. is making 10. are studying

A. Write a descriptive text based on the data.


Birth Name : Robyn Rihanna Fenty
Famous Name : Rihanna
Born : February 20, 1988
Origin : Saint Michael, Barbados
Father : Ronald Fenty
Mother : Monica Fenty
Brothers : Rorrey Fenty, Rajad Fenty
Genre(s) : Pop, R&B, reggae
Occupation(s) : Singer, model, fashion designer
Years active : 2005–present
Albums : Music of the Sun (2005), A Girl like Me (2006),
Good Girl Gone Bad (2007) Picture source:
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rihanna (December 19, 2008) www.photobucket.com

79
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Contoh jawaban:
Robyn Rihanna Fenty, known as Rihanna, is a Barbadian singer, model and fashion designer.
She was born in Saint Michael, Barbados, on February 20, 1988 to parents Ronald Fenty and
Monica Fenty. She has two brothers named Rorrey Fenty and Rajad Fenty.
People know Rihanna as a pop, R&B and reggae singer. Rihanna started her career in 2005
with her album Music of the Sun. She has released three albums. They are Music of the Sun
(2005), A Girl like Me (2006) and Good Girl Gone Bad (2007).
If you’re interested to know more information about Rihanna, you can visit her website at
www.thisisrihanna.com.

B. Write a descriptive text based on the picture.


Find some relevant resources to get the information about him.
Contoh jawaban:
Yohannes Christian John, known as Chris John, is an Indonesian famous
boxer. He is the WBA featherweight boxing champion.
Chris John was born in Jakarta, September 14, 1979. Now, he stays in
Semarang. He started boxing in his early childhood and was trained by his
father Johan Tjahjadi (a k a Thjia Foek Sem), a former amateur boxer.
Picture source: He is the third Indonesian to win a boxing world title, following Ellyas
www.detiksport.com Pical and Nico Thomas. John turned professional in 1997 and is known as
“Thin Man” before he proclaimed his new nick name “The Dragon” that he
uses until today.
Besides a professional boxer, Chris John is also a member of the
national wushu team. He often represents Indonesia in some multi-event
games, like the South East Asian Games or the Asian Games.
Source: – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chris_John_(boxer) (December 19, 2008)
– http://www.boxrec.com/media/index.php?title=Human:78475 (December 19, 2008)

Variasi:
Write a descriptive text about one of your belongings.
Contoh jawaban:
I have an interesting dictionary. I think it is interesting because it is a visual dictionary. I can
see the parts of things and their names in English.
My dictionary is very thick. It is hard covered and has about 3000 pages. To keep it, I give it
a plastic wrap.
I like reading the dictionary. Sometimes, I color the pictures with crayons or color pencils.
It makes the dictionary colorful. To make it different from my friends’, I also put a sticker on the
first page and put my signature on the last page.

UNIT 1 Descriptive
80

1.3 Short Functional Texts: Short Descriptions and Labels

Spoken Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.


Ladies and gentlemen, I want to show you a new magic com. It is special. Do you know
why? Besides cooking rice, we can make porridge at the same moment. It can also be used
to cook some vegetables. It’s economical, right?

The text above is a short description about something. It uses the simple present tense.
Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

SELECTION
Facial Cotton

Made of selected absorbent cotton,


SELECTION facial cotton is gentle and soft to delicate skin
and provides extra absorbency and retains wetness

For your beautiful, healthy


and natural skin care

Source: Selection Facial Cotton

The text above is a label of a product.


A label is a piece of paper etc. that is attached to something and gives information about
it. The purpose of a label is to describe or give information about something briefly.

81
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Answer the questions below.

1. Suppose you want to sell a product. Describe the product briefly.


Contoh jawaban: Look! We have a new product. It’s a mobile phone with new style and
modern technology.
2. Have you ever noticed the label of a product?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have./No, I haven’t.
3. Do you think that the product has an interesting label?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is./No, it isn’t.

A. Listen to your teacher.


What is it about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru:
Now, I’ll tell you about this set of computer. It is a computer with its memory of one
gigabytes and 80 gigabytes in capacity. This computer is completed with some parts. They are
a monitor, a CPU, a black keyboard, a yellow optical mouse, two speakers and a printer. The
computer has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office.

Jawaban: It’s about the description of a set of computer.

B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in task A.

1. ______ The purpose of the text is to describe or give information about something.
2. ______ The capacity of the computer is one gigabytes.
3. ______ The optical mouse is yellow.
4. ______ The computer is completed with one speaker.
5. ______ The computer has not been installed with some programs.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. Its capacity is 80 gigabytes.
3. T
4. F. It is completed with two speakers.
5. F. It has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office.

UNIT 1 Descriptive
82

A. Describe a thing based on the data below.

Massaco Blender
Voltage 220 V
Wattage 200 W
Capacity container 1000 ml
Capacity mill 50 gr
Container material plastic
Weight 2 kg

Contoh jawaban:
Now, I’ll show you a new blender. It is Massaco Blender. It is 220 V and 200 W. The capacity
container is 1000 ml, while its capacity mill is 50 grams. The container is made of plastic.
Therefore, this blender is not heavy. It’s about two kilograms in weight.

B. Look at the picture and find some references about it.


Describe it briefly.
Contoh jawaban:
We have a new product. It is an LCD monitor. This monitor is
black. It is 17 inch wide. It is completed with a user’s guide CD,
a power cord and a 15-pin D-Sub Signal cable. Don’t worry about the
setting. This monitor is easy to set up.

Picture source: www.alibaba.com

A. Read the text.


State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

CUSSONS Baby
With almond milk
Natural Care Soap
Cares & Protects
Specially formulated to clean baby’s soft and smooth skin.
Enriched with Almond Milk, a natural moisturizer, its rich and soft
lather helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.

Source: Cussons Baby Soap


83
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Statements:
1. ______ The text is a label of baby powder.
2. ______ The product is enriched with almond milk.
3. ______ Almond milk is a natural moisturizer.
4. ______ The product is specially made to clean baby’s hair.
5. ______ Its powder helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.
Jawaban:
1. F. It’s a label of baby soap.
2. T
3. T
4. F. It is specially made to clean baby’s skin.
5. F. Its soft lather helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.

Variasi:
Read the text.
Answer the questions.

TANAM JAGUNG
Vermicelli
Ingredients:
Modified corn starch and water
How to Cook:
1. Put vermicelli into boiling water about 2–3 minutes.
2. Drain the vermicelli.
3. Vermicelli is ready to be cooked, stir fried or made soup.
Best Before: 311009
Batch Number: 1234560

Source: Tanam Jagung Vermicelli

Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It is about the label of vermicelli.
2. What is the product made of?
Jawaban: It is made of modified corn starch and water.
3. How long do we put vermicelli into boiling water?
Jawaban: About 2–3 minutes.
4. What can we do with the vermicelli?
Jawaban: We can fry it or make it into soup.
5. When should we use the vermicelli?
Jawaban: Before October 31, 2009.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

84

Teks tersebut merupakan label kerupuk


goreng (fried crackers). Hal itu ditunjukkan
dengan kalimat ”Fried crackers can be
stored in a jar.” yang artinya ”Kerupuk
B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct goreng dapat disimpan di toples.”. Pilihan
answer. jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
merupakan benda yang dimaksud dalam
label.
2. Which statement is NOT correct
Easy to fry, quickly expand and save the according to the text?
oil usage. Easy to serve, sun-drying is A. These crackers can be served as
not needed. Fried crackers can be stored a snack.
in a jar. Can be served as a snack and B. It is not difficult to serve fried
topping of many various dishes. crackers.
Ingredients: C. We need a lot of hot oil to cook
Fresh garlic, selected tapioca flour, fresh these crackers.
vegetables, sugar, egg and salt. D. The crackers will expand fast when
the frying oil is hot.
Pour enough frying oil into a pan and
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
wait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then,
drop the crackers in, after a while turn
them over until they fully expand. Take
them out from the pan and lay them on
absorbent paper.

1. What is the text about?


A. Frying oil.
B. Fresh garlic.
C. Fried crackers.
D. Various dishes.
Jawaban: C
bahan pembuatan kerupuk tersebut adalah
tepung jagung (corn flour).
Jawaban: C 4. When should we drop the crackers into the
Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban frying pan?
(C) artinya kita memerlukan banyak A. When the oil is sufficiently hot.
minyak panas untuk menggoreng kerupuk. B. When we pour the oil into the pan.
Pernyataan tersebut tidak sesuai dengan C. When the oil hasn’t been hot yet.
kalimat ”Easy to fry, quickly expand and D. When we turn on the stove.
save the oil usage.” yang artinya ”Mudah Jawaban: A
digoreng, cepat mengembang dan hemat Kita seharusnya memasukkan kerupuk ke
penggunaan minyak.”. Pilihan jawaban dalam panci penggorengan ketika minyak
yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan goreng cukup panas. Hal itu disimpulkan
teks. berdasarkan kalimat ”. . . and wait until the
oil is sufficiently hot. Then, drop the
3. The crackers contain the following
crackers in, . . . . ”.
ingredients, except ________.
A. egg 5. “. . . and lay them on absorbent paper.”
B. salt The word ‘them’ refers to ________.
C. fresh garlic A. the oil
D. corn flour B. the vegetables
Jawaban: D C. the garlic
Kerupuk tersebut menggunakan bahan- D. the fried crackers
bahan seperti bawang segar, tepung Jawaban: D
tapioka pilihan, sayuran segar, gula, telur, Kata ’them’ pada kalimat tersebut
dan garam. Jadi, yang tidak termasuk mengacu pada kerupuk goreng (fried
crackers).

85
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Write the label of a product that you use daily, such as shampoo, soap, cosmetics, etc.
Contoh jawaban:

SUNSILK
Anti-dandruff
Shampoo
with citrus-cream
AZPTO
energizers
Netto 90 ml

Source: Sunsilk Shampoo

Variasi:
A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper label.
With Essential Oil
Caution:
Available in 2 categories: Avoid from eye contact. Keep away
Energizing & Refreshing: from children.
for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragrance Danger! Pressurized content, may explode
Relaxing & Soathing: at temperature of above 50 degrees
for Rose & Jasmine fragrance Celcius.
Keep in a cool and dry place.
Do not puncture and expose to open
flame or incinerate.
STELLA
Aroma therapy
STELLA Aromatherapy,
A room freshener with aromatherapy
Direction: that brings the invigorating scent,
Shake well before spraying. relaxation and long lasting freshness.

Source: Stella Room Freshener

UNIT 1 Descriptive

86

Jawaban:

STELLA
Aroma therapy
With Essential Oil
STELLA Aromatherapy,
A room freshener with aromatherapythat brings the invigorating scent,
relaxation and long lasting freshness.
Available in 2 categories:
Energizing & Refreshing:
for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragrance
Relaxing & Soathing:
for Rose & Jasmine fragrance
Direction:
Shake well before spraying.
Caution:
Avoid from eye contact. Keep away from children.
Danger! Pressurized content, may explode at temperature of above 50 degrees Celcius.
Keep in a cool and dry place. Do not puncture and expose to open flame or incinerate.

B. Look at the pictures.


Make labels for the products.

1. 2.

Contoh jawaban:
1.
HERODENT
with Delta Bristles
New technology Delta Bristles can reach and remove the stain
and plaque effectively.
The handle is specially designed for the better grip and control of brushing movement.
More effective for removing plaques on teeth even to reach wisdom teeth.
Customer service
0800-99-9876543
(Free of charge)

87
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

2.

BAT
Cajuput Oil

Composition
Cajuput oil 100%
Indication
Good for relieving stomachache, flatulence, nausea, insect
bites/mosquito and itches.
Direction
Rub at the affected areas.

Write a descriptive text about your idol.


Use some illustrations to support your writing.

Read and memorize the words.


Use them whenever you speak English.
absorbent : pengisap
civil servant : pegawai negeri
delicate : lembut, sulit
distinguished : terhormat, terkenal
expose : membuka

handicapped : cacat
incinerate : membakar
pressurized : yang diberi tekanan udara
puncture : menusuk, membocorkan
retain : menahan
scent : bau, wangi-wangian
starch : tepung, kanji
volunteer : tenaga sukarela

UNIT 1 Descriptive
88

Dalam kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya Joyce


menjelaskan bahwa menurut pendapatnya,
kota kelahirannya sangat membosankan
meskipun banyak orang mengatakan
bahwa tempat tersebut indah.
2. Joyce said, “And I think it’s a very boring
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct place.” What does it mean?
answer. A. She gives her opinion.
B. She asks for an opinion.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. C. She asks for an agreement.
D. She gives an agreement.
Lou : Tell me about your hometown, Joyce.
Jawaban: A
Joyce : It’s a small town. And I think it’s a very Kalimat ”And I think it’s a very boring
boring place. place.” artinya ”Dan menurut saya tempat
Lou : Why? kelahiran saya adalah tempat yang sangat
Joyce : Well, there’s nothing exciting to do. membosankan.”. Kalimat tersebut
No good restaurants. No nightlife of merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat
any kind. I really get bored there. (give an opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang
Lou : Oh, that’s too bad. lain salah karena bukan merupakan
Joyce : Yeah, but lots of people love it maksud ungkapan yang sesuai.
because it’s so pretty.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa
Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4
1. What is the dialog about?
A. A small town.
B. A very boring place.
C. Lou’s hometown.
D. Joyce’s hometown.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan tersebut Lou berkata
”Tell me about your hometown, Joyce.”.
Mita : By car. Andi will ask his father to
drive us to the camping area.
Shelly : I see. Um . . . what about the tents?
Mita : Don’t worry. We can borrow my
brother’s.
3. Why do many people love Joyce’s 4. Shelly said, “That’s great!” What does it
hometown? Because ________. mean?
A. it’s big A. She shows her agreement.
B. it’s so pretty B. She shows her disagreement.
C. it’s modern C. She asks for an opinion.
D. it’s small D. She denies an offer.
Jawaban: B Jawaban: A
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Kalimat Shelly ”That’s great!” artinya ”Itu
terakhir Joyce, ”Yeah, but lots of people bagus!”. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan
love it because it’s so pretty.”. Jadi, alasan bahwa Shelly menyetujui ide Mita untuk
mengapa banyak orang menyukai kota berkemah (Shelly shows her agreement).
tersebut adalah karena kota tersebut
5. What will they do next holiday?
sangat indah.
A. They will borrow tents.
Read the dialog and answer questions 4 to 6. B. They will go to Puncak.
Mita : Shelly, we will have a camping on the C. They will camp in Puncak.
next holiday. Do you agree with the D. They will camp in a camping area.
idea? Jawaban: C
Shelly : That’s great! Where will we camp? Dalam percakapan tersebut Mita
Mita : In Puncak. mengajak Shelly untuk berkemah di
Shelly : It’s nice. Anyway, how do we go there? Puncak dan Shelly menyetujuinya. Jadi,
yang akan dilakukan Mita dan Shelly pada

89
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Rizal : Yes. Anyway, why do you like collecting


stamps?
Linda : (10) ________. I have many stamps
from around the world. (11) ________?
liburan mendatang adalah berkemah di Rizal : I don’t like it.
Puncak (they will camp in Puncak). Pilihan Linda : But why?
jawaban yang lain salah karena kurang Rizal : Well, I don’t get many letters from my
spesifik. friends.
6. How will they go to the camping area? Linda : (12) ________ by exchanging your
A. By Mita’s car. stamps with your friends’.
B. By Shelly’s car. 7. A. I arrange these stamps
C. By Andi’s car.
B. I’m arranging some stamps
D. By bus.
C. I have arranged these stamps
Jawaban: C
D. I will arrange these stamps
Saat Shelly bertanya bagaimana mereka
Jawaban: B
akan berangkat ke Puncak, Mita
Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal bertanya,
menjawab, ”By car. Andi will ask his father
”Linda, what are you doing?” yang artinya
to drive us to the camping area.” yang
”Linda, apa yang sedang kamu lakukan?”.
artinya ”Dengan naik mobil. Andi akan
Kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the
meminta ayahnya untuk mengantar kita ke
present continuous tense. Jadi, respons
tempat kemah.”. Jadi, mereka akan pergi
yang tepat juga harus menggunakan
ke Puncak dengan naik mobil Andi.
bentuk the present continuous tense. Di
For questions 7 to 12, choose the correct antara keempat pilihan jawaban, kalimat
expressions to complete the dialog. yang menggunakan bentuk the present
Rizal : Linda, what are you doing?
Linda : (7) ________ in this stamp album.
Rizal : By the way, (8) ________?
Linda : Yes, I do. I have collected some. Look
at these! (9) ________, right?
auxiliary ’do’, kalimat tanya yang tepat
adalah (D) do you like collecting them
yang artinya apakah kamu suka
continuous tense adalah (B) I’m arranging mengoleksi prangko-prangko itu.
some stamps yang artinya saya sedang
menata prangko-prangko ini. Pilihan 9. A. They are nice
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak B. They aren’t nice
menggunakan bentuk tense yang tepat. C. Are they nice
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya saya mengatur D. It is nice
prangko-prangko ini, (C) artinya saya telah Jawaban: A
mengatur prangko-prangko ini, dan (D) Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Linda
artinya saya akan mengatur prangko- mengatakan, ”Look at these!”. Kalimat
prangko ini. tersebut menunjukkan banyak prangko.
Jadi, subjek yang sesuai untuk kalimat
8. A. are you collecting some stamps sesudahnya adalah they. Sementara itu,
B. what about collecting some stamps kalimat yang tepat berbentuk afirmatif.
C. what do you like to collect Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah
D. do you like collecting them (A) They are nice.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan 10. A. Yes, I do
kalimat respons Linda yang mengatakan, B. I keep them in this stamp album
”Yes, I do.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan C. It’s very interesting, you know
jawaban pertanyaan ya/tidak (yes/no D. I have collected them
question). Di antara keempat pilihan Jawaban: C
jawaban, kalimat yang merupakan yes/no Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal bertanya
question adalah pilihan jawaban (A) dan dengan menggunakan kata why yang
(D). Karena jawaban menggunakan artinya mengapa. Kata tersebut
menanyakan alasan. Di antara keempat

UNIT 1 Descriptive

90

temanmu.”. Kalimat yang paling tepat


untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah
I think you can collect them yang artinya
Saya pikir kamu dapat mengoleksinya
pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang (prangko-prangko).
menunjukkan alasan adalah pilihan
jawaban (C) yang artinya hal itu sangat Read the text and answer questions 13 to 17.
menarik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah Mr. Warsidi has a garden in his front yard,
karena tidak menunjukkan alasan. and he likes to work there. He says it is fun.
11. A. What are you doing Today he is planting flowers in the garden.
B. What do you collect There is also an old mango tree in the yard.
C. Do you agree with the idea He always cuts the leaves and the branches in
D. What about you taking care of it. He said that the flowers must
Jawaban: D get more sun. Mr. Warsidi often involves his
Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan children to take care of the garden together.
kalimat respons Rizal, ”I don’t like it.”. By doing this, they will understand how to take
Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan care of their environment. Many people tell
memberi informasi. Jadi, kalimat Linda Mr. Warsidi how beautiful his garden is.
yang tepat adalah pilihan jawaban (D) Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High
What about you yang artinya bagaimana School (SMP/MTs)
dengan kamu. Kalimat tersebut
merupakan ungkapan meminta informasi.
12. A. That’s the problem
B. I think you can collect them
C. I think you’re right
D. You’re right
Jawaban: B
Arti dari kalimat soal adalah ”. . . dengan
saling bertukar prangko dengan teman-
mendeskripsikan suatu tempat, dalam hal
ini kebun Pak Warsidi. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
13. What is the text about?
merupakan tujuan teks recount, (B)
A. Mr. Warsidi. merupakan tujuan teks narrative, dan
B. Mr. Warsidi’s garden. (C) merupakan tujuan teks procedure.
C. Mr. Warsidi’s children.
D. Mr. Warsidi’s yard. 15. The following are what Mr. Warsidi does to
Jawaban: B take care of his garden, except ________.
Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut A. he makes the fence for his garden
membahas tentang kebun Pak Warsidi B. he involves his children in taking care
(Mr. Warsidi’s garden). Dalam teks of the garden
tersebut dijelaskan bahwa kebun Pak C. he makes his flowers get more sun
Warsidi terletak di halaman depan. Ada D. he cuts the leaves and branches
pohon mangga di kebunnya. Dalam teks Jawaban: A
tersebut dijelaskan pula bahwa Pak Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan bahwa
Warsidi selalu merawat kebunnya. Dia usaha Pak Warsidi untuk merawat
juga menyuruh anak-anaknya untuk ikut kebunnya adalah dengan cara
merawat kebun tersebut. memangkas daun-daunan dan batang,
membuat bunganya mendapat lebih
14. What is the purpose of the text?
banyak sinar matahari (dengan cara
A. To retell an event. memangkas daun dan batang), serta
B. To entertain the readers. mengajak anak-anaknya untuk merawat
C. To tell the steps of doing something. kebun tersebut. Jadi, hal yang tidak
D. To describe a particular place. dilakukan Pak Warsidi untuk merawat
Jawaban: D kebunnya adalah dengan memasang
Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive. pagar di kebunnya.
Tujuan dari teks descriptive itu adalah

91
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

artinya membersihkan, make artinya


membuat, dan wash artinya mencuci.
Read the text and answer questions 18 to 20.
16. “He says it is fun.” (Sentence 2)
What does the word ‘it’ refer to? Pondan Magic Ice Cream
A. The front yard. Chocolate Flavor Choco Chips
B. The garden.
C. Working in his garden. How to Prepare:
D. Planting flowers. 1. Mix Pondan Magic Ice Cream with
Jawaban: C precisely 300 cc ice water. Beat at high
Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu speed for 5–10 minutes (or using
pada kalimat sebelumnya ”. . ., and he a hand whisk) until the mixture is
likes to work there.”. Jadi, yang dianggap foamy and thick.
menyenangkan adalah bekerja di kebun 2. Add choco chips (found inside the box)
(working in the garden). Pilihan jawaban and mix well. Pour ice cream mixture
yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan into plastic container.
kata acuan yang tepat. 3. Freeze for 4–5 hours in freezer.
4. Ready to serve.
17. “By doing this, they will understand how to
take care of their environment.” Store in a cool dry place. Avoid sunlight.
The bold-typed words have a similar
Source: Pondan Magic Ice Cream
meaning to ________.
A. keep B. clean
C. make D. wash
Jawaban: A
Kata ’take care of’ artinya merawat. Kata
tersebut memiliki makna yang sama
dengan kata ’keep’ yang artinya menjaga.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
tidak memiliki makna yang sama. Clean
Jawaban: D
Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimat
terakhir ”Store in a cool dry place.” yang
18. How long should we beat the ice cream at artinya ”Simpan di tempat yang sejuk dan
high speed? kering.”.
A. For three minutes.
B. For three hours. 20. “Add choco chips . . . .” (Step 2)
C. For five to ten minutes. The word ‘add’ has an opposite meaning to
D. For four to five hours. ________.
Jawaban: C A. increase
Kita seharusnya mengaduk campuran es B. reduce
krim selama 5–10 menit (for five to ten C. mix
minutes). Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan D. remove
kalimat pada langkah pertama ”Beat at Jawaban: B
high speed for 5–10 minutes (or using Kata ’add’ artinya ’menambahkan’. Kata
a hand whisk) until the mixture is foamy tersebut memiliki makna berlawanan
and thick.”. dengan kata reduce yang artinya
mengurangi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
19. Where should we keep the ice cream?
salah karena bukan merupakan antonim
A. In a wet place. kata add. Increase artinya meningkatkan,
B. In a cool place. mix artinya mencampurkan, dan remove
C. In a dry place. artinya memindahkan.
D. In a moist place.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

92

register to calculate the cost of the groceries.


B. Change the words in brackets to Then, she ________ (10. collect) the money
complete the text. from the customers.
Adaped from: Easy Does It
I ________ (1. have) an aunt. Her name
________ (2. be) Aulia Mayasari. She and her Jawaban:
husband ________ (3. live) in Yogyakarta. 1. have 2. is
Although their house ________ (4. be) small, 3. live 4. is
they ________ (5. be) always happy. 5. are 6. works
My aunt ________ (6. work) as a checker 7. works 8. is
in a grocery store. She ________ (7. work) five 9. uses 10. collects
days a week, eight hours a day. Her job

________ (8. be) to charge the customers for


their groceries. She ________ (9. use) a cash

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.
Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

93
B. It is a challenging game.
C. It is a boring game.
D. It is the worst game.
3. Budi said, “Yes, I agree.”
What does it mean?
A. He asks for an opinion.
B. He gives his opinion.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct C. He shows his agreement.
answer. D. He asks for an agreement.
Read the dialog and answer questions 4 to 6.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3.
Rio : Andra, our school will have a new rule.
Budi : It’s a very exciting day.
Andra : Really? What is the rule?
Dani : Yes, it is. I’m having so much fun.
Rio : We mustn’t go out of school during the
Budi : Which is the most exciting game for you
break. Do you think it’s a good idea?
here?
Andra : No, I don’t think so.
Dani : Well, I must say that roller coaster is the
Rio : Why?
most exciting game in Dufan.
Andra : It will be boring if we just stay in our
Budi : Yes, I agree. The roller coaster gave me
school at the break.
an unforgettable experience. I think I
Rio : I see.
want to ride it again.
Dani : Me too.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII
Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

1. Where does the dialog happen?


A. At home.
B. In Dufan.
C. At school.
D. In the park.
2. What does Dani think about the roller
coaster?
A. It is the most exciting game.
Read the dialog and answer questions 7 to 9.
Reni : Look at the car! What do you think of
it?
Maya : Well, it’s very beautiful.
Reni : You’re right. There are some
4. What is the dialog about? accessories on the car that make it
A. A new rule at school. colorful and . . . amazing.
B. A new classmate. Maya : Do you think it is difficult to decorate
C. A new classroom. the car?
D. A new teacher. Reni : I think so. People who worked on it
5. Rio said, “Do you think it’s a good idea?” might take some days to decorate it.
Maya : I see. It must be a hard work.
What does it mean?
A. He gives an opinion.
7. What are the speakers talking about?
B. He asks for an opinion.
A. A beautiful car.
C. He shows his agreement.
B. Reni’s car.
D. He shows his disagreement.
C. Maya’s car.
6. Why does Andra disagree with the new D. A car decoration.
rule?
8. Maya said, “Well, it’s very beautiful.”
A. Because he will be tired.
What does it mean?
B. Because he cannot go outside.
A. She expresses her wish.
C. Because he cannot be free.
B. She expresses her plan.
D. Because he will be bored.
C. She shows her agreement.
D. She gives her opinion.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

94

11. A. You’re beautiful


B. You’re diligent
C. You’re clever
9. What makes the car colorful and amazing? D. You’re right
A. The bright color of the car. 12. A. I don’t like it.
B. The decorations on the car. B. It’s one of my favorite songs.
C. The accessories on the car. C. It’s not a good song.
D. The beautiful shape of the car. D. I dislike it.

For questions 10 to 16, choose the correct 13. A. Do you like Rihanna
sentences to complete the dialog. B. Do you know Rihanna
C. What is your favorite song
Hedi : Hey, (10) ________? D. What is the title of Rihanna’s latest albu
Kiki : Well, I am listening to Umbrella. m
Hedi : I see. Is it Rihanna’s song?
Kiki : (11) ________. 14. A. She is cruel
Hedi : Do you like the song? B. Her songs are not interesting
Kiki : Yeah. (12) ________. The song is C. Her songs are boring
energetic. D. She has a beautiful voice and sings
Hedi : (13) ________? beautifully
Kiki : She is one of my idols. 15. A. You’re not certain
Hedi : Why do you like her? B. She’s great
Kiki : (14) ________. Don’t you think so? C. I think so
Hedi : (15) ________. Besides, her dance D. I like her
while singing is attractive.
Kiki : (16) ________.

10. A. what do you listen to


B. what will you listen to
C. what are you listening to
D. what have you listened to
C. To describe a particular thing.
D. To entertain the readers.
16. A. I agree with your opinion 18. What is Frank Lampard?
B. She is also beautiful A. He is an artist.
C. I think it’s not interesting B. He is a football coach.
D. I disagree with your opinion C. He is a referee.
D. He is a football player.
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 21. 19. How old is he?
Frank Lampard is a famous football player. A. Thirty one years old.
He is a football player from Chelsea FC. B. Thirty two years old.
Frank Lampard is an English. This number C. Thirty three years old.
8 player plays football as a midfielder. He was D. Thirty four years old.
born on June 21, 1978 in Romford, England. 20. What is Lampard’s position in the Three
He is 183 cm tall and 79 kg weight. He is cute Lions England National squad?
and very talented in playing football. Because A. A striker. B. A midfielder.
of his excellent play, this man is also a member C. A captain. D. A goalkeeper.
of the Three Lions England National squad.
Even, now he holds the position as a captain. 21. “Frank Lampard is a famous football player.”
Adapted from: http://www.goal.com/id-id/ The synonym of the word ‘famous’ is
Giocatore.aspx?IdPersona=1642 (January 30, 2007) ________.
A. talented
17. What is the purpose of the text? B. familiar
A. To tell the steps of doing or making C. handsome
something. D. skillful
B. To describe a particular person.

95
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

candies.
C. Because the woman sells candies.
D. Because the woman makes candies.
Read the text and answer questions 22 to 26. 23. How do her candies taste?
The Candy Woman is an elderly woman. A. They taste like sugar.
B. They taste like mangoes.
I call her the Candy Woman because she sells
C. They taste like salt.
candies. However, she sells a special kind of
D. They taste like honey.
candy that is not usually found in shops. Hers is
a homemade sticky, golden-brown and 24. When does the Candy Woman usually go
translucent substance. It looks and tastes like home?
honey, although it is harder and can be twined A. In the morning.
round a stick. B. In the afternoon.
The Candy Woman usually comes at C. In the evening.
around one o’clock in the afternoon and stays D. At night.
until evening. She sits on a low stool that she
brings along and places her pail of golden-
brown sweet in front of her. Now and then, she
rings her bell to attract passers-by.
I wonder where she comes from. She looks
cheerful and is quite neat and well-groomed.
I do not think that she needs to earn a living by
selling sweets. Maybe it is the way of passing
time. She may be bored sitting at home and
doing nothing. Perhaps she enjoys the hustle
and bustle of the place.
Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4

22. Why does the writer call the woman the


Candy Woman?
A. Because the woman likes candies.
B. Because the woman often buys
Gentle care
Powder
25. What does the Candy Woman do to attract Cares and protects
the passers-by? Cussons Baby Powder is enriched with
A. She sits on a low stool. Pro-Vitamin B5
B. She rings her bell. which is beneficial for healthy skin,
C. She places her pail of candies in front leaving skin soft, smooth and comfortable.
of her.
D. She comes at around one o’clock. Ingredients: Talc, perfume, panthenol
26. The following are the characteristics of the
Candy Woman, except ________.
A. she is cheerful
B. she is quite neat Source: Cussons Baby Powder
C. she is well-groomed
27. The text is about ________.
D. she looks poor
A. baby’s soap
Read the text and answer questions 27 to 30. B. baby’s shampoo
C. baby’s powder
D. baby’s toothpaste
28. What is the purpose of the text?
CUSSONS
A. To inform about something.
Baby
B. To persuade someone to do something.
With Pro-vitamin B5
C. To tell a procedure of doing something.
D. To gain the readers’ attention.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

96

B. Complete the text with the words in


29. Why is the product beneficial for healthy skin? brackets.
A. Because it is gentle. Tika ________ (1. be) a diligent girl. She
B. Because it is soft.
usually ________ (2. get up) at five o’clock in
C. Because it is smooth.
the morning. Then, she ________(3. take
D. Because it is enriched with Pro-Vitamin
a bath). After that, she ________ (4. wear) her
B5.
uniform. Next, she ________ (5. have) her
30. “. . . which is beneficial for healthy skin, breakfast and goes to school.
. . . .” Tika ________ (6. get) lessons at school
The bold-typed word has the opposite from seven to about a quarter past twelve. After
meaning to ________. school, she ________ (7. have) lunch with his
A. useless sister. After taking a nap for a while, she
B. useful ________ (8. recall) what she has studied at
C. good school. No wonder she always ________
D. bad (9. get) the first rank in her class. Her parents
________ (10. be) proud of her.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

97
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
percakapan.
3. C. Kalimat ”Yes, I agree.” artinya ”Ya,
Jawaban Review Unit 1 saya setuju.”. Kalimat tersebut
menunjukkan ungkapan persetujuan
A. Pilihan Ganda (show an agreement).
1. B. Dalam percakapan tersebut Dani 4. A. Secara keseluruhan, percakapan
berkata ”Well, I must say that roller tersebut membahas tentang peraturan
coaster is the most exciting game in baru di sekolah (a new rule at school),
Dufan.”. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya yaitu peraturan bahwa siswa dilarang
Budi bertanya dengan menggunakan keluar sekolah saat jam istirahat.
kata here. Kata tersebut mengacu 5. B. Kalimat ”Do you think it’s a good
pada Dufan. Jadi, percakapan idea?” artinya ”Apakah kamu
tersebut terjadi di Dufan. Pilihan berpendapat bahwa itu ide bagus?”.
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak Kalimat tersebut merupakan
sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. ungkapan meminta pendapat (asking
2. A. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan for an opinion).
kalimat Dani, ”Well, I must say that 6. D. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
roller coaster is the most exciting kalimat terakhir Andra, ”It will be
game in Dufan.”. Jadi, menurut Dani, boring if we just stay in our school at
roller coaster merupakan permainan the break.” yang artinya ”Akan sangat
yang paling menyenangkan di tempat membosankan jika kita hanya berada
tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
di sekolah saat jam istirahat.”.
7. A. Secara keseluruhan percakapan
tersebut membicarakan tentang awal Reni, ”Look at the car! What do
sebuah mobil yang bagus (a beautiful you think of it?”. Pilihan jawaban yang
car). Hal itu dikuatkan oleh kalimat lain salah karena bukan merupakan
topik yang dibahas dalam percakapan
tersebut.
8. D. Kalimat ”Well, it’s very beautiful.”
artinya ”Mobil tersebut sangat
bagus.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan
ungkapan memberi pendapat (give
an opinion).
9. C. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
kalimat Reni, ”There are some
accessories on the car that make it
colorful and . . . amazing.” yang
artinya ”Ada beberapa asesoris pada
mobil itu yang membuat mobil
tersebut kelihatan berwarna dan . . .
mengagumkan.”.
10. C. Dalam kalimat selanjutnya Kiki
berkata, ”Well, I am listening to
Umbrella.” yang artinya ”Saya sedang
mendengarkan lagu Umbrella.”.
Kalimat tersebut menggunakan
bentuk the present continuous tense.
Jadi, kalimat tanya sebelumnya juga
menggunakan the present
continuous tense. Di antara keempat
pilihan jawaban, yang menggunakan
bentuk the present continuous tense
adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang
artinya apa yang sedang kamu
dengarkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak menggunakan
tense yang sesuai.
11. D. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Hedi
menanyakan apakah Umbrella adalah
judul lagu Rihanna. Jadi, respons
yang tepat adalah mengiyakan
kalimat tersebut, yaitu you’re right.
12. B. Saat Hedi bertanya apakah Kiki
menyukai lagu Umbrella, Kiki
menjawab dengan mengucapkan
”Yeah.”. Kalimat tersebut
menunjukkan bahwa Kiki menyukai
lagu tersebut. Jadi, dapat dipastikan
bahwa Umbrella merupakan salah
satu lagu favorit Kiki.

UNIT 1 Descriptive
98

respons dari kalimat tersebut, Kiki


berkata, ”She is one of my idols.”.
Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat untuk
diucapkan Hedi adalah ungkapan
13. A. Dalam kalimat berikutnya sebagai
meminta pendapat Kiki tentang
Rihanna. Di antara keempat pilihan
jawaban, yang merupakan ungkapan
yang sesuai dengan konteks adalah seseorang secara khusus (describe
pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya a particular person), yaitu Frank
apakah kamu menyukai Rihanna. Lampard.

14. D. Kalimat soal merupakan respons Kiki 18. D. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan
terhadap pertanyaan Hedi tentang berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf
alasan mengapa Kiki menyukai satu ”Frank Lampard is a famous
Rihanna. Karena menyukai Rihanna, football player.”. Jadi, Frank Lampard
dapat dipastikan bahwa Kiki adalah seorang pemain sepakbola
menunjukkan kelebihan Rihanna. Di (a football player).
antara keempat pilihan jawaban yang 19. A. Frank Lampard lahir pada tahun 1978.
merupakan alasan logis mengapa Kiki Jadi, usia dia saat ini adalah 31 tahun
menyukai Rihanna adalah karena (2009–1978 = 31).
Rihanna mempunyai suara yang 20. C. Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan
bagus dan bernyanyi dengan bagus.
kalimat keenam dan ketujuh paragraf
15. C. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Kiki dua, ”. . . this man is also a member of
bertanya, ”Don’t you think so?”. the Three Lions England National
Kalimat tersebut merupakan squad. Even, now he holds the
ungkapan meminta persetujuan position as a captain.”.
bahwa Rihanna mempunyai suara 21. B. Kata ’famous’ artinya ’terkenal’. Kata
yang bagus dan bernyanyi dengan
tersebut memiliki makna yang sama
bagus. Berdasarkan kalimat
dengan kata familiar, yang juga berarti
sesudahnya yang menunjukkan
terkenal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
kelebihan Rihanna lainnya, ungkapan
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
yang tepat diucapkan Hedi adalah
berbakat, (C) artinya tampan, dan
ungkapan menyetujui pendapat Kiki,
(D) artinya mahir.
yaitu I think so.
22. C. Alasan mengapa penulis memanggil
16. A. Hedi menyetujui pendapat Kiki
wanita tersebut dengan sebutan
tentang Rihanna dan dia
Candy Woman adalah karena wanita
menambahkan kalau tariannya saat
tersebut menjual gula-gula. Hal itu
menyanyi itu menarik. Karena Kiki
diketahui berdasarkan kalimat kedua
mempunyai pendapat positif tentang
paragraf satu, ”I call her the Candy
Rihanna, dapat disimpulkan kalau Kiki
Woman because she sells candies.”.
setuju dengan pendapat Hedi tentang
musik Rihanna. Jadi, ungkapan yang 23. D. Pada kalimat terakhir paragraf satu
tepat diucapkan Kiki adalah I agree terdapat kalimat ”It looks and tastes
with your opinion. like honey, . . . . ”. Jadi, dapat
17. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teks disimpulkan bahwa gula-gula tersebut
memiliki rasa seperti madu.
descriptive yang mendeskripsikan
Frank Lampard. Jadi, tujuan teks 24. C. Wanita penjual gula-gula tersebut
tersebut adalah mendeskripsikan biasanya pulang pada petang hari.
Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan
kalimat pertama paragraf dua, ”. . .
and stays until evening.” yang artinya
”. . . dan berjualan sampai petang
hari.”. Jadi, wanita penjual gula-gula
tersebut pulang pada petang hari.

99
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

and then, she rings her bell to attract


passers-by.”. Jadi, yang dilakukan
wanita tersebut untuk menarik orang-
orang yang lewat adalah dengan cara
25. B. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
membunyikan loncengnya.
kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, ”Now
26. D. Ciri-ciri yang tidak sesuai untuk wanita
penjual gula-gula tersebut adalah dia
tampak miskin (she looks poor). 28. A. Teks tersebut merupakan label
Pilihan jawaban yang lain merupakan sebuah bedak bayi. Tujuan label
ciri-ciri penjual permen itu, yang tersebut adalah memberi tahu tentang
sesuai dengan kalimat-kalimat dalam sesuatu, dalam hal ini bedak bayi
paragraf tiga, ”She looks cheerful and tersebut. Pada label tersebut
is quite neat and well-groomed. I do dijelaskan keunggulan bedak bayi itu.
not think that she needs to earn
29. D. Alasan mengapa produk tersebut
a living by selling sweets.” yang
berguna untuk kulit yang sehat adalah
artinya ”Dia tampak riang dan cukup
karena produk tersebut diperkaya
rapi dan berpakaian bagus. Saya pikir
dengan pro-vitamin B5. Hal itu sesuai
dia tidak perlu mencari nafkah dengan
dengan kalimat ”Cussons Baby
menjual gula-gula.”.
Powder is enriched with Pro-Vitamin
27. C. Dalam teks tersebut terdapat frasa B5 which is beneficial for healthy skin,
’Cussons Baby Powder’. Jadi, dapat leaving skin soft, smooth and
disimpulkan bahwa teks tersebut comfortable.”.
adalah tentang bedak bayi (baby’s
30. A. Kata ’beneficial’ artinya ’bermanfaat’.
powder). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
berlawanan dengan kata useless
teks.
yang berarti tidak bermanfaat.

B. Isian
1. is 2. gets up
3. takes a bath 4. wears
5. has 6. gets
7. has 8. recalls
9. gets 10. are

UNIT 1 Descriptive

100
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask for, give and refuse to
give help,
2. compliment someone,
3. create short functional
texts (announcements),
4. tell past experiences using
spoken English,
5. write short functional texts
(letters),
6. write recount texts about
past experiences, and
7. use the simple past tense
and the present perfect
tense in spoken and written
recount texts.

You just experienced a wonderful or terrible thing or event. Then,


you want others to know about it. How do you tell or compose your
story?
What type of texts should you use? You will find the answer in
this unit. Further, learn more about the text and the grammar used in
the text.

101
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

2.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving or Refusing to Give Help

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.


Complimenting
Hey! What Ugh . . . ugh . . . ! Responding
happened? It seems you are in
What a nice dress! Thank you. trouble. Need any
It’s nice of you to say 2so.
help?
What a clever girl/boy!
1
How delicious! Please . . . I’m help
glad you like it.
Terrific!/Marvelous!/Glamorous!me. There Thanks.
is

a mouse!
Yeah. Would you
O.K., don't help me find my
worry. I'll ruler? I lost it!
chase it away.

O.K.

The sentence “Please . . . help me” and “Would you help me find my ruler?” are used to
ask for help. Meanwhile, the sentence “O.K., don’t worry.” and “O.K.” are the responses.
To ask for help you can use the word ‘could’ or ‘would’ in order to be more polite.
Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for help and their responses.
Asking for Help Giving Help Refusing to Give Help
Can you help me, please? No problem. Sorry, I can’t.
Please do me a favor? Sure. What should I do? I’m afraid I can’t.
Could you help me? Of course. Sorry. I have things to do.
Do me a favour, will you? O.K. Sorry. I’m busy right now.

Complimenting

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

You have a large


and comfortable
1 house. 2
You look beautiful in
that dress. Let me take
a picture of you.
Do I? Thanks. What
pose is good for
Thanks.
me?
Yeah, . . . just
like that.

UNIT 2 Recount

102

The sentences “You have a large and comfortable house” and “You look beautiful in that
dress” are used to compliment something or someone.
Here are some other expressions you can use to compliment and the responses.
Remember Unit 1, then answer the questions below.
1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?
Contoh jawaban: The expressions of asking for and giving opinions, agreeing and disagreeing.
2. Suppose you want to know your friend’s opinion on the composition you have made.
What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “What do you think of my composition?”
3. You and your friend are planning to have a trip. You suggest a trip to Danau Batur, Bali.
Your friend disagrees. What does he/she say?
Contoh jawaban: He/she says, “Sorry, I have to disagree with you. It is too far.”

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.


1. Eka : You look so stressful. What happened?
Lucy : You know, we are going to have an English test
tomorrow. And . . . I lost my book! Can you help
me look for it?
Eka : Oh, I’ve seen one. It is plastic wrapped. Wait
a minute! I’ll take it for you.
(A moment later . . . . )
Eka : Here it is. Is it yours?
Lucy : Yes, it is. Where did you find it?
Eka : On the bench at the school park.
Lucy : Oh, my! Yeah, I have put it there. Thank you very much, Eka.
Without your help, I don’t know what will happen to me
tomorrow.
Eka : Don’t mention it.
2. Eka : This is really difficult. I think I need some references.
Puput : Do you need some books? I’m going to the library.
Eka : No, thank you. I’ll go there and get the books myself.
Puput : O.K., then.
103
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


Dialog 1
1. Why did Lucy feel stressful?
2. What book was lost?
3. Where did Eka find the book?
4. Who had put it there?
5. Lucy said, “Can you help me look for it?” What does it mean?
Dialog 2
1. Where does the dialog take place?
2. Who had a problem with the work?
3. What did he/she think of his/her work?
4. What did he need to do his work?
5. Who was going to the library?

Jawaban:
Dialog 1
1. Because she was going to have a test and she lost her book.
2. Lucy’s English book.
3. On the bench at the school park.
4. Lucy herself had.
5. She asks for someone’s help.
Dialog 2
1. In the classroom.
2. Eka did.
3. He thought it was difficult.
4. Some references.
5. Puput was.

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Repeat after him/her.
Dialog 1
Shinta : What mark did you get, Ratno?
Ratno : Um . . . eight. What about you?
Shinta : Seven. May I see your work? I just want to compare it with mine.
Ratno : Sure. Here you are.
Shinta : Wow, what a good handwriting! Yeah, . . . it is good and easy to read.
Ratno : Thanks.
Dialog 2
Diah : What happened to you, Mom? You look very tired.
Mother : You’re right. You know, I couldn’t sleep well last night and I had to wash many clothes
this morning.
Diah : What can I do to make you feel better, Mom?
Mother : Oh, you’re really a good child of mine. O.K., just make me a cup of coffee, please.

UNIT 2 Recount

104

Diah : Here you are, Mom.


Mother : Thank you, dear.
Diah : You’re welcome.
Dialog 3
Halim : Finally, I finish this project successfully.
Udin : Well done! You deserve to get the best.
Halim : Thanks.
Dialog 4
Mrs. White : Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable.
Mrs. Riz : Thank you.
Mrs. White : I think your kids will enjoy playing in the yard.
Mrs. Riz : I think so.
B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1
1. Why did Shinta want to see Ratno’s work?
Jawaban: Because she wanted to compare Ratno’s work with hers.
2. Shinta said, “Wow, what a good handwriting.” What did she want to express?
Jawaban: She wanted to compliment Ratno for his work.
Dialog 2
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It is about Diah’s mother who is feeling tired.
2. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Diah and her mom (mother and daughter).
3. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: At home.
4. Why does mother feel tired?
Jawaban: Because she couldn’t sleep well last night and had to wash many clothes this
morning.
5. Mother said, “O.K., just make me a cup of coffee, please.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: She asks for Diah’s help to make her a cup of coffee.
Dialog 3
1. What did Udin say to appreciate Halim’s success?
Jawaban: He said, “Well done! You deserve to get the best.”
2. Udin said, “You deserve to get the best.”
What does the word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian mean?
Jawaban: It means ‘pantas’.
Dialog 4
1. Where does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: In Mrs. Riz’s house.
2. What did Mrs. White say to appreciate Mrs. Riz’s house?
Jawaban: She said, “Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable.”
3. Do you think Mrs. White has come to Mrs. Riz before?
Jawaban: No, I don’t think so.

105
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

C. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Raka : You look very tired. What (1) happened?
Bagas : Oh, I’m really busy for the coming camping activity.
There are many (2) things to do.
Raka : I see. You’re the (3) leader of the camping, aren’t you?
Bagas : Yeah, . . . I didn’t know that I would be as busy as this.
Raka : Is there no one to help you?
Bagas : Yes, there is. But, see, Clara, Handoyo and Umar are
now in the ninth grade. They are busy with their
(4) lessons. While Nia, Adi and Ria are still in the seventh
grade. They still need my assistance.
Raka : No wonder you’re so busy. If you want, I can (5) help you.
Bagas : Really? Thanks a lot.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal yang lain sebagai berikut.
Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Mathilda : Morning, Cathya.
Cathya : Morning, Aunt Mathilda. Want to meet mom?
Mathilda : Yeah. We’ve had (1) an appointment to go to Mr. Hans’ party together.
Cathya : Please sit down. I think mother is still (2) preparing herself.
Mathilda : O.K.
Cathya : By the way, you look (3) nice in that dress, Auntie.
Mathilda : Do I? Thank you.
Cathya : Did you make the dress (4) yourself?
Mathilda : No, I have it made.
Cathya : Well, here she comes. Have a (5) good day to you both.
Mathilda : Thanks.

D. Read the complete dialog in Task C.


Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
1. ______ Raka is busy because he is the leader of the camping.
2. ______ Bagas at first didn’t think that a camping leader would be very busy.
3. ______ There is no one to help Bagas.
4. ______ The seventh grade students still need Bagas’ help.
5. ______ Raka is willing to help Bagas.
Jawaban:
1. F. It is not Raka, but Bagas who is busy with the camping activity.
2. T
3. F. Some ninth and seventh grade students helped Bagas.
4. T
5. T

UNIT 2 Recount
106

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Andre : (1) Excuse me, are there any English stories in this library?
Librarian : Yes, there are many. (2) What do you need, short stories, novels or stories for
children?
Andre : Children stories, please. Could you tell me where I can find them?
Librarian : O.K., please wait a minute. (3) I’ll look for the data. Oh, here it is. They are on
shelf B-37. Over there, near the reading corner.
Andre : (4) Thank you.
Dialog 2
Mr. Fred : How was your school today?
Larry : (5) Great, Dad!
Mr. Fred : Would you tell me?
Larry : Um . . . I got 9.8 in English. It’s the highest score, you know!
Mr. Fred : (6) Well done! I’m very proud of you.
Larry : Thanks, Dad.
Dialog 3
Mona : Hey! (7) You have a new bag.
Winny : Yeah. My uncle gave it to me. He just arrived from Bandung.
Mona : (8) It’s beautiful!
Winny : It is. Thank you.
Dialog 4
Greg : When will you hand in your report?
Allan : Today. (9) I have finished it. Look!
Greg : (10) Nice work!
Allan : Thank you.

B. Answer the questions based on the complete dialogs in Task A.


Dialog 1
1. What did Andre look for?
Jawaban: English stories for children.
2. Where are the books?
Jawaban: On shelf B-37.
Dialog 2
1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: They are father and son.
2. Mr. Fred said, “Well done!” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He compliments his son.
Dialog 3
1. Who gave the new bag?
Jawaban: Winny’s uncle.
2. What did Mona say to compliment Winny’s bag?
Jawaban: She said, “It’s beautiful!”

107
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Dialog 4
1. When would Allan hand in his report?
Jawaban: That day.
2. Greg said, “Nice work!” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He compliments Allan’s report.

A. Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions in the boxes.


Then, practice the dialogs.
Dialog 1

a. Well, it is my turn now b. Nice to meet you here


c. By the way, I heard that you just won a speech contest d. See you
e. You are so clever

Eka is queuing at the bank while he meets Andre, his friend.


Eka : Hey, Andre! (1) ________.
Andre : Oh, hi, Eka. How are you?
Eka : Fine, thanks. (2) ________.
Andre : I did.
Eka : Congratulations! (3) ________.
Andre : Thank you. (4) ________. See you.
Eka : (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. b 2. c 3. e 4. a 5. d

Dialog 2

a. You’re welcome b. Great


c. What can I do for you d. I am going to buy some flour to make cakes
e. Well, actually I’m just helping my mom f. We need some help to pack the cakes

On her way to a supermarket, Lucy meets Puput.


Lucy : Hi, Puput, where are you going?
Puput : Oh, hi, Lucy. (1) _________.
Lucy : You’re going to make cakes? (2) _________!
Puput : (3) _________. She has just got some order.
Lucy : (4) _________?
Puput : (5) _________. If you don’t mind, you can help us.
Lucy : O.K. I’ll be at your house soon.
Puput : Thanks beforehand.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. b 3. e 4. c 5. f

UNIT 2 Recount

108

Variasi:
Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions.
Then, practice the dialogs.
Dialog 1
a. Over there, in the corner. b. You’re welcome.
c. What can I do for you, Ma’am? d. Thank you.
Shop assistant : (1) ________
Mrs. Karlina : Well, I need a night gown. Where can I find it?
Shop assistant : (2) ________
Mrs. Karlina : (3) ________
Shop assistant : (4) ________
Jawaban:
1. c 2. a 3. d 4. b
Dialog 2
a. Wow! Their fur is very soft.
b. They are, aren’t they? Thanks.
c. You’re welcome.
A : Hi! Your rabbits are cute.
B : (1) ________
A : May I touch them?
B : Please.
A : (2) ________
B : Yeah!
Jawaban:
1. b 2. a

B. Choose the correct answers based on the dialogs in Task A.


Dialog 1 is for questions 1 and 2. C. He is complimenting Andre.
1. What happened to Andre? D. He is telling Andre the fact about him.
Jawaban: C
A. He just got a scholarship.
”You are so clever.” yang artinya ”Kamu
B. He just won a speech contest.
sangat pandai.” adalah ungkapan untuk
C. He just won a writing contest.
memuji (compliment).
D. He just got the first rank in his class.
Jawaban: B Dialog 2 is for questions 3 to 5.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I heard 3. What was Puput going to buy?
that you just won a speech contest.” yang
A. Some flour. B. Some sugar.
artinya ”Saya dengar kamu baru saja
C. Some milk. D. Some cakes.
memenangkan lomba pidato.” dan jawaban
Jawaban: A
Andre ”I did.” yang artinya ”Ya, betul.”.
Dalam percakapan tersebut Puput
2. Eka said, “You are so clever.” mengatakan, ”I am going to buy some flour
What does it mean? to make cakes.” yang artinya ”Saya akan
A. He is congratulating Andre. membeli tepung untuk membuat roti.”.
B. He is telling Andre information.

109
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

5. Puput said, “We need some help to pack


4. How did Lucy compliment Puput? the cakes.”
A. By saying, “O.K. I’ll be at your house What does it mean?
soon.” A. She is asking for help.
B. By saying, “You’re going to make cakes?” B. She is giving help.
C. By saying, “What can I do for you?” C. She is refusing an offer of help.
D. By saying, “Great!” D. She is accepting an offer of help.
Jawaban: D Jawaban: A
Kalimat yang diucapkan Puput, yaitu Ungkapan yang dikatakan Puput tersebut
”Great!” yang artinya ”Bagus!”, adalah artinya ”Kami perlu bantuan untuk
ungkapan untuk memuji.

mengepak kue-kue itu.” dan kalimat Puput


sesudahnya adalah ”If you don’t mind . . . .”
artinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan . . . .”.
Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa kalimat
Puput tersebut mengungkapkan
permintaan bantuan (asking for help).
C. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


Dialog 1
3 Dian : Yeah, . . . you were really like a miserable
woman.
6 Angelina : Of course. Here it is.
1 Dian : Your acting was very good, Ms. Angelina.
2 Angelina : Was it? Thank’s. I’m glad you like it.
5 Dian : May I have your signature, please?
4 Angelina : Sure.
7 Dian : Thank you.

Dialog 2

7 Ayu : Sure. Here you are.


4 Eka : Hmm . . . for me, this tea is rather bitter.
5 Ayu : Sorry.
8 Eka : Thanks. What about you? Do you need some
sugar for your tea?
3 Ayu : How does it taste?
6 Eka : It’s all right. Can you please pass me
some sugar?
1 Ayu : Eka, here is your tea.
2 Eka : Thank you.
9 Ayu : No, thanks.

110 UNIT 2 Recount

D. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.


Dialog 1
1. What did Dian think of Ms. Angelina’s acting?
Jawaban: It was very good.
2. What did Dian say to express her compliment?
Jawaban: She said, “Your acting was very good, Ms. Angelina.”
3. What role did Ms. Angelina take?
Jawaban: As a miserable woman.
4. What did Dian ask from Ms. Angelina?
Jawaban: Her signature.
Dialog 2
1. When does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: During the meal time.
2. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Brother and sister.
3. How is Eka’s tea?
Jawaban: It is rather bitter.
4. Eka said, “Can you please pass me some sugar?” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He asks for help.

Variasi:
A. Rearrange the jumbled sentences into a proper dialog.
5 Shop assistant : I see. Hmm . . . try this. I think this
product is good for your cat.
2 Eka : Yeah, . . . I just want to buy some
vitamins for my cat.
7 Shop assistant : You’re welcome.
4 Eka : Well, it hasn’t had any appetite for
a few days.
1 Shop assistant : Can I help you?
6 Eka : All right. I’ll take it. Thanks.
3 Shop assistant : Oh, what’s wrong with your cat?

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.


1. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: In a pet’s food shop.
2. What did Eka buy?
Jawaban: He bought vitamins for his cat.
3. What was wrong with his cat?
Jawaban: It hadn’t had any appetite for a few days.
4. Did Eka mention certain vitamins?
Jawaban: No, he didn’t.

111
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

E. In pairs, make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations.


Use expressions of asking for/giving/refusing to give help and complimenting.
Then, practice the dialogs.
2
1

Your friend is making a composition although


In a party, suddenly your friend spilled out his teacher hasn’t asked him to. Compliment
her tea. She needs something to clean her his diligency.
shirt.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Bunga : Ouch! Oh no, my shirt is dirty. Arman, do you have something to clean this mess?
Arman : Well, I have some tissue paper.
Bunga : Can you get me some, please?
Arman : Sure. Please wait.
Bunga : O.K., thank you.
2. Ida : What are you doing, Son?
Soni : Well, I’m making a composition. It is about my holiday experience.
Ida : Should you submit it tomorrow?
Soni : No, I don’t need to submit it. Our teacher just asked us to practice writing.
Ida : You are a dilligent boy! No wonder your English is very good.
Soni : Thanks.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan gambar-gambar soal lain
sebagai berikut.

1 2

UNIT 2 Recount
112

Contoh jawaban:
1. Mr. Sarju : Wow, what books are you bringing?
Ms. Diana : Well, I am bringing students’ books. I have just finished correcting them.
Mr. Sarju : I see.
Ms. Diana : Excuse me, Sir. Could you please help me open the door?
Mr. Sarju : Sure.
Ms. Diana : Thank you.
2. Irma : Your party is great, Anto! The food is delicious and so is the drink.
Rianto : Yeah . . . and we were also satisfied with the dances. They were very attractive.
Anto : Oh, thank you very much. I feel relieved because you enjoy this party.
By the way, I really want both of you to sing.
Irma : We’d like to, but . . . sorry, we are not confident in such a great party.
Rianto : Irma’s right, Anto. Maybe another time.
Anto : O.K., then.

F. Make dialogs based on the situations below.


Then, practice the dialogs.
1. Suppose you need to go to your friend’s house to borrow something, but you don’t know how
to go there. You ask your brother to drive you there. What would both of you say?
2. Your friend seems unwell. He/she asks you to accompany him/her to the sick bay. What would
the two of you say?
3. Maya has nice new shoes. Give a compliment for her shoes.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Don, are you free this evening?
Your brother : Yeah, . . . what’s up?
You : Can you drive me to Irna’s house, please? I need to borrow her math book.
Your brother : O.K. What time?
You : Er . . . what about after dinner?
Your brother : O.K.
2. You : Lina, you look different today, not as cheerful as usual. Are you sick?
Your friend : I am. Can you help me, Clara?
You : Sure. What should I do?
Your friend : Would you accompany me to the sick bay?
You : Of course. Let’s go.
3. You : What nice shoes!
Maya : Thank you.
You : Where did you buy them?
Maya : In Teens shoestore.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah yang sama, guru dapat memberikan situasi-situasi soal yang lain.
1. You are doing the dishes. Suddenly someone knocks at the door. You ask your sister to
continue your work. You want to see who he/she is. What would the two of you say?
2. Shirley has a cute new pencil sharpener. You like it. Give a compliment for her pencil
sharpener.

113
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Erna, someone is knocking at the door. I want to see who he/she is. Can you
help me do the dishes? I haven’t finished it yet.
Your sister : No problem.
You : Thank you.
2. You : Wow, a cute pencil sharpener! May I have a look?
Shirley : Sure.
You : Thank you. Anyway, did you buy it yourself?
Shirley : No, it’s a gift from my brother.

2.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.


Hi, friends. I want to tell you about Calvin and Martin. Well, they are classmates. Last week
they were going to visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates. You know, they
were very excited about the excursion. They were interested in seeing how shoes are made.
The day of having the excursion came. Arriving at school, they saw their classmates
crowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. Both of the boys ran to her with their bags. Their bags
contained some sandwiches and drinks.
I tell you what! Mrs. Ong told them, “Students, it’s a pity that the bus has broken down.
I don’t know how long it will take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to replace it.”
Hearing this, Calvin and Martin were disappointed.
Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the school canteen. Finally, Mrs. Ong
decided to postpone the trip. Of course, Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their food
before going home.
Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.

The text above is a recount text. It is in spoken form. A recount text functions to tell about
past events.

Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Calvin and Martin are classmates. Last week they were going
Orientation to visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates.
They were very excited about the excursion. They were interested
in seeing how shoes are made.

UNIT 2 Recount

114

When they reached school, they saw their classmates


crowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. They ran to her with their
bags. Their bags contained some sandwiches and drinks.
Mrs. Ong told them that the bus which was supposed to bring
Event them to the factory had broken down. She didn’t know how long it
would take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to replace
it. Calvin and Martin were disappointed.
Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the school
canteen. Finally, Mrs. Ong decided to postpone the trip.

Re-orientation Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their food before going home.
Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.

The text above is a recount text in written form. A recount text tells us about past events.
It could be someone’s experiences, someone’s life in the past, the history of something, etc.
The main feature of a recount text is the use of the simple past tense.
A recount text has certain elements as follows.
● Orientation: tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved
in the story, when it occured, or why it happened.
● Series of events: tell the story. These are usually described in time order.
● Re-orientation: is the closure of events (usually optional).
Grammar Section

The Simple Past Tense

Look at the picture and read the dialog.


Study the explanation.

What did you do


last weekend?

Well, I visited my
uncle.
Subject Vpast Object (Adv. of Time)
(+) I watched TV an hour ago.
Indra studied English last night.
Subject Did not Vbase Object (Adv. of Time)
(–)
The bold-typed
I sentences
did not
use the watch
simple past atense.
football
Youmatch
use the simple
an hourpast
ago.
tense to talk
Indra
about actions did not
or situations study
in the past. math last night.
Adverbs of time:
Did Subject Vbase Object (Adv. of Time)
● yesterday ● just now ● last . . .
(?) Did
● a few minutes agoyou ● watch a football match●
this morning . .an hour ago?
. ago
Did Indra study English last night?

115
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

1. If a sentence uses a verb, use Vpast for the positive form and did for the negative and
interrogative sentences.
Patterns: Subject Was/Were N/Adj./Adv. (Adv. of Time)
● (+) Affirmative sentences
Lina was : Subject + Vpast
a nurse+ object + (adverb
two of time)ago.
years
The boys were at school yesterday.
● Negative sentences : Subject + did not + Vbase + object + (adverb of time)
Subject Was/Were + not N/Adj./Adv. (Adv. of Time)
(–) Lina was not a secretary
● Interrogative sentences : Did + subject + Vbase + object +two yearsof
(adverb ago.
time) + ?
The boys were not at the hospital yesterday.
Examples:
Was/Were Subject N/Adj./Adv. (Adv. of Time)
(?)
Was Lina a nurse two years ago?
Were the boys at school yesterday?

2. If a sentence uses a noun, an adjective or an adverb, use to be: was/were.


Patterns:
● Affirmative sentences : Subject + was/were + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)

● Negative sentences : Subject + was/were + not + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)

● Interrogative sentences : Was/Were + subject + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)?

Examples:

UNIT 2 Recount

116

The Present Perfect Tense


Before the Past Participle At the End of Sentences
Look
● at the picture
already (+, ?)and read the dialog. ● already (+, ?)
Study
● the (+)
just explanation. ● yet (–, ?)
● ever (?) The dialogrecently,
● uses thelately
present perfect tense.
● never
Have (+) withhere
you lived negative meaning ● theinpresent
You use the lastperfect
few days/weeks/months
tense to show:
for a long time? 1. ● since + a particular
a recently completed action, time (+, –, ?);
Example: He has just gone out.week/you
e.g. since yesterday/last (Meaning:came
He is still out.)
2. ●
past for + a duration
actions whose timeof time;
is note.g. for two months
definite,
Example: I have seen it. (Meaning: So I know it.)
3. an action beginning in the past and still continuing to
the present,
Yes. Since I was
Example: He has worked with us for more than a year.
a child. (Meaning: He still works with us.)
4. a repeated action in the past.
Example: I have visited them several times.
(Meaning: Possibly, I will visit them again.)
Patterns:
(+) Subject + have/has + (adverb*) + past participle + object + (adverb*)

(–) Subject + have/has + not + past participle + object + (adverb*)

(?) Have/Has + subject + past participle + object + (adverb*)?


Note:
*) A sentence using the present perfect tense usually has only one adverb of time, either in the
middle or at the end of the sentence.
Here are adverbs in the present perfect tense.

Subject Have/Has Past Participle Object (Adv. of Time)


(+) My father has conducted a meeting for an hour.
The students have discussed the task since nine o’clock.
Subject Have/Has not Past Participle Object (Adv. of Time)
(–) My father has not conducted a seminar for an hour.
The students have not discussed the proposal since nine o’clock.
Have/Has Subject Past Participle Object (Adv. of Time)
(?) Has your father conducted a meeting for an hour?
Have the students discussed the task since nine o’clock?

117
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Examples:

Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions.


1. What is a descriptive text?
Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.
2. What elements does it have?
Jawaban: It has identification and description.
3. What tense is used in a descriptive text?
Jawaban: Present tenses.
4. Give an example of a descriptive text.
Jawaban: For example: my rabbit, the frogs in my pond, my father.

A. Complete the text while listening to your teacher.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Only a short time after I (1) celebrated my 13th birthday, everything was changing for me.
One day I (2) learned that my voice was becoming deeper and sounding (3) rough. The next few
days, I was (4) surprised to see hair growing on my face. Then, I found out that my (5) height
was increasing (6) rapidly. I grew about 10 centimeters in just two months. These changes
(7) made me feel awkward and clumsy. The most annoying thing was that I (8) noticed acne
starting to (9) appear on my face. I was (10) wondering, what happened to me.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/Mts)

UNIT 2 Recount
118

Variasi:
Find the meanings of the words below.
Then, make sentences using the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. deeper = lebih dalam 2. rough = kasar, parau
3. increase = meningkat 4. find out = mengetahui
5. annoying = mengganggu 6. awkward = aneh, janggal
7. clumsy = kikuk 8. acne = jerawat
9. appear = muncul 10. rapidly = dengan cepat

Contoh jawaban:
1. This swimming pool is deeper than the other one.
2. The road in my village is rough.
3. The need of gazoline increases day by day.
4. Finally, I found out the answer of question 2.
5. The loud music is very annoying. I cannot concentrate on my study.
6. The man’s attitude looks awkward. Is he new here?
7. I felt clumsy on my first experience of being a host.
8. My little sister is upset about the acne on her face.
9. Slowly but sure, the sun appears behind the horizon.
10. The ants population grows rapidly during the wet season.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the complete text in Task A.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. How old was the speaker?
2. How was his voice?
3. How tall did he grow in two months?
4. What made the speaker very annoyed?
5. What did he feel knowing the changes?

Jawaban:
1. 13 years old.
2. It was becoming deeper and sounding rough.
3. About 10 centimeters.
4. The acne which appeared on his face.
5. He felt awkward and clumsy.

119
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
What does he/she tell you about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru:
Let me ask you something. Where did you spend your holiday last Sunday? Did you go to
the beach, to the swimming pool, to the park or to the zoo? Or, . . . did you just stay at home?
Um . . . I myself went to the Ragunan Zoo last Sunday. I went there with my family. We
left home at 9 a.m. It took an hour to get there. Well, it was crowded when we arrived.
You know, Ragunan Zoo held some attractions during the holiday. There were pony cart
and elephant rides. I enjoyed them both. Have you ever enjoyed elephant ride? You’d better try.
Well, we spent two hours there. We saw some animal attractions. They were amazing!
That day I not only felt relaxed but also learned a lot of things.
Jawaban:
The monolog tells us about the writer’s experience during his/her holiday in the Ragunan zoo.

B. Complete the statements below based on the monolog in Task A.


1. The speaker told his/her experience in ________.
2. The speaker went there with ________.
3. The speaker arrived at the tourist spot at about ________.
4. The situation was ________ when he/she arrived there.
5. He/she learned a lot of ________.
Jawaban:
1. Ragunan Zoo 2. his/her family 3. 10 a.m.
4. crowded 5. things

C. Listen to your teacher.


What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Eva was sad. Do you know why? Well, she wanted to go to the movies with her friends.
However, she had a high fever. She also had a slight cough and runny nose. Quite suffering,
right? So, her mother took her to the clinic immediately. The doctor prescribed some medicines
for her. He also told her to stay in bed and not go out for a week.
Eva looked out to the window. She saw many people outside. They all seemed to be
having fun. You know, she got more upset. Just then, the bell rang. Her mother opened the
door. Er . . . just as Eva entered the living room, she saw her friends at the door. They told her
that they chose to visit her and did not go to the movies. They said, “We can always go to the
A
movies when B
you get well.” Eva smiled broadly. Well, she was glad to have such good friends.
They spent the afternoon
1. fever a. with her. Eva didn’t feel so sad anymore.
menderita
2. slight b. pilek Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers
3. runny nose c. terganggu, sedih
Jawaban:
4. haveThefunmonolog
d. is about
demam Eva’s experience when she was sick.
5. suffering e. bersenang-senang
6. prescribe f. sembuh
7. upset g. agak, ringan
8. broadly h. menulis resep
9. enter i. dengan lebar
10. get well j. masuk
UNIT 2 Recount

120

Variasi:
A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.

Jawaban:
1. d 2. g 3. b 4. e 5. a
6. h 7. c 8. i 9. j 10. f
B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A.
1. For sick people, we usually send a ________ card.
2. Dino was ________ because he got a bad mark.
3. The little girl smiled ________ when she received a box of chocolate.
4. When we ________ the house, we saw some antique things of high value.
5. Mr. Karno was absent because he had a ________ headache.
Jawaban:
1. get well 2. upset 3. broadly 4. entered 5. slight

D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text you have heard in Task C.
Jawaban: A
1. What is the purpose of the monolog? Monolog tersebut berbentuk recount yang
A. To tell past experience. bertujuan untuk menceritakan pengalaman
B. To describe something. masa lalu (to tell past experience).
C. To entertain the listeners.
2. Below are what Eva suffered from, except
D. To report something.
________. 3. What made Eva happy finally?
A. a high fever B. a slight cough A. She got a gift from her friends.
C. a headache D. a runny nose B. Her friends visited her.
Jawaban: C C. Her mom was always by her side.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, D. She recovered from her sickness soon.
”However, she had a high fever. She also Jawaban: B
had a slight cough and runny nose.” yang Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
artinya ”Namun, dia demam tinggi. Dia ”. . . her friends at the door. They told her
juga agak batuk dan pilek.”. that they chose to visit her and did not go
to the movies . . . . Well, she was glad to
have such good friends.” yang artinya ”. . .
teman-temannya berdiri di pintu. Mereka
mengatakan kepadanya bahwa mereka
memilih mengunjunginya dan tidak pergi ke
bioskop . . . . Ya, dia senang mempunyai
teman-teman seperti itu.”.

121
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

5. “You know, she got more upset.”


4. What did the doctor advice her? The synonym of the underlined word is
A. To stay in hospital and not go out for ________.
a few days. A. unfit
B. To stay in bed and not go out for a few B. unfair
days. C. unhappy
C. To stay in hospital and not go out for D. unhealthy
a week. Jawaban: C
D. To stay in bed and not go out for Kata ’upset’ sama artinya dengan kata
a week. unhappy, yaitu sedih.
Jawaban: D

Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan


kalimat ”The doctor . . . told her to stay in
bed and not go out for a week.” yang
artinya ”Dokter . . . mengatakan
kepadanya untuk istirahat dan tidak keluar
selama seminggu.”.

A. Read the two texts below with proper pronunciation.

Text 1
Once I lived in a dormitory with some Australian students. There were about twenty of us on
the same floor and there were only two fridges available. Our neighbors were so friendly but
problems first emerged when my Singaporean neighbor put her chopped garlic in the fridge. All
the Australians complained about the garlic. But the Asians complained about the smell of pasta
(noodles) which to us, smelled like a toilet! At last, we decided to wrap garlic and pasta before
placing them in the fridge. This taught us to understand and respect each other’s cultures. So, it is
not good to fry ‘ikan asin’ or ‘sambal terasi’ if you live very near Australians!
By: Daniel
Text 2
When I first came to Bali I knew no Indonesian, but I was keen on speaking it. Therefore, usually
I experimented with sentences by guessing and putting words together. One day I was sitting on
the beach and a lady came up to me offering to sell me a sarong. I wanted to tell her that I had no
money but I didn't know how, so I decided to guess. “Saya tidak orang,” I said. The lady stared at
me in horror and touched me on the arm! Realizing I wasn’t a ghost, she started to laugh and told
me that it was ‘uang’ and that the word for ‘to have’ was ‘punya’. I’ll never forget my Indonesian
lesson that day. So the moral is don’t be afraid to make mistakes–it’s a great way of learning!
(Sarah Wood, an Australian exchange teacher working at IALF Bali)
Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2009)

UNIT 2 Recount

122

Variasi:
A. Read the bold-typed words in the texts you have just read.
Which of the words have the following meanings?
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. menyukai = keen
2. melakukan percobaan = experimented
3. asrama = dormitory
4. menebak = guessing
5. menawarkan = offering
6. muncul = emerged
7. lemari es = fridge
8. bawang putih = garlic
9. mengeluh = complained
10. menyentuh = touched
11. membungkus = wrap
12. menghormati = respect
13. memutuskan = decided
14. menyadari = realizing
15. menatap = stared

B. Complete the sentences with the answers in the previous task.


Change the form of the words if necessary.
1. My sister who studies in Yogyakarta lives in a ________.
2. Although the man didn’t always have food to eat, he never ________.
3. We must ________ our parents and other people.
4. Some people believe that ________ is a herb that can heal some kinds of sicknesses.
5. The boy didn’t ________ that someone had been following him.
6. Can you ________ whom I met today? Mr. Jackson!
7. Mr. Andre is smart, no wonder the company has ________ him a high salary.
8. Are you ________ on eating hamburgers?
9. The problem ________ when there was a new secretary.
10. Would you please ________ the gift using the colorful paper?
Jawaban:
1. dormitory 2. complained 3. respect 4. garlic 5. realize
6. guess 7. offered 8. keen 9. emerged 10. wrap
C. Read the two texts before once again.
Then, answer the questions.
Text 1
1. Where did the writer live with some Australian students?
Jawaban: In a dormitory.
2. How many people lived with the writer in the same floor?
Jawaban: Twenty people.
3. How many fridges are available for them?
Jawaban: Two.

123
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

4. What did the writer think of his neighbors?


Jawaban: They were friendly.
5. Who put a chopped garlic in the fridge?
Jawaban: The writer’s Singaporean neighbor.
6. What did the Australians complain about?
Jawaban: The garlic.
7. What did the Asians complain about?
Jawaban: The pasta.
8. Why did the Asians complain about it?
Jawaban: Because it smelled like toilet.
9. What did the students do to avoid the smell?
Jawaban: They wrapped the garlic and pasta before placing them in the fridge.
10. What did the experience teach them?
Jawaban: To understand and respect each other’s cultures.
Text 2
1. Is the writer an Indonesian?
Jawaban: No, she isn’t.
2. How do you know?
Jawaban: From her statement that she didn’t know Indonesian.
3. What did she do to be able to speak Indonesian?
Jawaban: She experimented with sentences by guessing and putting words together.
4. What was the writer doing when a seller came to her?
Jawaban: She was sitting on the beach.
5. What did a lady sell?
Jawaban: A sarong.
6. Did the writer buy it?
Jawaban: No, she didn’t.
7. What did she say to the seller?
Jawaban: She said, “Saya tidak orang.”
8. What did she actually mean?
Jawaban: She wanted to tell the seller that she didn’t have money.
9. What was the seller’s reaction when the writer told her this?
Jawaban: The seller stared at her in horror and touched her on the arm.
10. Why did the seller laugh?
Jawaban: Because she knew that the writer was not a ghost and that she just made
mistakes in saying the Indonesian words.

B. Read the texts in Task A once again.


Then, retell one of them to the class.
Contoh jawaban:
Text 1
Hi, friends! Let me tell you about my experience when I studied in Australia. I lived in a dormitory
with my Australian friends. I lived with about nineteen people on the same floor. Unluckily, we only got
two fridges here.
At first we lived peacefully, because we all were friendly. One day, we faced a problem. You
know, I had a Singaporean who love eating chopped garlic. She put it in the fridge. I tell you what! my
Australians friends complained about it. On the other hand, . . . my Asian friends complained about
the smell of pasta. We thought it smelled like a toilet! To overcome the problems, we decided to pack
the garlic and pasta before we put them into the fridge. This experience taught us to understand and
UNIT 2 Recount

124

respect each other’s cultures. So my friends, let me tell you this. Suppose you want to study in
Australia, don’t fry ‘ikan asin’ or ‘sambal terasi’ when you have Australian neighbors!
Text 2
Hello, my name is Sarah Wood. You know, on my first trip to Bali I knew nothing about Indonesian.
However, I was interested to talk with the native in Indonesian. So, I tried to talk by guessing and
arranging words together.
One day, I sat on the beach to enjoy the scenery. A lady approached me. She sold a sarong.
You know what. I had no money at all. I wanted to tell her about it, but I didn’t know what to say.
Then I decided to say, “Saya tidak orang.” Guess what! The lady looked confuse. Then, she
touched my arm! She thought I was a ghost. Suddenly she laughed and understood that I was not
a ghost. After that, she told me that it was ‘uang’ not ‘orang’ and the English word for ‘punya’ is ‘to
have’. That experience is still in my mind. That’s my story. Funny, isn’t it?

Variasi:
A. Read the text aloud.
Retell it using your own words.
Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
When Arvan was in hospital, he stayed in the children’s ward. It was a long room with lots
of beds. There were other children in all the beds. Some of them smiled and waved to him.
There were lots of things for Arvan to do. First of all, he had a blood test. A nurse took a little
blood from him. She used a needle–it did sting a bit, but it wasn’t too bad. The nurse told Arvan
that the blood test would help the doctor find out how to take care of him.
Then, Arvan was taken to a special room in the X-ray department. A nurse helped him to
get up on a table, and asked him to lie there without moving. A giant-sized camera took
a photograph, called an X-ray, of Arvan’s insides. It didn’t hurt at all.
Arvan stayed in hospital for a few days. He made some new friends there, and his mother
came to visit him every day. A teacher came to the ward every day too, and she brought along
something for all the children to do. In the afternoon Arvan liked to draw pictures with the other
children.
Contoh jawaban:
Well, today I will tell you about Arvan’s experience in hospital. Here is the story.
Last week, Arvan was sick and he had to stay in the hospital. In hospital he stayed in the
children’s ward with many other children. Do you know a children ward? Yeah, it was a long
room for children with many beds.
Guess what things Arvan did in the hospital! Well, firstly he had a blood test. A nurse took
a little blood from him using a needle. Actually it did sting a bit, but it wasn’t too bad. You know,
the blood test would help the doctor find out how to take care of Arvan.
After that, the nurse took Arvan to the X-ray room. She helped him to get up on a table and
asked him to lie there. Then, a giant-sized camera took a photograph of Arvan’s insides.
Um . . . Arvan stayed in hospital for several days. He had some new friends there. His
mother visited him every day. His teacher visited him too and brought along something for all
the children. Every afternoon Arvan usually drew pictures with his friends there.

B. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in
Task A.
1. ______ Arvan stayed in a long room for children when he was in hospital.
2. ______ There were few beds in the children’s ward.
3. ______ Arvan stayed in the room alone.

125
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

4. ______ The first thing Arvan should do was that he had to be taken to the X-ray department.
5. ______ A nurse took his blood using a needle.
6. ______ The doctor used the result of the blood test to tell his disease.
7. ______ Every day a teacher came to Arvan’s room and brought something for him and his friends.
8. ______ Arvan was very fond of drawing.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. It was a long room with lots of beds.
3. F. There were other children in all the beds in the children’s ward.
4. F. First of all, Arvan had a blood test.
5. T
6. F. The doctor used the result of the blood test to find out how to take care of him.
7. T
8. T

C. Tell your experience based on the following data in front of the class.

Camping at Paradise Mountain


10 a.m. Arrive at Paradise Mountain, then build tents.
11 a.m. Prepare lunch.
12 a.m.–1 p.m. Have lunch.
1 p.m. Walk through the forest.
5 p.m. Arrive at the camp base and cook fried rice.
6 p.m. Have dinner around the campfire.
7 p.m. Enjoy the evening and have a bonfire.
11 p.m. Go sleeping.

Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2

Contoh jawaban:
Well, last week we went camping at Paradise Mountain. You know, we went there by bus.
We arrived there at about ten o’clock. Then, we took a rest for about half an hour. After that, we
built tents. It was enjoying because we did it together. Then, the girls prepared lunch and the boys
helped them. At about twelve p.m. we had lunch. Then, our activities began. At about one p.m. we
had to walk through the forest. We all know that we should keep the forest. We may not scratch or
take any exotic flowers. Moreover, we should not litter.
At first, we still had conversations and made jokes. However, when we arrived at the deeper
part in the forest, some girls shouted because they were afraid. They felt relieved after we finally
went out of the forest. Then, we had to cross a river. We did it hand in hand and we were happy
doing this. We also played in the water. At about five p.m., we arrived at our camping area. Then,
we cooked fried rice. This time, all boys cooked it. Guess what happened! Some were overcooked!
At six p.m., we had dinner. Then, we enjoyed the evening and had a bonfire. Some friends sang
songs, and some others had jokes. I myself played the guitar to accompany those who sang. At
about eleven p.m., we went sleeping.

UNIT 2 Recount

126

Variasi:
A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.
Kalimat-kalimat yang diurutkan siswa dan jawaban:
5 The cat was still alive.
8 Soon the cat’s leg healed.
4 Ratna and her father rushed out of the car.
7 There, the veterinarian washed and bandaged the cat’s injured leg.
1 Mr. Basudewa was driving Ratna home from school.
10 Now, Ratna and the cat have become good friends.
2 Suddenly, a white cat dashed across the street.
6 So, they took it to the veterinarian.
3 Mr. Basudewa’s car hit the cat.
9 Ratna decided to keep the cat as her pet.

B. Retell the proper text in Task A using your own words.


Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
Contoh jawaban:
Have you ever hit a cat? If you have, what happened then? Now, I’ll tell you Ratna’s
experience.
One day, Ratna and her father was driving home from school. Suddenly, a cat crossed the
street and Ratna’s car hit it. Of course, Ratna and her father rushed out of the car. Fortunately,
the cat wasn’t dead. Can you guess what they did then? They took the cat to the veterinarian.
The veterinarian washed and bandaged the cat’s injured leg. The cat’s leg healed. Then, Ratna
kept the cat as her pet. They became good friends.
O.K., that’s all about Ratna and her cat. Thank you for listening.

D. Tell your friends your childhood experience.

Contoh jawaban:
Well, my mother ever told me that when I was a kid, just around about two years old, I was
nearly drowned. At that time I was playing by the pond in my house, and apparently I slipped and
fell in. However, somehow I stood up just enough so my mouth was sticking out above the water.
And I didn’t cry out. I was apparently too busy trying to breathe. Eventually, my mother came out.
Well, she found me standing in the pond with my head just above the water. Then, she pulled me
out before anything bad happened. Luckily, there was nothing serious about me.
Adapted from: Language in Use Intermediate
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

127

A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.

My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday last year, we went to a place at the
seaside and borrowed a boat from one of our friends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea all
day. We also had races against other boats.
When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea instead. We were very
careful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow. We
did not want to damage our friend’s boat.
There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and small
pieces of bread. The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good. When the weather was fine,
we sailed Ato the land at lunch time, B collected pieces of dry wood and fried or grilled our fish over
them 1.onseaside
the beach. a. dangkal
There
2. race is an island
b. about a mile from our friend’s house, and we sailed to it. The water was
mengumpulkan
very3.clear there, and there
rough c. was a beautiful beach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there.
merusakkan
It was
4. a shallow
lot of fun. d. tepi laut
5. hook e. memanggang Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
6. collect f. perlombaan
Variasi:
7. grill g. kasar, keras
A.8. Match
sharp the words
h. in column
kail A with their suitable meanings in column B.
9. damage i. pulau Jawaban:
10. island j. tajam 1. d
2. f
3. g
4. a
5. h
6. b
7. e
8. j
9. c
10. i

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.


Contoh jawaban:
1. My trip to the seaside yesterday was enjoyful.
2. Would you like to see a horse race with me?
3. Be careful of the rough wave on the beach.
4. We like to play in the river near my house because it is clear and shallow.
5. Let’s go fishing. Don’t forget to bring your hook.
6. Ms. Irna likes to collect pins from wherever country she goes.
7. Please grill the fish after I spread the seasoning on it.
8. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat.
9. The earthquake damaged many houses in the village.
10. The people who live in the remote island are isolated.

UNIT 2 Recount

128

C. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.

Jawaban:
My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday last
year, we went to a place at the seaside and borrowed a boat from
Orientation
one of our friends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea all day. We
also had races against other boats.

When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the
sea instead. We were very careful on this lake because there were
a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow. We did not
want to damage our friend’s boat.
There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught
a lot with a hook, line and small pieces of bread. The fish were not
Series of Events very big, but they tasted very good. When the weather was fine,
we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected pieces of dry wood and
fried or grilled our fish over them on the beach.
There is an island about a mile from our friend’s house, and we
sailed to it. The water was very clear there, and there was a beautiful
beach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there. It was a lot of
fun.

B. Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task A.

1. How did the writer get a boat? Jawaban: A


A. By renting it. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
B. By buying it. kalimat, ”When the sea was rough, we
C. By borrowing it from a friend. sailed on a small lake near the sea
D. By borrowing it from a fisherman. instead.”.
Jawaban: C 3. Below are what the writer used to catch
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua
fish, except ________.
paragraf satu, ”When we had a holiday last
A. hook
year, we went to a place at the seaside and
B. line
borrowed a boat from one of our friends.”
C. bread
yang artinya ”Saat kami liburan pada tahun
D. worm
lalu, kami pergi ke sebuah tempat di
Jawaban: D
pinggir pantai dan meminjam perahu dari
Pilihan jawaban ini tepat karena worm
salah seorang teman.”.
(cacing) tidak disebutkan dalam teks,
2. What did the writer and his family do khususnya pada kalimat ”There were not
when the sea was rough? many fish in the lake, but in the sea we
A. They sailed on a small lake. caught a lot with a hook, line and small
B. They sailed on a small river. pieces of bread.” yang artinya ”Tidak
C. They stopped sailing. banyak ikan di danau itu, tetapi di laut kami
D. They went to the harbor. menangkap banyak ikan dengan pancing,
tali pancing, dan potongan-potongan roti.”.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1 129

dan airnya dangkal.”. Pilihan jawaban (D)


4. Which statement is NOT TRUE about the sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf
lake? tiga, ”There were not many fish in the
A. There were a lot of sharp rocks there. lake, . . . .” yang artinya ”Tidak ada banyak
B. The water was shallow. ikan di danau itu, . . . .”.
C. It was near the writer’s friend’s house.
5. How was the fish in the sea?
D. There were not many fish in the lake.
A. It was big.
Jawaban: C
B. It tasted good.
Pernyataan ini benar karena tidak
C. It was black and white.
dijelaskan dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
D. It wasn’t easy to catch.
dan (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua
Jawaban: B
paragraf dua, ”We were very careful on
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The
this lake because there were a lot of sharp
fish were not very big, but they tasted very
rocks there, and the water was shallow.”
good.” yang artinya ”Ikan-ikan itu tidak
yang artinya ”Kami sangat hati-hati di
begitu besar, tetapi rasanya enak.”.
danau ini karena ada banyak batu tajam,

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.
2. How many people go to Prapat?
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 4. A. Two.
Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went to B. Three.
Prapat. They wanted to visit their uncle C. Four.
Mr. Hadi and his family. Mr. Anwar, Ali and D. Five.
Ani’s father, went together with them. They Jawaban: B
went there by bus. They left Medan at six Berdasarkan kalimat pertama ”Ali and
o’clock in the morning and arrived in Prapat Ani had a vacation. They went to
at nine. Edi and Tati, Mr. Hadi’s children, had Prapat.” dan kalimat keempat ”Mr.
been waiting for them at the bus station. Anwar, Ali and Ani’s father, went
Source : www.puspendik.com
together with them.”, dapat disimpulkan
bahwa ada tiga orang yang pergi
1. What is the main idea of the paragraph berlibur ke Prapat, yaitu Ali, Ani, dan
above? ayah mereka.
A. Ali and Ani’s vacation.
3. “They wanted to visit their uncle Mr. Hadi
B. The Hadi family wanted to visit
Prapat. and his family.”
C. The Anwar family went to Prapat to The bold-typed word refers to ________.
visit the Hadi’s. A. Hadi’s family
D. Edi and Tati had been waiting for B. Mr. Anwar, Ali and Ani
them at the bus station. C. Edi and Tati
Jawaban: A D. Ali and Ani
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan Jawaban: D
kalimat pertama dalam teks, ”Ali and Ani Kata ’they’ dalam kalimat soal mengacu
had a vacation.”. Pilihan jawaban pada subjek kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu
lainnya hanya sebagai kalimat ”Ali and Ani had a vacation.”. Jadi, kata
pendukung dari gagasan utama. ’they’ tersebut mengacu pada Ali dan Ani.

130
UNIT 2 Recount

Jawaban: B
4. Edi and Tati are ________. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
A. Mr. Anwar’s children kalimat sesudahnya, yaitu ”Within one
B. Ali and Ani’s friends hour, we were all ready and settled
C. Ali and Ani’s cousins ourselves in the car.”. Berdasarkan
D. Ali and Ani’s uncle and aunt kalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkan
Jawaban: C bahwa penulis dan saudara laki-lakinya
Pak Hadi adalah paman Ali dan Ani, melakukan sesuatu dengan cepat
sedangkan Edi dan Tati adalah anak (hurriedly). Lazily artinya dengan
Pak Hadi, maka Edi dan Tati adalah malas, slowly artinya dengan lambat,
sepupu (cousin) Ali dan Ani.

dan diligently artinya dengan rajin.


For questions 5 to 7, choose the correct
words to complete the paragraph. Read the text and answer questions 8 to 10.
It was a public holiday. We did not have I had never thought of climbing
anything to do, so father suggested Mt. Kerinci. I hesitated when some
(5) ________ us to Safari Park in Cisarua. friends of mine asked me to join them on
All of us got very (6) ________. Mother a one-night camping and mountaineering
quickly prepared some drinks and snacks for activity. I could not really refuse because
the trip. My brothers and I (7) ________ got I had a lot of spare time in my semester
dressed and brought a camera. Within one holidays. I went there with five of my
hour, we were all ready and settled ourselves friends–Antok, Rio, Angga, Danang and
in the car. Indra. We started to walk upwards
through the bushes first and then into
5. A. taking B. getting the real jungle. As we moved on, we
C. telling D. keeping heard wild animal noises and we saw
Jawaban: A monkeys jumping from one branch to
Dalam teks dijelaskan bahwa karena tidak another. Judging from the plants, we
ada kegiatan saat liburan, ayah membawa were sure that we were in a rainforest
(taking) penulis dan keluarganya ke Taman area.
Safari di Cisarua. Kata yang tepat At midday, we came to the peak of
melengkapi kalimat berbentuk V-ing form, the mountain and saw the large crater.
yaitu taking. Getting artinya memperoleh, There was a white flag there to remind
telling artinya memberi tahu, dan keeping visitors about the dangers. We took our
artinya menjaga/merawat. photos and then we began to rush down
6. A. excited the mountain.
B. annoyed
C. disappointed 8. When did the writer find the mountain
D. upset so beautiful?
Jawaban: A A. At night.
Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa mereka B. At midday.
pergi ke Taman Safari di Cisarua. Oleh C. In the morning.
karena itu, dapat dipastikan mereka D. In the afternoon.
merasa senang (excited). Annoyed Jawaban: B
artinya terganggu, dispointed artinya Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
kecewa, dan upset artinya bingung. kalimat pertama paragraf terakhir, ”At
midday, we came to the peak of the
7. A. lazily
mountain and saw the large crater.”, yaitu
B. hurriedly
pada keterangan waktu ’at midday’.
C. slowly
D. diligently
131
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

10. What is the most suitable title for the


9. Which statement is NOT TRUE based text?
on the text? A. Climbing a mountain is
A. The writer’s hobby is climbing a dangerous activity.
mountains. B. My first experience in climbing
B. The writer felt reluctant to climb a mountain.
mountains. C. Camping on the mountain is
C. The writer found excitement on exciting.
the peak of the mountain. D. My hesitating time on holidays.
D. The writer climbed down the Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
mountain soon after taking picture. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: A Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut
Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks menceritakan tentang pengalaman
adalah (A) yang artinya hobi penulis adalah penulis naik gunung. Jadi, judul yang
mendaki gunung karena teks tersebut paling tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah
menceritakan tentang pengalaman pertama (B) yang artinya pengalaman pertama
penulis mendaki gunung. Jadi, mendaki saya saat naik gunung.
gunung bukan hobi penulis.

C. Complete the text with the words in the box.

a. fun b. pictures c. stayed d. scenery e. closer


f. scary g. colorful h. rest i. garden j. tired

My Holiday
Last week I went to Mount Bromo. I (1) ________ in my friend’s house in Probolinggo, East
Java. The house has a big (2) ________ with (3) ________ flowers and a small fish pond.
In the morning, my friend and I saw Mount Batok. The (4) ________ was very beautiful. We
rode on horseback. It was (5) ________, but it was fun. Then, we went to get a (6) ________ look
at the mountain. We took (7) ________ of the beautiful scenery there. After that, we took a
(8) ________ and had lunch under a big tree. We went home in the afternoon.
We were very (9) ________. However, I think it was really (10) ________ to have a holiday
like this. I hope my next holiday will be more interesting.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Jawaban:
1. c 2. i
3. g 4. d
5. f 6. e
7. b 8. h
9. j 10. a

132
UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi:
Answer the questions based on the text.
1. When did the writer go to Mount Bromo?
Jawaban: Last week.
2. Where did he/she stay?
Jawaban: In his/her friend’s house in Probolinggo, East Java.
3. What does the house have?
Jawaban: It has a big garden with colorful flowers and a small pool.
4. What did the writer see in the morning?
Jawaban: He/she saw Mount Batok.
5. What is the writer’s opinion about the scenery there?
Jawaban: It was beautiful.
6. What did the writer feel when he/she rode on horseback?
Jawaban: It was scary, but it was fun.
7. What did he/she do before taking a rest?
Jawaban: He/she took pictures of the beautiful scenery.
8. Where did the writer have lunch?
Jawaban: Under a big tree.
9. When did the writer and his/her friend go home?
Jawaban: They went home in the afternoon.
10. What did the writer think of the holiday?
Jawaban: It was fun.

D. Change the verbs in brackets into their correct forms.

1. Eva : ________ (Do) you go on the picnic to the beach last Sunday?
Mufid : Yes, it ________ (be) great. Why didn’t you come?
2. Eva : I ________ (have) to stay at home and study for an exam. So tell me about it.
Mufid : Well, the bus ________ (pick) us up around seven o’clock in the morning.
3. Eva : And what time did you arrive at the beach?
Mufid : At nine thirty. First, we ________ (walk) along the beach, and after that we ________
(play) volleyball until lunchtime.
4. Eva : Did you buy lunch at the beach?
Mufid : At first we ________ (decide) to have lunch there, but a friend ________ (inform) us
that there was a good restaurant near the beach. We ________ (agree) to go there.
5. Eva : So what time _______ (do) you come home?
Mufid : Around four o’clock in the afternoon.

Jawaban:
1. Did, was
2. had, picked
3. walked, played
4. decided, informed, agreed
5. did

P
133

Variasi:
A. Complete the dialogs with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.
Practice the dialogs with your friend.
Example:
Lena : Where ________ you ________ (go) yesterday? I ________ (call) you twice but no
one ________ (pick up) the phone.
Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was my father’s birthday. We ________ (have) dinner outside.
Answer:
Lena : Where did you go yesterday? I called you twice but no one picked up the phone.
Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was my father’s birthday. We had dinner outside.

1. Tessa : ________ (Do) you ________ (feel) something?


Elly : No, I didn't.
Tessa : I ________ (feel) the earth shaking.
Elly : Oh, no! Don’t say that again. You’ve scared me.
2. Dani : Who ________ (turn) on the TV?
Willy : I did. What’s up?
Dani : Turn it off when you don’t watch it.
Willy : O.K.
3. Tevi : I ________ (watch) Fantastic 4 yesterday evening.
Inung : ________ (Do) you?
Tevi : Yeah. It ________ (be) really fantastic!
Inung : You ________ (go) to the movie with your brother, didn't you?
Tevi : No. I ________ (go) there with my cousin.
Jawaban:
1. Tessa : Did you feel something?
Elly : Oh no! I didn’t.
Tessa : I felt the earth shaking.
Elly : No. Don’t say that again. You’ve scared me.
2. Dani : Who turned on the TV?
Willy : I did. What’s up?
Dani : Turn it off when you don’t watch it.
Willy : O.K.
3. Tevi : I watched Fantastic 4 yesterday evening.
Inung : Did you?
Tevi : Yeah. It was really fantastic!
Inung : You went to the movie with your brother, didn’t you?
Tevi : No. I went there with my cousin.

B. Make sentences using the words below.


Read your sentences with proper pronunciation.
1. not stay/yesterday
2. eat/this morning/?
3. visit/before you came here/?
4. live/two years ago
5. study/last night/?

134
UNIT 2 Recount

6. not watch the news/a few minutes ago


7. go to the museum/last vacation
8. not go shopping/last Sunday
9. visit grandma/last week
10. not perform the dance/last night
Contoh jawaban:
1. We didn’t stay home yesterday.
2. What did you eat this morning?
3. Whom did you visit before you came here?
4. I lived with my uncle’s family two years ago.
5. What subject did you study last night?
6. We didn’t watch the news about the government’s policy a few minutes ago.
7. My friends and I went to the museum last vacation.
8. We didn’t go shopping last Sunday.
9. Dita visited her grandma last week.
10. We didn’t perform the dance last night.

E. Complete the text with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

Hi, guys. Have you ever traveled around Indonesia? Not yet? Well, I have. And I didn’t
________ (1. spend) much money. Don’t you believe it?
I ________ (2. go) to Jakarta last holiday. I ________ (3. stay) for four days in my uncle’s
house. Uncle Tri, Aunt Rita and my cousin ________ (4. take) me to some tourists resorts in
Jakarta, like Ancol the Wonderland, the National Monument, and of course the Indonesia’s
Miniature Park or TMII. I ________ (5. spend) almost five hours there. This park is really amazing.
I could go around Indonesia just from one place.
I went from one province to another in few minutes. I could ________ (6. see) all the islands
in Indonesia from above when I ________ (7. ride) the skylift. I also ________ (8. see) some
beautiful animals and flowers. It ________ (9. be) really fun.
The last thing I ________ (10. do) was having lunch. What a nice holiday! I will never forget it.

Jawaban:
1. spend 2. went 3. stayed 4. took 5. spent
6. see 7. rode 8. saw 9. was 10. did

A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.


Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
3 As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and began crying. Then, he looked at
the doctor and asked with a trembling voice, “Will I start to die right away?”
2 The doctor asked Liz’s 5-year old brother, “Young boy, your sister is suffering now, and
she needs your blood. Are you willing to give your blood to your sister?” I saw him hesitate
for a moment before taking a deep breath and saying, “Yes, I’ll do it if it will save her.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes


ter 1
135

Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, “If you thought that you would
5 die, why did you give your blood to your sister?” And the boy’s answer was “Because . . . I love
her.”
The doctor answered him, “Of course not, young boy. You will not die because you give
4 your blood to someone. Don’t worry.”
Many years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to know a little girl
1

named Liz. She was suffering from a serious disease and needed a blood transfusion.

Adapted from: http://www.baywideweb.com/content/fivelessons.htm (May 26, 2007)

Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the words below.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. curious = ingin tahu
2. transfusion = transfusi
3. save = menyelamatkan
4. volunteer = sukarelawan
5. trembling = gemetar
6. progress = berlangsung
7. suffer = menderita
8. hesitate = ragu-ragu
9. willing (to) = bersedia
10. breath = nafas

B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A.


1. Nina : What did you ________ from?
Andi : Diarrhea.
2. At first the child ________ to approach the woman, but after he knew that she was his
mother, he immediately ran to her.
3. The boy’s voice was ________ when he confessed that he had stolen the money.
4. Mr. Aji : Are you ________ to do overwork in this office?
Mr. Sanusi : Sure, Sir.
5. The man worked as a ________ to take care of the tsunami victims.

Jawaban:
1. suffer 2. hesitated 3. trembling 4. willing 5. volunteer

B. Identify the structure of the proper text in Task A.

Jawaban:

Many years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to


Orientation know a little girl named Liz. She was suffering from a serious disease
and needed a blood transfusion.

UNIT 2 Recount

136
The doctor asked Liz’s 5-year old brother, “Young boy, your sister is
suffering now, and she needs your blood. Are you willing to give your
blood to your sister?” I saw him hesitate for a moment before taking
a deep breath and saying, “Yes, I’ll do it if it will save her.”
As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and began crying.
Series of Events Then, he looked at the doctor and asked with a trembling voice, “Will I
start to die right away?”
The doctor answered him, “Of course not, young boy. You will not
die because you give your blood to someone. Don’t worry.”
Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, “If you
thought that you would die, why did you give your blood to your sister?”
And the boy’s answer was “Because . . . I love her.”

Variasi:
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.
1. ______ The young boy thought that he would die because he had given his blood.
2. ______ The writer was the boy’s sister.
3. ______ The boy gave his blood because he had to do it.
4. ______ The boy was five years old.
5. ______ At that time the writer was suffering from a serious disease.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. The writer was a volunteer at the hospital where Liz stayed.
3. F. The boy gave his blood because he loved his sister.
4. T
5. F. At that time Liz was suffering from a serious disease, not the writer.

C. Write sentences using the present perfect tense based on the picture.

Tina’s Room

You can use the verbs below.


● play ● draw ● take
● read ● collect ● listen to

Example: Tina has kept some packs of noodles.

137
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1
Contoh jawaban:
1. Tina has played the guitar. 2. Tina has drawn some animals.
3. She hasn’t taken pictures. 4. She has read books about science.
5. She has collected some animal dolls. 6. Tina has listened to the radio.

Variasi:
In pairs, ask your partner these questions.
You may add additional questions.
Write the result fo your interview on a sheet of paper.
If your partner answer “Yes”, put a tick (✔) in the ‘Yes’ column. If he/she says “No”, put a tick
(✔) in the ‘No’ column.

No. Have you ever . . . ? Yes No


1. had a penfriend
2. broken your arm or leg
3. forgotten to do your homework
4. met a famous person
5. won a prize in a composition
6. been in a foreign country
7. sung an English song
8. had a terrible nightmare
9. played in a drama
Example:
10. cheated in an exam
This is about Mirdad. He has never had a penfriend. Once he has broken his arm/leg. It
was in 2003 when he got a motorcycle accident with his father. He has never forgotten to do
his homework. Quite diligent, right?

D. Continue the sentences below to make a proper text.


Use your own words.

Heavy rains hit my place few days ago. It didn’t stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed up
from the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their things, so did my family.
__________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

Contoh jawaban:
Heavy rains hit my place two days ago. It didn’t stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed up
from the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their things, so did my family.
Actually, we often get flood every year, especially in the rainy season. However, it always
comes in sudden. It makes everyone panicked. This time I heard many babies and children cried.
All people rushed to higher places. They walked in a hurry. Water inundated the houses and streets
in a few days. Cars and other vehicles couldn’t pass the street. It was really horrible.

UNIT 2 Recount
138
E. Do you have a memorable experience?
Write a recount text about it.

Contoh jawaban:
I have a younger sister. I love her very much. However, one day, when she and I were eating
together, suddenly I broke the glass beside me. I felt surprised, and so did my sister. Suddenly,
mother came. She asked us, “Oh, no. Who broke the glass?”
I was really afraid to tell her the fact because the glass was one of my mother’s favorites,
I guessed. I said, “Not . . . me. It was Ela.”
Ela felt shocked hearing this. I could see it from her face. She tried to defend hersef, “No. It
was Eka . . . .” But mother believed me more than her.
Then, mother asked her, “If you have made a mistake, confess it bravely. Now, sweep the floor
and clean it from the broken glass. Eka, please help your sister.” I helped her. But I saw there were
some tears in her big eyes. I kept silent. In my heart, I felt that I won over her.
However, since that time, she didn’t want to be with me anymore. She played with her doll and
directly left when I approached her. She also didn’t come to my class during the break as she
usually did before. And, she kept locking herself in her room. I felt really lonely, and realized that it
was my fault actually. I felt guilty.
Then, one day, I approached her when she was playing. She was almost leaving. However,
I grasped her hand and said, “Forgive me, dear sister. It was my fault.” At first she still didn’t want
to see me. However, I kept apologizing. Then, she finally said, “O.K.” She cried. I embraced her
and promised I would never do it anymore.

2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Letters

Spoken Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Attention, please.
We’ve found some keys in the hall. If you have lost them, please meet Mr. Bambang at the
teacher room during the break. Thank you.

The text above is an announcement. It is used to give information about something in


a public place. An announcement can be spoken or written.

139
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1
Written Text

Read the following text and understand the explanation.

Jalan Menara Bunga 12 August 14, 2009


Bukittinggi

Dear Mirima,
My brother and I are in Bukittinggi now. We arrived here on Sunday morning at five.
It was already busy probably because of the holidays. We went directly to the remains of
De Kock Fortress and found a lot of people jogging along this area. We took a rest here,
sat under the tree and enjoyed the fresh air.
It was almost 6:30 a.m. We went to a famous warung, called “Pical si Kai”. Here we
had coffee, pical, ketupat gulai, etc. Because all hotels had been full, we rented a room in
a house nearby. The room was quite nice and clean. The rent was not too expensive.
At about eight we went to Sianok Valley. It is such a very beautiful valley. On the
bank of the valley there is a long cave, called Japanese cave. It is very long. It goes
deeply into the ground with an entrance at one end, and an exit at the other end. The
people here said that a long time ago the cave was used by the Japanese army to protect
themselves from the Dutch attack. At that time it seemed that there was nothing in the
ground. Both the entrance and the exit were covered by plants.
That’s our first day in Bukittinggi. We are going to visit Lake Maninjau, Lembah Anai
Falls, etc. the following day. Hope to be here with you someday. Please reply soon.

Love,

Vena Junita

The text is a letter. A letter has a certain structure as follows.


1. Date. It shows the date when the letter is written on.
2. Inside address. It shows whom the letter is sent to or the recipient and the address.
It usually mentions the recipient’s full name and address.
3. Greeting. It is also known as the “salutation”. It says “Dear (name of recipient)”.
4. Body. This shows the content or the subject matter of the letter.
5. Closing. This is the farewell phrase, such as: “Cheers”, “Love”, “Best regards”,
“Yours truly” or “Sincerely”.
6. Signature. Signature is important for formal letters. It is seldom mentioned in informal
letters. The full name of the writer is often printed below the signature.

UNIT 2 Recount
140
Answer the questions.

1. What announcements have you heard recently?


Contoh jawaban: Announcement about a math test.
2. Where did you hear the announcement?
Contoh jawaban: In the classroom.
3. Do you often send letters?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
4. Whom do you usually send the letter to?
Contoh jawaban: To my aunt or penfriend.

A. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Attention, please. The show will start in a few minutes. Please sit down on the seats
provided and please do not approach the fence surrounding the stage. Although the animals
which are going to perform are trained well, they are dangerous. Thank you.

1. Where can you hear such an announcement?


Jawaban: In a circus.
2. What should the audience do?
Jawaban: They should sit on the seats provided.
3. What shouldn’t audience do?
Jawaban: They should not approach the fence surrounding the stage.
4. Why shouldn’t they do that?
Jawaban: Because the animals which are going to perform are dangerous.
5. What do you know about the performers?
Jawaban: They are animals which are trained well, but dangerous.

B. Find the words which have the following meanings in the text in Task A.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. tempat duduk = seat
2. pagar = fence
3. disediakan = provided
4. sekitar = surrounding
5. terlatih = trained

141
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

C. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task B.


1. The animals are ________ well by Mr. Sanjaya.
2. You can choose your own ________ here.
3. The environment ________ my village is very clean.
4. A high ________ protects the plantation from animals.
5. Is the snack ________ for us?
Jawaban:
1. trained 2. seat
3. surrounding 4. fence
5. provided

Variasi:
A. Your teacher is going to read a text.
Listen to him/her carefully.
Then, answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Attention, please,
There will be a flag ceremony next Monday. Don’t forget to wear your hats and ties. The students
on duty will be the students of Class VIIIA.

1. Who do you think the speaker is?


Jawaban: A teacher.
2. Who do you think the listeners are?
Jawaban: The students.
3. Where can you hear such an announcement?
Jawaban: At school.
4. What is the announcement about?
Jawaban: A flag ceremony.
5. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To announce something.

B. Continue the statements below based on the text you have heard in Task A.
1. Next Monday there will be a ________.
2. Don’t forget to wear ________.
3. The students on duty will be ________.
4. “Don’t forget to wear your hat, . . . .” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is
________.
5. The word ‘you’ in the announcement refers to ________.
Jawaban:
1. flag ceremony
2. your hats and ties
3. the students of Class VIIIA
4. remember
5. the students

UNIT 2 Recount
142

D. Listen to your teacher.


What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


For all performers, you all have performed very well. So, it is difficult for us to choose which of
you should win the contest. Finally, after a long discussion, we come to the conclusion that
Anggara’s group is the third winner, Ina’s group is the runner up and . . . the first winner is . . .
Nita’s group. For these groups, please come forward to receive trophies from the principal.

Jawaban:
It’s an announcement about the winners of a contest.

E. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text you have heard in Task D.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. How did the performers perform themselves?
2. What should the winners do?
3. Which group is the third winner?
4. Who will give them the trophies?
5. In your opinion, who is the speaker?

Jawaban:
1. Very well.
2. Come forward to receive trophies from the principal.
3. Anggara’s group.
4. The principal.
5. One of the juries or the host.

A. Say the announcement below aloud.


To celebrate our Independence Day, we will hold some activities. One of them is blood donation.
A drop of your blood is very meaningful for those who need it. If you want to donate your blood,
please contact Renny in the OSIS room. Thank you.

Variasi:
Read the following announcement aloud.
Then, retell it using your own words.
Attention, please.
The end of this semester is approaching.
We will conduct an end semester party as usual.
Each class should prepare an attractive attraction to be performed.
Please be prepared.
Thank you.

143
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please,
We will end this semester soon. As usual, we will hold an end semester party. All classes should
prepare interesting performances such as dramas, singing, dancing, etc. Please be prepared.
Thank you.

B. Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the announcement
in Task A.
1. ______ The announcement is about blood donation at school.
2. ______ The blood donation is to celebrate the Independence Day.
3. ______ The blood donation is the only activity for the Independence Day.
4. ______ A little blood is useful.
5. ______ Students who want to donate their blood can go to the sickbay.
Jawaban:
1. T 2. T
3. F. It is just one of the activities. 4. T
5. F. Students who want to donate their blood can contact Renny in the OSIS room.
Variasi:
Read the announcement aloud.
Then, state whether the following statements are true (T) of false (F).
Attention, please. We’ve found a wallet with some money in it in the parking area. If you are the
one who has lost it, please go to the security office to confirm the wallet. Thank you.
Statements:
1. ______ The announcement is about a lost wallet.
2. ______ The wallet contains money.
3. ______ The person who lost the wallet should go to the cashier.
4. ______ The person who lost the wallet should confirm what the wallet looks like.
5. ______ The wallet was found in the parking area.
Jawaban:
1. F. The announcement is about a found wallet.
2. T
3. F. He/she should go to the security office.
4. T
5. T

C. Tell your friends an announcement based on each situation.


1. One of your teachers is absent. However, he gives you an assignment. Tell the class about
his/her absence and what the assignment is.
2. Suppose you are a teacher in your school. Because there have been many students who
come late, make an announcement about the thing the late comers should do.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Attention, please.Mr. Anwar cannot come today. However, he has given us an assignment to
do. Please write down a recount text about your childhood experience. Then, submit it to the
teacher on duty. Thank you.
2. Attention for all students.
Many students have been late recently. Therefore, from now on students who come late must
make a composition for about two pages. They should submit it exactly on the day they come
late after the second break. Thank you.
UNIT 2 Recount

144

Variasi:
Deliver some announcements based on the situations.
1. Suppose you have found a purse in the school library. Make an announcement about it.
2. Suppose you are a teacher in your school. Make an announcement that there will be
a school bazaar next month. State the exact date/day and what the students should
prepare.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Attention, please. I have found a purse in the school library. It is red, small and contains
some money. For the student who has lost it, please contact me: Lucia, Class VIIIA.
2. Attention for all,
To celebrate our school anniversary, we will conduct a school bazaar next month, starting
from October 5 to October 10. I hope all classes can participate. You can sell many kinds of
things, such as food, books or products you create yourselves. If you are interested, you can
meet me to get the requirement and registration forms during the break. Thank you.

A. Read the letter below with proper pronunciation.


What do the bold-typed words mean?

123 Geylang Road


Singapore,
March 20, 2009
Dear Bob,
I was awfully sorry to hear that you were hurt in an accident last week. It was
only this morning that I knew that you were taken to General Hospital. Fortunately,
you were not seriously injured. I do hope that you are getting well by now.
However, I am sure that you would like to know that many of your classmates
are concerned about you. They want to send you their best wishes for your early
recovery.
Anyway, with your mother staying with you most of the time, I hope that you will
not feel lonely at the hospital. I do hope that you will recover soon.

Yours sincerely,
John
Adapted from: Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage

Jawaban:
1. hurt = luka
2. fortunately = untungnya
3. seriously injured = terluka parah
4. getting well = sembuh
5. concerned about = menaruh perhatian

145
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

6. wishes = harapan
7. early recovery = penyembuhan/pemulihan yang segera
8. lonely = kesepian

Variasi:
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the letter in Task A.
1. ______ The letter is about a wish to visit Bob soon.
2. ______ John stayed in General Hospital.
3. ______ John knew the news about Bob two days before he wrote the letter.
4. ______ Bob’s classmates didn’t pay attention to him.
5. ______ Bob’s mother always stayed with him.
Jawaban:
1. F. The letter is about a wish that Bob is getting well.
2. F. It was Bob who stayed in General Hospital.
3. F. John knew the news in the morning before he wrote the letter.
4. F. Bob’s classmates were concerned about him.
5. T

B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


1. The text is a letter of ________.
A. application
The Manager of KEN TOUR B. invitation
Jalan Ahmad Yani 12 C. introduction
Surabaya D. complaint
Jawaban: D
Dear Sir, Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
We are sorry to complain about the awal surat, ”We are sorry to complain
service that your travel agency provided about the service that your travel agency
on our school holiday Bali Tour on July provided on our school holiday Bali Tour
8–10. First, on our arrival we had to stay on July 8-10.”. Jadi, isi surat itu tentang
outside the hotel despite our tiredness keluhan (complaint) atas jasa yang
after 12 hours journey. The people in diberikan.
charge said that all the rooms were still 2. The writer feels disappointed with the
occupied by another group. We were followings, except ________.
welcomed to check in after waiting for 5 A. the dinner provided
hours. That means our tour was two B. canceling to visit one object
hours delayed. Consequently we C. being late to check in
missed one of the places to visit. At the D. the traveling
dinner time, many of us found no food Jawaban: D
left, so we had to buy some food Penulis merasa kecewa dengan pelayanan
outside. We look forward to receiving agen perjalanan yang berkaitan dengan
your response. makanan untuk makan malam dan
Thank you. keterlambatan check in yang
menyebabkan batalnya rencana
Yours faithfully, mengunjungi salah satu tempat wisata.
Jadi, yang tidak termasuk hal yang
Andi mengecewakan penulis adalah (D)
traveling.

UNIT 2 Recount

146

Ujian Nasional

3. How long was the tour?


A. 2 days. B. 3 days.
C. 5 hours. D. 12 hours.
Jawaban: B
Dalam surat disebutkan bahwa tour
liburan ke Bali mulai tanggal 8 sampai 10
Juli. Jadi, tour tersebut berlangsung
selama 3 hari (three days).
4. Which is NOT TRUE based on the text?
A. The travel agent is Ken Tour.
B. The travel agency did not arrange
the tour well.
C. The students spent their holiday in
Bali.
D. The tour was successful.
places to visit.” means ________.
A. they enjoyed their visit
Jawaban: D B. they did not visit one of the arranged
tourist objects
Dalam surat tersebut Andi menyatakan
C. they were happy on their holiday
keluhan. Karena mengajukan keluhan,
D. they wanted to stay longer
dapat dipastikan bahwa tour tersebut tidak
Jawaban: B
berjalan sukses. Jadi, pernyataan yang tidak
Kalimat tersebut mempunyai arti ”Kami
sesuai teks adalah the tour was successful.
melewatkan salah satu tempat wisata
5. The sentence “We missed one of the untuk dikunjungi.”. Dari kalimat tersebut
dapat diketahui bahwa mereka tidak
mengunjungi satu tempat wisata (they did
not visit one place).

A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper letter.


Surat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
6 Finally, I went to a cafe nearby to have lunch. I spent three days in Bandung and that was
really fun.
4 First, I visited Tangkuban Perahu. The place is just wonderful. After that, I went to Dago
Street. I bought some T-shirts there.
1 Denpasar, July 20, 2009
3 By the way, I want to tell you about my holiday. Last month, I went to Bandung. I was so
happy because it was my first time to visit the place. There are many interesting places to
visit.
8 Sincerely,

Ketut Tantri
5 Then, I went to Cibaduyut. I bought many things like shoes, dolls, and some souvenirs.
I also did not forget to buy ‘peuyeum’. You know, Bandung is famous for it.
2 Hi, Putri, how are you? I hope you are fine.
7 Anyway, I will write to you again next time. Write to me as soon as you can.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

147
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Variasi:
Read the proper letter in Task A once again.
Then, decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F).
1. ______ The letter is about the writer’s holiday last week.
2. ______ The writer had been to Bandung twice before writing the letter.
3. ______ First, the writer went to Tangkuban Perahu.
4. ______ The writer bought some T-shirts in Cibaduyut.
5. ______ The writer’s last activity was having lunch.
Jawaban:
1. F. It is about the writer's holiday last month.
2. F. It was the first time the writer went to Bandung.
3. T
4. F. He bought some T-shirts in Dago Street.
5. T

B. Suppose you are Putri.


Write a reply to your friend’s letter in Task A.

Contoh jawaban:

Jalan Sudirman 20
Yogyakarta

August 15, 2009

Dear Tantri,
It’s nice reading the story about your last holiday. I am interested in going to
Bandung some day. Will you go there again together with me?
Well, talking about my holiday, I spent it with my friends. We had a camping in
a hill about seven kilometers from my house. We spent two days there. It was really
a nice experience, you know. Moreover, we all who joined the camp are girls! So,
we did what boys usually do when we were camping, like bringing our heavy stuff,
carrying pails of water from the river nearby, etc. We also built our tents ourselves.
It was really enjoyable for us. It was like we had our own home. Wanna try with me?
O.K., that’s all about my holiday. See you soon.

Love,

Putri

UNIT 2 Recount
148

Variasi:
Read the letter below.
Then, write a reply of the letter.

Jalan Pujangga 29
Jakarta
August 15, 2009

Dear Putri,
Putri, I’m so glad knowing that you and your family will come here next holiday. We
haven’t met each other for a long time. I miss you so much. If you come here, I will show
you a new park in my town. It is a nice place.
You said you and your family would go by train. However, I don’t know when you will
come here exactly. Please tell me the time, so I can pick you up at the railway station.
O.K., that’s all for now. Please reply soon. My love to Auntie, Uncle and Raka.

Love,

Diana

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Diana,
I’m happy receiving your letter. It seems that I will have a nice holiday in your town.
I want to go sightseeing around your town. I have never enjoyed your town yet since my
last visit there five years ago.
Well, we will arrive at your town on Saturday, this week, at about 5 p.m. I hope you
can pick us up at the railway station. Thank you.

See you,

Putri

C. Write a letter to your friend or family based on one of the topics below.

Topics:
● Your experience when you were an elementary school student.
● Your sad/embarrassing experience.

149
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Ida,
How have you been? I really miss you because we haven’t met since we graduated from
elementary school.
I remember when we first got to be close to each other. When we were in the fourth grade,
in the art lesson. Mr. Gunawan asked us to sing a national song. When it was my turn to come
forward, I felt really afraid. I didn’t want to do it. All our friends encouraged me, including you.
Finally, I stepped forward, but I didn’t know what to sing. Even Mr. Gunawan sang a song
himself and asked me to repeat after him. However, his attempt was useless. I still didn’t sing.
Then, I went to my seat. He got angry with me. Later, during the break, you approached me
and encouraged me. You said that I had a good voice. You also said that not all our friends
were better than me. I felt courageous because of your encouragement. Then, after the break,
I told Mr. Gunawan that I would sing, and I made it. Since that time, you always encouraged
me whenever I felt down. Thanks, mate.
Now, it’s been more than a year we have separated from each other. I believe you have
stories to tell. I look forward to hearing from you.

With love,
Betsy

Variasi:
Write a letter about your experience when going to a tourist place.

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Anita,
How was your holiday? Did you have any interesting experience during your holiday?
Well, I want to tell you my experience. Last holiday my friends and I went to the zoo.
It is a new zoo in my town. Many people are interested to visit it, including us.
Actually, the zoo is not far from our houses. That’s why we just rode our bikes.
Arriving there, we bought the tickets. Entering the zoo, we could see many animals in their
own shelters or cages. Firstly, we saw the elephants shelter. There were four elephants in
the shelter. Wow! They were really big!
Then, we went to the monkey cage. Actually I wanted to throw some peanuts to the
monkeys, but we were not allowed to do it. We just smiled and laughed looking at the
monkey’s behavior.
After that, we walked around the zoo and saw many other animals. We were in the
zoo for about two hours. We really enjoyed our holiday there. Will you come and see the
zoo some day with me?

Love,
Rindra

UNIT 2 Recount

150

Write your memorable experience when you were a child.


broad : lebar
broken down : rusak
cheat : mencontek
compliment : memuji
embarrass : memalukan

Read and memorize the words.


Use them whenever you speak English.

appetite : selera
breathe : bernapas
prescribe : menulis resep obat
replace : menggantikan
runner up : nomor dua
slight : sedikit
submit : mengumpulkan
suffer : menderita
pass : memberikan
touch : menyentuh
pediatrician : dokter anak
turn : giliran

151
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Mrs. Hans : I bought it in the Luggage Store


in Plaza Indonesia.
Ms. Sandy : Oh, thank you very much.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning:
Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII
Edisi 4

1. Ms. Sandy said, “Excuse me, but I was


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
just admiring your bag. It’s really nice.”
answer.
What does it mean?
A. She expresses her gratitude.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1
B. She expresses her happiness.
and 2.
C. She compliments Mrs. Hans’ bag.
Ms. Sandy : Excuse me, but I was just
D. She asks for Mrs. Hans’ help.
admiring your bag. It’s really nice.
Jawaban: C
Mrs. Hans : Oh, thank you.
Kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Sandy artinya,
Ms. Sandy : Could you tell me where you
”Maaf, tetapi saya hanya mengagumi tas
bought it? I have been looking
Anda. Tas itu sangat bagus.”. Kalimat ini
for one like that for a long time.
merupakan ungkapan untuk memuji.
2. What can you conclude from the dialog?
A. Ms. Sandy wants to buy the bag.
B. Mrs. Hans and Ms. Sandy have the
same bag.
C. Ms. Sandy wants to go to Indonesia.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4.
D. Mrs. Hans and Ms. Sandy want to
buy a bag together. Anang : Would you please help me? We
Jawaban: A need to buy more cakes for the party.
Dari kalimat-kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Candra : Sure. Where should we buy them?
Sandy mengenai tas Bu Hans, ”It’s really Anang : In the bakery on Jalan Kenari.
nice.” yang artinya ”(Tas itu) sangat bagus.” Candra : O.K. Let’s go.
dan juga ”Could you tell me where you 3. What is the dialog about?
bought it?” yang artinya ”Bersediakah Anda A. A party.
memberi tahu tempat Anda membelinya?”, B. A bakery.
dapat disimpulkan bahwa Bu Sandy C. Buying cakes.
menyukai tas Bu Hans dan ingin membeli D. Holding in a party.
tas seperti itu. Jawaban: C
Dalam percakapan tersebut Anang
meminta bantuan Candra untuk bersama-
sama membeli kue dan Candra
menyetujuinya. Jadi, topik pembicaraan
mereka mengenai membeli kue.
4. Anang said, “Would you please help me?”
What does it mean?
A. He is asking for information.
B. He is giving information.
C. He is asking for help.
D. He is giving help.
Jawaban: C
Kalimat yang dikatakan Anang artinya
”Bersediakah Anda membantu saya?”.
Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk
meminta bantuan (ask for help).
Read the dialog and answer questions 5 and 6.
Ryan : Ari, where will you go?
Ari : To the shop over there. I need some
toothpaste.
Ryan : Would you also buy me a bar of soap,
please? I’m running out of it.
Ari : Sure.
5. From the dialog we know that ________.
A. Ryan is asking for help
B. Ryan is giving help
C. Ryan is refusing help
D. Ryan is accepting help
Jawaban: A
Dalam percakapan tersebut, Ryan meminta
Ari untuk membelikannya sabun dengan
mengatakan, ”Would you also buy me a bar
of soap?” yang artinya, ”Maukah kamu
UNIT 2 Recount
152

membelikan saya sabun?”. Kalimat itu


menunjukkan bahwa Ryan meminta
bantuan (asking for help). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan
jenis ungkapan yang sesuai.
6. What does Ryan want Ari to do? 7. How long did Kevin live in Southern
A. To buy him toothpaste. Cross, West Australia?
B. To buy him detergent. A. For 3 years. B. For 4 years.
C. To buy him soap. C. For 5 years. D. For 6 years.
D. To buy him towel. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ” . . . ,
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat I went back to Southern Cross in West
Ryan, ”Would you also buy me a bar of Australia. Well, I was born there and lived
soap? I'm running out of it.” yang artinya there for the first four years of my life.”
”Maukah kamu membelikan saya sabun? yang artinya ”. . . , saya kembali ke
Saya kehabisan sabun.”. Southern Cross di Australia Barat. Saya
lahir di sana dan tinggal di sana empat
Read the text and answer questions 7 to 10. tahun pertama kehidupan saya.”.
8. What was surprising for Kevin?
A. He could go back to both of the towns.
Dear Kusumawardhani, B. Narrogin and Southern Cross didn’t
Have you still lived in the town where change at all.
C. The house his grandfather had built
you were born or where you grew up as
a young child? Last June I went back to the wasn’t destroyed.
town where I was born and to the two towns D. He remembered the town he was
where I grew up. Together with my parents born and the town he grew up.
and my brother, I went back to Southern Jawaban: D
Cross in West Australia. Well, I was born Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan
there and lived there for the first four years kalimat ”I was surprised that I actually
of my life. Then, my family and I moved to remembered both towns . . . .” yang
Narrogin, about a four hour drive away. artinya ”Saya merasa terkejut karena saya
I was surprised that I actually masih ingat kedua kota itu . . . .”. Pilihan
remembered both towns, although of course jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
Narrogin was clearer in my memory. You terdapat dalam teks.
know, I lived in Narrogin for 6 years and I 9. Who went to see both of the towns with Kevin?
even went back to see the house that my A. His father and his mother
grandfather built in the late 1950s. It was still B. His father and his brother.
there. Then, I went to see my old primary
C. His parents and his brother.
school too–it hasn’t changed much at all.
D. His parents and his sister.
Yeah, I just like the old days really.
Jawaban: C
This is all my story. Please share your
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,
interesting story with me. I look forward to it.
”Together with my parents and my brother,
Yours sincerely, I went back . . . .” yang artinya ”Bersama-
Kevin August sama dengan orang tua dan saudara laki-
laki saya, saya kembali ke . . . .”.
Adapted from: KangGuru Radio English 10. Which statement is TRUE according to the
text?
A. Kevin was born in Narrogin.
B. Kevin could see the house his
grandfather built.
C. Kevin saw his secondary school in
Narrogin.
D. Kevin lived in Narrogin for four years.

153
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
dengan kalimat ”. . . and I even went back
to see the house that my grandfather built
in the late 1950s. It was still there.” yang
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
artinya, ”. . . dan saya bahkan kembali
(A) artinya memenangkan, (B) artinya
untuk mengunjungi rumah yang dibangun
memperoleh, dan (C) artinya bekerja.
oleh kakek saya pada tahun 1950-an
akhir. Rumah itu masih ada di sana.”. 13. A. cried B. sang
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena C. shouted D. cheered
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Jawaban: D
Kalimat soal artinya ”Siswa kelas VIII . . .
For questions 11 to 13, choose the correct untuk regu kami.”. Kata yang tepat
words to complete the following text. melengkapi kalimat ini adalah cheered
Hi, everybody. Let me tell you something. yang artinya bersorak-sorak.
Yesterday Grade VIII students went to
Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15.
a swimming competition at Banyubiru
swimming pool.
The first race I entered was the freestyle.
I (11) ________ the third place and got a blue Dear Mrs. Handoko,
ribbon. The next race was backstroke. I came I am very grateful because you have
fifth. taken care of my mom tenderly and
Later on, my friend swam in the butterfly carefully with all your heart. You are so kind
race and won. After lunch, we (12) ________ in to my family. May God always bless you
the relays. Grade VIII students (13) ________ with health and riches because of your
so hard for our team. kindness.
Finally, my mom arrived to take me home. Now, my mother is in good condition.
I was very tired but happy. She even can make jokes with her
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning granddaughter. I’m happy because of this.
Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII
Sincerely yours,
11. A. won B. got
C. swam D. competed Mrs. Sanjaya
Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal artinya ”Perlombaan pertama 14. Why did Mrs. Sanjaya send Mrs. Handoko
yang saya ikuti adalah gaya bebas. Saya
a letter?
. . . peringkat ketiga dan mendapatkan
A. To express her complaint.
pita biru.”. Kalimat ini cocok dilengkapi
B. To express her compliment.
dengan kata ’won’ yang artinya
C. To ask for her help.
’memenangkan’.
D. To express her gratitude.
12. A. won B. got Jawaban: D
C. worked D. competed Jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan kalimat ”I
Jawaban: D am very grateful because . . . .” yang artinya
Kalimat soal berarti ”Setelah makan siang, ”Saya sangat berterima kasih karena . . . .”.
kami . . . dalam estafet.”. Karena yang 15. “ . . . you have taken care of my mom
diikuti oleh penulis adalah perlombaan, kata
tenderly . . . .”
yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah
The underlined word means ________.
competed yang artinya berlomba. Pilihan
A. mature B. lovingly
C. calmly D. emotionally
Jawaban: B
Kata ’tenderly’ yang artinya ’dengan
lembut’ mempunyai arti yang hampir
sama dengan ’lovingly’ yang artinya
’dengan kasih sayang’.

UNIT 2 Recount

154

Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.


Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour to
Europe. They were traveling on a guided
tour to five countries. They were going to
travel through the Netherlands, Belgium,
Jawaban: D
Germany, Switzerland and France for two
Paspor, visa, dan izin keluar merupakan
weeks. The guide for the tour was a Swiss.
dokumen (document) imigrasi.
On the first day of the travel the guide told
them to check their passports, their traveler 19. What is paragraph three about?
cheques and their foreign cash. He told A. Shopping in big towns.
them to keep them safely. B. Staying in famous places.
They traveled in a comfortable coach C. Visiting famous places.
with a toilet, music and video. The guide D. Eating in big restaurants.
stopped the coach at many famous places. Jawaban: C
He explained the cultural importance of the Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan
places. They stayed in big hotels for the kalimat ”The guide stopped the coach at
night and ate in the restaurants. many famous places.” yang artinya
On the way, they stopped at small ”Pemandu itu menghentikan kereta di
restaurants to eat lunch. In big towns, they banyak tempat terkenal.”.
went for shopping. They bought many 20. ”They enjoyed the two-week tour.”
souvenirs for their friends. They enjoyed
The underlined word has the same
the two-week tour.
meaning as ________.
16. The text is about ________. A. got bored with
A. traveling B. shopping B. got pleasure from
C. tracking D. visiting C. became addicted to
Jawaban: A D. became amazed at
Dari kalimat-kalimat awal teks, yaitu Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
”Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour to
Europe. They were traveling on a guided Jawaban: B
tour to five countries.” yang artinya ”Bapak Kata ’enjoyed’ yang artinya ’menikmati’
dan Ibu Charly sedang berwisata ke sama artinya dengan got pleasure from
Eropa. Mereka pergi dengan wisata yang artinya memperoleh kesenangan dari.
terpandu ke lima negara.”. Jadi, teks
tersebut tentang bepergian (travelling). B. Complete the text with the correct
words in the box.
17. Where were Mr. and Mrs. Charly touring? Change them into the correct form.
A. Africa. B. Europe.
C. America. D. Australia. ● buy ● have ● get
Jawaban: B ● go ● make ● see
Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan ● sit ● take
kalimat, ”Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour
to Europe.” yang artinya ”Bapak dan Ibu Shirley’s Day Off
Charly sedang berwisata ke Eropa.”.
Shirley enjoyed her day off yesterday. She
18. The guide told them to check their (1) ________ up late, (2) ________ jogging in
immigration ________, such as the park, (3) ________ a long shower, and
passport, visa and exit permit. (4) ________ a big breakfast. In the afternoon,
A. papers B. letters she (5) ________ a film with her sister. Then,
C. records D. documents she (6) ________ groceries at the supermarket,
and she (7) ________ a big dinner for her
parents. After dinner, Shirley and her parents
(8) ________ in the living room and talked.
Shirley had a very nice day off yesterday.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa


Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4

155
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Jawaban:
1. got
2. went
3. took
5. saw
6. bought
7. made
8. sat
4. had

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:


● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa
dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

UNIT 2 Recount
156
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3.

Ronnie : Happy birthday, Ed! Wow, what a cool


watch you have! Is it a present? 4. What will Rio do?
Eddy : Thanks. Yes, it’s a birthday present A. Take the cups on the table.
from my aunt. She bought it in B. Put some cups on the table.
Singapore. C. Take some cups in the kitchen.
Ronnie : Lucky you! I wish I had a watch like D. Give the cups to Donna.
that. 5. Donna said “If you don’t mind, please take
Eddy : I hope you’ll get a watch like this on the cups on the table.”
your next birthday. What does it mean?
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa A. She is greeting Rio.
Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4 B. She is giving attention to Rio.
C. She is asking for Rio’s help.
1. What is the dialog about? D. She is offering her help.
A. A birthday present.
B. Eddy’s watch. For questions 6 and 7, choose the correct
C. Eddy’s birthday. answer based on the following sentences.
D. Eddy’s aunt.
1. Shop assistant : Here it is.
2. Which statement is NOT TRUE about 2. Shop assistant : Can I help you?
Eddy’s watch? 3. Shop assistant : Which one? The red
A. He got it as a birthday present. one or the the pink one?
B. He bought it in Singapore. 4. Anna : Yes. Would you take me
C. He wore it on his birthday. the dress over there?
D. He got it from his aunt. 5. Anna : Thank you.
3. Ronnie said, “Wow, what a cool watch you 6. Anna : The red one, please.
have!” What does it mean?
A. He is greeting Eddy. 6. The correct arrangement of the sentences
B. He is giving information to Eddy. is ________.
C. He is complimenting Eddy’s watch. A. 1–6–2–4–3–5
D. He is offering his help. B. 2–4–3–6–1–5
C. 2–6–1–4–3–5
Read the dialog and answer questions 4 D. 3–6–2–4–1–5
and 5. 7. Anna said, “Would you take me the dress
Rio : You look busy. Want a hand, Donna? over there?” What does it mean?
Donna : If you don’t mind, please take the A. She is asking for information.
cups on the table. Then, bring them B. She is giving information.
to the kitchen. C. She is giving something.
Rio : O.K. D. She is asking for help.
8. Andra : Please taste the soup I’ve made.
Paula : Sure, thanks.
Andra : What do you think?
Paula : _______.
A. Um . . . it’s delicious
B. Please don’t bother
C. That’s right
D. Certainly

157
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1
Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13. 13. ”The Borobudur Temple is really magnificent.”
(Paragraph 1) The word ‘magnificent’ has
the same meaning as ________.
A. fabulous B. unbelievable
Dear Mellyani,
C. attractive D. strange
On my last school holiday, my
classmates and I went to Borobudur. The
Read the text and answer questions 14 to 18.
Borobudur Temple is really magnificent.
The hugeness of the temple really
impressed me. How could our ancestors
build such a big temple? It was amazing. In Kupang, May 7, 2009
the temple, we went upstairs step by step. Dear Paula,
Walking around the temple, we saw Hello, Paula. How are you? It’s been
many reliefs on the temple walls. Some a month since I last heard from you. Well,
foreigners seemed interested in them. I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospital
I overheard their conversation with the last week. According to the doctor, I got
guide. Actually, the reliefs tell a story. a dengue fever.
It was really a nice experience! I hope At first, I felt my body became weak,
you can go there someday. then I fainted when I was studying in the
classroom. Soon, I was taken to the
Cheers, hospital because of the high fever. At the
hospital, I was brought into the emergency
Renny unit. The doctor immediately gave some
treatment. Finally, I had to stay there for
9. Whom did Renny go to Borobudur with? one week. Every day the doctor kept me on
A. Her tour guides. a drip. At the seventh day, my condition
B. Her classmates. was getting better. After the final check, the
C. Renny’s friends. doctor gave me permission to go home.
D. Some foreigners. Now, I’m feeling much better. Because
of my illness, I am now more careful about
10. Renny admired the temple because of its keeping in my house clean, especially my
________. room. I don't want to get the same illness
A. visitors B. reliefs again.
C. stones D. size O.K., I think that’s all from me. Please
11. Which of the following statement is NOT write to me soon. Bye.
TRUE about Renny?
A. She is a student. Regards,
B. Mellyani is one of her friends.
C. She didn’t enjoy the holiday. Nadira
D. She really enjoyed visiting the Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII
Borobudur Temple. Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
12. “In the temple, we went upstair step by
step.” (Paragraph 2) 14. What is the purpose of the letter?
The word ‘we’ refers to ________. A. To tell about a dengue fever.
A. Renny B. To tell about the doctor’s treatment in
B. the foreigners hospital.
C. Renny and her classmates C. To tell about the writer’s daily activities
D. Renny and Mellyani in hospital.
D. To tell the writer’s experience when
she was hospitalized.

UNIT 2 Recount

158

B. Last week.
C. Last month.
D. Two days ago.
15. When was the writer taken to the hospital? 16. How long did the writer stay in hospital?
A. Yesterday. A. Two days. B. Five days.
C. A week. D. Two weeks.
17. “The doctor immediately gave some
treatment.” (Paragraph 2) 20. What did the workmen find?
What does the underlined word mean? A. An 8-meter long phyton.
A. Straightly. B. An 8-meter long cobra.
B. Finally. C. A 9-meter long phyton.
C. Carefully. D. A 9-meter long cobra.
D. Formally.
21. How was the snake when a workman was
18. What can the writer learn from her approaching it?
experience? A. It didn’t move.
A. Doctor always gives immediate B. It approached the man.
treatment. C. It was dead.
B. She should keep her house clean. D. It poked its head.
C. Her classmates love her.
D. She should study harder. 22. What was the man doing when he saw the
snake?
Read the text and answer questions 19 to 24. A. He was cleaning the drain.
B. He was going to climb the tree.
The workmen who were building the new C. He was going to start to work.
hospital in my town caught a snake last month. D. He was going to sit under the tree.
It was in the drain near the building
construction site. 23. Which statement is TRUE according to the
Early in the morning, a workman was just text?
going to sit under the tree when suddenly he A. The workmen were building a new
saw a long creature lying in the drain. It did not factory.
move when he was approaching it. Then, he B. The snake might belong to the zoo.
shouted to the other workmen who were going C. The workmen brought the snake to
to start to work. Then, they caught the 8-meter the owner.
long phyton and brought it to the authority of the D. The police were trying to find the
zoo in this town. owner.
The diameter of its body was about 24. “Then, they caught the 8-meter long
25 centimeters. They believed that the snake phyton and brought it to the authority of
might belong to someone living in the area. The the zoo in this town.” The word ‘authority’
police were trying to find the owner. has the similar meaning to ________.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa A. writer B. control
Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4 C. attention D. autonomy

19. What is the structure of the story? Read the text and answer questions 25 to 30.
A. Orientation–Complication–Resolution.
When I was an elementary school student,
B. Orientation–Events–Re-orientation.
I had a bad experience which I still regret up to
C. Identification–Description.
now. At that time I really liked the lesson about
D. Goal–Materials–Steps.
social studies. We had the lesson two times
a week, on Tuesday and Friday. On Fridays,
before the lesson began, we always had
a small test or quiz about the previous lessons.
We did the quiz on our test books.
Because I liked the lesson very much,
I always studied hard a few days before, even
a week before the quiz. The result was I always
got very good marks in the quiz. The teacher
was proud of me and always praised me before
other students.

159
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

One day, because I had many things to do,


I hadn't studied before the test. And because
the day before the lesson was a holiday, I went
on a trip with my family. It was enjoyable. We
went to go to the trip in the morning and came
29. Why did the writer cheat?
back home in the evening.
A. Because he/she hadn’t studied.
I didn’t want my mark to be lower than
B. Because the quiz was difficult.
before. So, I decided to cheat. On Thursday
C. Because he/she had a trip the day
evening, I wrote the lesson material on a piece
before.
of paper and put it on my test book.
D. Because he/she wrote the quiz on his
When I did the quiz, I could do it easily.
test book.
I just looked at the lesson material and write it
all. However, my deskmate knew this. Then, he 30. What was the teacher’s opinion according
reported it to my teacher. to the writer?
I was very embarrassed and regretful. A. The writer just cheated once.
Although the teacher didn’t get angry with me, B. The writer never studied hard.
I knew that all the hard effort which I had done C. The writer couldn’t do his/her quiz.
was useless. You know why? Yeah, he had to D. The writer got good marks because
think that I had got good marks because he/she cheated.
I cheated.
B. Change the words in brackets into
25. What is the text about? their correct forms.
A. The writer’s experience when he/she
cheated. 1. I (be) here since last week.
B. The writer’s experience when he/she 2. (Do) Sinta (sweep) the floor this morning?
did a task in social studies. 3. Sinta and Farida (be) in the canteen a few
C. The writer’s experience when he/she minutes ago.
got a low mark. 4. Ellyana (be–not) absent yesterday.
D. The writer’s experience when he/she 5. (you, have) breakfast already?
had a trip with his family. 6. I (not–sleep) well last night.
26. When did the writer have a trip? 7. Mrs. Gunawan (prepare) the party since
A. On Tuesday. 8:00 a.m.
B. On Wednesday. 8. Mr. Arman (teach) here for four years.
C. On Thursday. 9. Susi was watering the flowers when the
D. On Friday. telephone (ring).
10. My father was reading a newpaper when
27. How many times a week did the writer somebody (knock) at the door.
have the quiz?
A. Once. C. Write a recount text about your trip
B. Twice. experience.
C. Three times.
D. Four times.
28. How did the teacher know that the writer
cheated?
A. He saw when the writer was doing it.
B. The writer’s deskmate reported it to
him.
C. The writer’s attitude made him
curious.
D. He saw the writer’s lesson material.

UNIT 2 Recount
160

Ronnie, ”Wow, what a cool watch yo


u
have! Is that a present?” yang artiny
a,
Jawaban Review Unit 2
”Wow, sungguh sebuah jam yang bagu
A. Pilihan Ganda s!
1. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal Apakah itu hadiah?”. Kalimat-kalimat
selanjutnya juga menyatakan bahwa
percakapan tersebut mengenai jam
Eddy (Eddy’s watch).
2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena (asking for help). Pilihan jawaban yang
sesuai dengan kalimat Eddy mengenai lain salah karena bukan merupakan
jam itu, ”Yes, it’s a birthday present jenis ungkapan yang tepat.
from my aunt. She bought it in 8. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Andra
Singapore.” yang artinya ”Ya, ini meminta pendapat Paula mengenai
adalah hadiah ulang tahun dari bibi sup masakannya. Respons yang tepat
saya. Dia membelinya di Singapura.”. adalah ungkapan untuk memberi
Jadi, yang membeli bukan Eddy, tetapi pendapat/memuji, yaitu (A) yang
bibi Eddy. artinya um . . . (masakan) ini lezat.
3. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Ronnie 9. B. Di awal surat, Renny menulis ”On my
artinya ”Wow, sungguh sebuah jam last school holiday, my clasmates and
yang bagus!”. Kalimat ini merupakan I went to Borobudur.”. Jadi, dia pergi
ungkapan untuk memuji bersama teman sekelasnya.
(complimenting). 10. D. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
4. A. Dalam percakapan, Donna kalimat ”The hugeness of the temple
mengatakan, ”If you don’t mind, please really impressed me.”. Kata ’hugeness’
take the cups on the table.” yang yang artinya ’kebesaran’ menunjukkan
artinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan, ukuran (size) candi Borobudur.
tolong ambil cangkir-cangkir di atas 11. C. Dalam surat Renny mengungkapkan
meja.”. Rio menjawabnya, ”O.K.” yang bahwa mengunjungi Borobudur adalah
artinya ”Baiklah.”. Jadi, Rio akan pengalaman yang manis, yang berarti
mengambil cangkir-cangkir di atas dia menikmati liburannya di Borobudur.
meja untuk dibawa ke dapur. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) salah karena
5. C. Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Jika bertentangan dengan hal ini.
kamu tidak keberatan, tolong ambilkan 12. C. Kata ’we’ dalam kalimat tersebut
cangir-cangkir di atas meja.” adalah mengacu pada Renny dan teman-
ungkapan untuk meminta bantuan (ask teman sekelasnya yang pergi ke Candi
for help). Borobudur.
6. B. Percakapan diawali dengan pelayan 13. A. Kata ’magnificent’ mempunyai arti yang
toko yang menanyakan apakah ada sama dengan ’fabulous’, yaitu ’megah’.
yang dapat dibantu (2), lalu Anna 14. D. Dari keseluruhan isi surat diketahui
meminta agar pelayan toko itu bahwa surat tersebut mengenai
mengambilkannya baju (4), pelayan pengalaman penulis saat dirawat di
toko menanyakan baju yang dimaksud rumah sakit (when she was
(3), dan Anna menjawabnya (6). hospitalized).
Selanjutnya, pelayan toko memberikan 15. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
baju tersebut (1) dan Anna berterima kalimat kedua paragraf pertama, ”Well,
kasih kepadanya (5). I just wanted to tell you that I was in
7. D. Kalimat soal artinya ”Maukah Anda hospital last week.” yang artinya ”Ya,
mengambilkan baju di sana?”. Dari saya hanya ingin memberi tahu bahwa
kalimat tersebut diketahui bahwa Anna saya dirawat di rumah sakit minggu lalu.”.
meminta pelayan toko untuk 16. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,
membantunya mengambilkan sesuatu ”Finally, I had to stay there for one
week.” yang artinya ”Akhirnya, saya
harus dirawat di sana selama satu
minggu.”.
17. A. Kata ’immediately’ memiliki makna
’segera’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang
sama dengan straightly yang artinya
langsung.
18. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
”Because of my illness, I am now more
careful about keeping my house clean
especially my room.” yang artinya
161
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

”Karena sakit itu, saya sekarang lebih


hati-hati menjaga rumah tetap bersih,
terutama kamar saya.”.
19. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teks
recount, yang strukturnya adalah
Orientation–Events–Re-orientation. keluarga saya.”. Dari kedua kalimat ini,
20. A. Dalam teks disebutkan ”Then, they dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis
caught the 8-meter long phyton.” yang bertamasya pada hari Kamis (Thursday),
artinya ”Kemudian, mereka menangkap sehari sebelum quiz pada hari Jumat.
ular piton sepanjang 8 meter.”. 27. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan
21. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kalimat ”On Fridays, before the lesson
”It did not move when he was began, we always had a small test or quiz
approaching it.” yang artinya ”Ular itu . . . .” yang artinya ”Setiap Jumat, sebelum
tidak bergerak saat dia pelajaran dimulai, kami selalu
mendekatinya.”. mengerjakan tes kecil atau kuis.”,
22. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan sehingga hanya sekali (once) seminggu.
kalimat, ”A workman was just going to 28. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,
sit under the tree when suddenly he ”However, my deskmate knew this.
saw a long creature lying in the drain.” Then, he reported it to my teacher.”
yang artinya ”Seorang pekerja akan yang artinya ”Namun, teman sebangku
duduk ketika tiba-tiba dia melihat saya mengetahui hal ini. Kemudian, dia
makhluk panjang yang tergeletak di melaporkannya kepada guru.”.
saluran.”. 29. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”. . .
23. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena I hadn’t studied before the test. . . .
sesuai dengan kalimat akhir teks, yaitu So, I decided to cheat.” yang artinya,
”The police were trying to find the ”. . . saya belum belajar sebelumnya.
owner.” yang artinya ”Polisi berusaha .... Jadi, saya memutuskan untuk
menemukan pemiliknya.”. Pilihan mencontek.”.
jawaban yagn lain salah karena tidak 30. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
sesuai isi teks. terakhir teks, ”Yeah, he had to think
24. B. Kata ’authority’ yang artinya ’pihak that I had got good marks because
berwenang’ memiliki arti yang hampir I cheated.” yang artinya ”Ya, guru pasti
sama dengan control atau pengawasan. berpikir bahwa saya mendapat nilai
25. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat baik karena saya mencontek.”.
”I didn’t want my mark to be lower than B. Isian
before. So, I decided to cheat.” yang 1. have been 2. Did, sweep
artinya ”Saya tidak ingin nilai saya lebih 3. were 4. was not
rendah daripada sebelumnya. Jadi, 5. Have you had 6. did not sleep
saya memutuskan untuk mencontek.”. 7. has prepared 8. has taught
Pilihan jawaban yang lain hanya 9. rang 10. knocked
sebagai gagasan pendukung.
C. Esai
26. C. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”On Fridays,
before the lesson began, we always had Contoh jawaban:
a small test or quiz about the previous Last week, my brother and I spent our
lessons.” yang artinya ”Setiap Jumat, holiday in Jakarta. We stayed in Uncle Tonny’s
sebelum pelajaran dimulai, kami selalu house. We went there by bus. We left from
mengerjakan tes kecil atau quiz tentang Yogyakarta on Friday. Before we left, we
pelajaran sebelumnya.” dan juga kalimat prepared some things. First, we booked two
”And because the day before the lesson tickets at the ticket agency.
was a holiday, I went on a trip with my On the departure day, we got on the bus
family.” yang artinya ”Dan karena hari from Giwangan terminal at about 3:00 p.m. After
sebelum pelajaran itu adalah hari libur, that, we stopped to have dinner at Ajibarang.
saya pergi bertamasya bersama After having dinner, we continued our travel. We
arrived at Lebak Bulus terminal early morning.
From the terminal, we took a bus no. C 09. Then,
we arrived at our uncle’s house. It was a long trip,
but we enjoyed it.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VIII
UNIT 2 Recount

162
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. admit and deny facts,
2. congratulate someone,
3. create short functional
texts (lost and found
announcements),
4. tell descriptions of certain
places using spoken
English,
5. write short functional texts
(advertisements),
6. write descriptive texts
about certain places, and
7. use question words and
indefinite pronouns.

You heard that your friend’s brother became the first winner in
the regional athletic competition. When you met him, you asked about
the fact. Your friend admitted the fact. Then, you sent your
congratulations for him.
Do you know kinds of expressions of admithing and denying
facts as well as congratulating? Don’t worry, you’ll find them in this
unit. You can also practice those expressions in the form of
conversations.

163
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1
3.1 Expressions

Admitting and Denying Facts

Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.


Listen! There will be Our football team failed to join
a music festival next month! the coming competition because
of the financial matter.
2
1

No way! We had
That’s right. I’ve done fund raising and
read the brochure. it got a lot of money,

you know.

Congratulating Responding
Pay attention to the bold typed sentences in the dialogs above. The sentences “There will
Fantastic!/Terrific! Thank you.
be a music festival next month!” and “Our football team failed to join the coming
competition because of the financial matter.” areThanks.
I must congratulate you on your success. the expressions of stating facts.
Happy birthday!
Meanwhile, Thank youoffor
the response “That’s right.” is the expression saying so.
admitting a fact and “No way!”
Happy marriage for both of you!
is the expression of denying a fact.
Happy Mother’s Day!
Here are some other expressions you can use to admit and deny facts.

Statements Admitting Facts Denying Facts

● Rina won the speech ● Yes, she did./ ● No, she didn’t. You have
contest, didn’t she? That’s true. got wrong information.
● You got ten in physics, ● I did./You’re right. ● I wish. In fact, I didn’t.
right?
● The students are doing ● Right. ● Are they? I don’t think so.
an experiment in the lab,
aren’t they?
● You told me that Lina ● I did. ● No, I didn’t say that.
UNIT 3 Descriptive
164 would move to Bandung.

Congratulating
Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.
done!
2 work best.
Congratulations!
1 Thank you.
Thank you.

Well is the Your


You deserve win.

You say “Congratulations!” or “Well done!” to appreciate someone’s work or success. Say
“Thanks.” or “Thank you.” when someone congratulates you.

Here are some other expressions of congratulating and their responses.

Congratulating Admitting Facts Denying Facts

_______________________ ___________________ ______________________


_______________________ ___________________ ______________________
_______________________ ___________________ ______________________
_______________________ ___________________ ______________________
_______________________ ___________________ ______________________
Answer the questions orally.
_______________________ ___________________ ______________________
1. When your friend tells you a fact, which you know is true, how will you respond to it?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “It is.” or “That’s true.”
2. When your friend tells you something, but you know that it isn’t true, what will you say?
Congratulating
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “No, it is Admitting
not true.” Facts Denying Facts
3. When your friend won a swimming competition, what would you say to him/her?
– Terrific!
Contoh – Absolutely
jawaban: I will say, “Congratulations! right!
You’re – That is not true.
really excellent!”
4. – What other expressions do you know to congratulate someone? That’s absolutely wrong!
You did a great job! – Yes, it is confirmed. –
– Happy
Contoh birthday!–
jawaban: Nice work!
– Do you? That’s great!
– Well done!
– Long life and healthy!
– Excellent!
– Happy marriage for both
of you!
165
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

A. Listen to your teacher.


Write the sentences you have heard correctly.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. Terrific!
2. You did a great job!
3. Absolutely right!
4. Happy birthday!
5. That is not true.
6. Yes, it is confirmed.
7. Do you? That’s great!
8. Long life and healthy!
9. That’s absolutely wrong!
10. Happy marriage for both of you!

Variasi:
Copy the table below.
Classify the sentences in Task A into their correct groups.
Share your work with the class.

Jawaban:

UNIT 3 Descriptive
166

B. Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Benny and Jaka are on their way to the Bogor Botanical Garden.
Jaka : I’ve never seen a Rafflesia flower in my life before. (1) I wonder what it looks like.
Benny : You’ll be surprised when you see it.
Jaka : Why? (2) Is it beautiful?
Benny : It is.
Jaka : It’s beautiful. So, it must smell good, right?
Benny : No, it is not.
Jaka : (3) Are you sure?
Benny : Well, you’ll find it out yourself when we’ve got there.

A few minutes later, they arrive at the place where the Rafflesia flower is.
Benny : Can you smell something?
Jaka : What smell? (4) I don’t smell anything. (Pointing at the Rafflesia flower.) Is that the
Rafflesia?
Benny : (5) Yes, it is.
Jaka : Wow, it is beautiful!
Benny : (6) Just like what I’ve said. Now, let’s get closer. Do you smell something?
Jaka : Yeah. (7) The smell is really bad. Where does it come from?
Benny : The Rafflesia!
Jaka : (8) No way!
Benny : Well, if you don’t believe me, get close to it and smell it. What do you think?
Jaka : (9) You’re right. It smells really bad.
Benny : O.K., we’ve seen enough. Let’s get away from here. I can’t help the smell.
Jaka : O.K. (10) Let’s go.

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Frank : I heard you got the highest score in math. Is that right?
Liz : Yup.
Frank : (1) Congratulations! You deserved to get it for your hard work.
Liz : (2) Thanks, Frank.
Dialog 2
Tika : You broke the radio, didn’t you?
Dito : (3) No, I didn’t.
Tika : Didn’t you?
Dito : (4) Positive. It had been broken before I used it.
Tika : (5) I’m sorry.

167
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.
Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


Dialog 1
1. What is the dialog about?
2. Why did Frank congratulate Liz?
3. What did Frank say to congratulate Liz?
4. What did Liz say to respond the congratulation?
Dialog 2
5. What is the speakers’ relationship?
6. Where does the dialog take place?
7. What had been broken?
8. Dito said, “No, I didn’t.” What does it mean?

Jawaban:
1. About congratulating someone for her achievement.
2. Because Liz got the highest score in math.
3. He said, “Congratulations!”
4. She said, “Thanks, Frank.”
5. They are brother and sister.
6. At home.
7. It’s a radio.
8. He denies the fact.

C. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task B.
Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Jaka and Benny are going to see a Rafflesia flower.


2. ______ It is the first time for Benny to see a Rafflesia flower.
3. ______ From the beginning Jaka knows that Rafflesia has a terrible odor.
4. ______ Both Jaka and Benny agree that Rafflesia is beautiful.
5. ______ Benny is comfortable to smell the odor.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. It is the first time for Jaka, not Benny, to see a Rafflesia flower.
3. F. Jaka doesn’t know that Rafflesia has a terrible odor, but Benny knows it.
4. T
5. F. Benny can’t help the bad odor.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

168

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dito : Vera, it seems that (1) you have no plan for this afternoon. Do you?
Vera : No, I don’t. What’s up?
Dito : Hm . . . I want to go to Lisa’s house (2) to study together. What if you join us?
Vera : What will you study?
Dito : Math. (3) We will have a math test tomorrow, right?
Vera : A math test! (4) Are you sure about it?
Dito : You must have forgotten. (5) Mr. Ardi announced it a week ago. You can read it also
on our class announcement board.
Vera : Oh, no! O.K., I’ll go with you.
Dito : Fine, I’ll pick you up at two p.m.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.


1. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Classmates.
2. Where will the people go this afternoon?
Jawaban: They will go to Lisa’s house.
3. What will they do there?
Jawaban: They will study together.
4. Why do they need to study together?
Jawaban: To face the coming a math test.
4. What time will Dito pick Vera up?
Jawaban: At two p.m.

C. Listen to the dialog in Task A once again.


Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Vera has already had a plan for this afternoon.
2. ______ Dito will go to Lisa’s house to study together.
3. ______ Vera remembers that there will be a math test tomorrow.
4. ______ The teacher informed about the test to the students last week.
5. ______ The students can read the test information on the school wall magazine.
Jawaban:
1. F. Vera has not had a plan to go this afternoon.
2. T
3. F. Vera forgets that there will be a math test tomorrow.
4. T
5. F. The students can read the test information on the class announcement board.

169
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

D. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the following dialogs.
Answer them orally.
Dialog 1
Teacher : Ariel, here’s your report.
Ariel : Thank you, Sir.
Teacher : Congratulations! You’re the smartest student in this class.
Ariel : Am I, Sir?
Teacher : Yes, you are.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. Who are talking in the dialog?
2. What is the dialog about?
3. Why does the teacher congratulate Ariel?
4. When do you think the dialog occurs?
Jawaban:
1. Teacher and student.
2. About congratulating someone.
3. Because he is the best student in his class.
4. When students receive their reports.
Dialog 2
Mr. Tio: How is your art work so far?
Halim : Finally, I finish it successfully, Dad.
Mr. Tio: May I see it?
Halim : Sure. Here it is.
Mr. Tio: Um, it’s just perfect. Well done! You deserve to get the best.
Halim : Thanks.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. Who are talking in the dialog?
2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
3. What did Mr. Tio say to respond to Halim’s success?
4. Mr. Tio said, “You deserve to get the best.”
What does the word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian mean?
Jawaban:
1. Father and son.
2. At home./In Halim’s house.
3. He said, “Well done! You deserve to get the best.”
4. It means ‘pantas’ or ‘layak’.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan variasi soal ini, sebagai berikut.
Dino : You look so cheerful today. What happened?
Tia : Guess what! The teacher asked me to represent our school for the story telling
competition next month.
Dino : Is it true?
Tia : It is!
Dino : I’m happy for you then.

UNIT 3 Descriptive
170

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. Where does the dialog probably take place?
2. What did the teacher ask Tia to do?
3. What competition will Tia join to represent her school?
4. When will the competition be held?
5. Dino said, “Is it true?” What does it mean?
Jawaban:
1. At school (in a classroom).
2. The teacher asked her to represent her school for the story telling competition.
3. The story telling competition.
4. It will be held next month.
5. He wants to confirm the news.
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
answer.
Jawaban: C
Listen to the dialog and answer questions Dalam percakapan tersebut Dion
1 to 3. memanggil wanita tersebut dengan
4 and 5. sebutan
Jawaban:”Mom”.
D Jadi, yang bercakap-
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: cakap adalah ibu dan anak laki-laki
Dion has arrived home. He has just joined (mother and son).
an English story telling competition. He is 2. Dion succeeded in becoming the
the runner up. ________ winner.
Mother : Hello, dear. You look so tired. Just A. first
sit down and I’ll get you a glass of B. second
orange juice. C. third
Dion : Thanks, Mom. D. fourth
Mother : Here is the juice. Now, tell me. Jawaban: B
How was the competition? Dalam percakapan tersebut, Dion
Dion : It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom. mengatakan, ”I’m the runner up.” yang
Guess what! I’m the runner up. artinya “Saya juara kedua.”. Jadi, pilihan
Here is the certificate. jawaban yang benar adalah (B) second
Mother : Congratulations, dear! You really yang artinya kedua.
make me proud.
3. “It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom.”
Dion : Thanks, Mom.
Mother : Father should know about this. I’ll The underlined word has a similar
call him now. And . . . you’d better meaning to ________.
take a rest. A. worrying
Dion : O.K., Mom. B. exhausting
C. interesting
D. boring
1. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: B
A. Two friends. Kata ’tiring’ artinya ’melelahkan’. Kata ini
B. Father and son. memiliki makna yang hampir sama dengan
C. Mother and son. kata exhausting. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
D. Teacher and student. salah. Worrying artinya mengkhawatirkan,
interesting artinya menarik, dan boring
artinya membosankan.

171
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Listen to the dialog and answer questions


Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I heard
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
4. Why did Saskia want to go to the library?
Fira : Lily, are you going to have lunch at A. To return a novel.
the canteen? B. To read a novel.
Lily : No. I’m going to the library. I need C. To do her homework.
some books. Want to go there too? D. To borrow a novel.
Fira : I’d like to, but I can’t. I have an
appointment with Dina to have lunch
together. Why don’t you go with
Saskia? I heard she wanted to Variasi:
borrow a novel. Dengan percakapan-percakapan yang sama,
Lily : Did she? O.K., I’ll ask her. Thanks guru dapat memberikan soal-soal lain sebagai
for the info, Fira. berikut.
Fira : You’re welcome.
Listen to the dialog and answer questions
1 and 2. she wanted to borrow a novel.” yang
1. What competition did Dion participate in? artinya ”Saya dengar dia (Saskia) ingin
meminjam sebuah novel.”. Jadi, alasan
A. An English story telling competition.
Saskia pergi ke perpustakaan adalah
B. An English speech contest.
untuk meminjam novel (to borrow a novel),
C. An English debate competition.
bukan (A) yang artinya untuk
D. An English competition.
mengembalikan novel, (B) yang artinya
Jawaban: A
untuk membaca novel, dan (C) yang
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
artinya untuk mengerjakan pekerjaan
kedua pengantar percakapan tersebut,
rumah.
”He has just joined an English story
telling competition.”. Pilihan jawaban 5. “Lily said, “Did she?”
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai The underlined word refers to ________.
dengan isi percakapan. A. Dina B. Saskia
2. What did mother say to Dion for his C. Fira D. Fira’s friend
Jawaban: B
success?
Kalimat tersebut diucapkan Lily untuk
A. Well done!
merespons informasi yang disampaikan
B. Good work!
Fira sebelumnya bahwa Saskia juga akan
C. Congratulations!
pergi ke perpustakaan untuk meminjam
D. Fantastic!
novel. Jadi, kata ’she’ merujuk pada
Saskia.

Jawaban: C
Kalimat yang diucapkan ibu Dion untuk
memberi selamat kepadanya adalah
”Congratulations!”.
Listen to the dialog and answer questions
3 to 5.
3. Who are talking in the dialog?
A. Playmates. B. Pen friends.
C. Classmates. D. Two strangers.
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal tentang siapa yang
bercakap-cakap. Jawaban disimpulkan
dari kata kunci ’canteen’ yang artinya
’kantin’ dan ’library’ yang artinya
’perpustakaan’, dan ruangan-ruangan
tersebut biasa ditemukan di sekolah.
Jadi, percakapan tersebut kemungkinan
besar terjadi antara teman sekelas
(classmates). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Playmates artinya teman bermain,
pen friends artinya sahabat pena, dan
two strangers artinya dua orang asing.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

172

Jawaban: A
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang
diucapkan Fira, yaitu ”I have an
appointment with Dina to have lunch
4. Who are going to have lunch together in together.” yang artinya ”Saya punya janji
the canteen? dengan Dina untuk makan siang
A. Fira and Dina. bersama.”. Jadi, yang akan pergi makan
B. Fira and Lily. siang bersama di kantin adalah Fira dan
C. Lily and Saskia. Dina. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
D. Lily and Dina. karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
5. “I heard she wanted to borrow a novel.”
What is the opposite meaning of the
underlined word?
A. use
B. lend
C. keep
D. take
Jawaban: B
Kata ’borrow’ artinya meminjam. Kata
ini berlawanan makna dengan kata
’lend’ yang artinya meminjamkan.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Use
artinya memakai atau menggunakan,
keep artinya menyimpan, dan take
artinya mengambil.
percakapan.

A. Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.


Dialog 1
Dina heard her brother, Setya, got a job as an executive purchasing manager of a publishing
company.
Dina : Mom told me that you got a job. Is it right?
Setya : That’s right. I work as an executive purchasing manager now.
Dina : Wow, great! Congratulations, then!
Setya : Thank you.
Dialog 2
Vera : I heard our homeroom teacher will be retired next month, won’t he?
Dino : That’s what I heard. Well, we need to confirm it.
Vera : You’re right. Let’s ask him.
Dino : Let’s go.

Variasi:
A. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs before.
Dialog 1
1. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: In Dina and Setya’s house.
2. Why did Dina congratulate her brother?
Jawaban: Because he got a new job.
3. What did she say?
Jawaban: She said, “Wow, great! Congratulations, then!”
4. What is Dina’s brother now?
Jawaban: He is an executive purchasing manager.

173
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1
Dialog 2
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It is about the news that the homeroom teacher will be retired next month.
2. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: Classmates.
3. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: At school.
4. What expressions can you find in the dialog? Give examples.
Jawaban: It is the expression of admitting the fact. Example: Vera said, “You’re right.”
B. Read the dialog with proper pronunciation, then answer the questions.
Today is Lika’s birthday, but she looks upset. She thinks everyone forgets it.
Lika : Mom, what date is it today?
Mother : It’s October the fifth. What’s up, dear?
Lika : Don’t you remember something, Mom?
Mother : Do I promise you something?
Lika : No, Mom, but today is my birthday. No one gives me a wish. (Lika begins to cry.)
Mother : Gotcha! Look! We are ready for your birthday party.
Father : Happy birthday, dear. Here’s something for you.
Lika : Thanks, Dad, Mom. I thought you forgot my special day.
Questions:
1. Why did Lika look upset that day?
Jawaban: Because she thought that everyone forgot her birthday.
2. “She thinks everyone forgets it.”
What does the underlined word refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to Lika’s birthday.
3. Did everyone in Lika’s family forget her birthday?
Jawaban: No, they didn’t.
4. What did Lika’s father give her?
Jawaban: He gave her a birthday present.
5. When does Lika celebrate her birthday?
Jawaban: On October the fifth (October 5).
C. Complete the following sentences with correct answers based on the dialog in
Task B.
1. “Today is her birthday, . . . .” The word ‘her’ refers to ________.
2. “ . . . , but she looks upset.” The word ‘she’ refers to ________.
3. “She thinks everyone forgets it.” The word ‘everyone’ refers to ________.
4. “Don’t you remember something, Mom?” The word ‘you’ refers to ________.
5. “No one gives me a wish.” The word ‘me’ refers to ________.
6. “We are ready for your birthday party.” The word ‘we’ refers to ________.
7. “Here’s something for you.” The word ‘you’ refers to ________.
8. “I thought you forgot my special day.” The word ‘you’ refers to ________.
Jawaban:
1. Lika’s 2. Lika
3. Lika’s family members 4. Lika’s mother
5. Lika 6. Lika’s parents
7. Lika 8. Lika’s parents

UNIT 3 Descriptive
174

B. Complete each dialog with the correct expressions in the box.


Then, practice the complete dialogs with a friend.
Dialog 1

a. Here you are


b. You can do it better next time
c. Thank you
d. What score did you get
e. Congratulations

Vega : Hardi, have you received your work paper?


Hardi : I have. Linda gave it to me a few minutes ago.
Vega : Tell me. (1) ________?
Hardi : Well, I got 95.
Vega : Did you? May I see it?
Hardi : Sure. (2) ________.
Vega : You’re right. (3) ________! You must have done it very carefully!
Hardi : (4) ________. So, what about yours?
Vega : I only got 75. Not bad, I guess.
Hardi : Well, (5) ________.
Vega : I hope so.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b
Dialog 2

a. I see
b. Really
c. What do you think
d. do you know what time it is
e. What about the Internet access

Shinta : Ajeng, (1) ________?


Ajeng : Um . . . it’s almost four o’clock. Why?
Shinta : Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the Internet cafe first.
Ajeng : (2) ________. Wait a minute. I know the nearest one.
Shinta : (3) ________?
Ajeng : Although it is small, the access is fast enough and the fare is reasonable.
Shinta : (4) ________?
Ajeng : No doubt. I’ll take you there. (5) ________?
Shinta : O.K., then. Thanks.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c

175
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Variasi:
Complete the statements based on the dialogs in Task B.
1.
According to dialog 1, Hardi got his work paper ________ ago.
2.
Hardi received his work paper from ________.
3.
Knowing Hardi’s score, Vega said, “________”
4.
Hardi’s score is 95 while Vega’s is 75. It means Hardi’s score is ________ than Vega’s.
5.
“You must have done it very carefully.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is
________.
6. Dialog 2 takes place in ________.
7. Shinta and Ajeng are going to the ________.
8. The nearest one is ________, but the access is ________.
9. Ajeng has no ________ that Shinta won’t spend much money to pay the fare.
10. “I know the nearest one.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
Jawaban:
1. a few minutes 2. Linda
3. Congratulations! 4. higher/better
5. carelessly 6. the afternoon
7. Internet cafe 8. small; fast enough
9. doubt 10. farthest

2. Which of the following statements is TRUE


C. Choose the correct answer based on according to the dialog?
the dialogs in Task B. A. Vega got lower score than Hardi did.
B. Hardi and Vega were doing homework.
Read dialog 1 and answer questions 1 to 3. C. Vega knew Hardi’s score before.
D. Hardi received his work paper from his
1. What is the dialog about?
teacher.
A. Expressing certainty on something. Jawaban: A
B. Congratulating someone. Pernyataan yang sesuai dengan isi
C. Requesting someone to do something. percakapan adalah Vega memperoleh nilai
D. Inviting someone. (75) lebih rendah dibanding Hardi (95).
Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Hardi dan
Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut Vega sedang mengerjakan pekerjaan
tentang memberi selamat (congratulating rumah mereka salah karena mereka
someone) kepada seseorang atas sedang bercakap-cakap tentang nilai tugas
prestasinya, yaitu mendapat nilai bagus. mereka. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena Vega mengetahui nilai Hardi sebelumnya
tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. salah karena Vega tidak tahu sehingga dia
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengungkap- bertanya kepada Hardi. Pilihan jawaban
kan kepastian terhadap sesuatu, (D) yang artinya Hardi menerima kertas
(C) artinya meminta seseorang untuk tugasnya dari guru salah karena dia
melakukan sesuatu, dan (D) artinya menerimanya dari Linda.
mengundang seseorang.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

176

berbicara tentang nilai tugas mereka yang


baru saja mereka terima. Dengan
demikian, kemungkinan besar percakapan
3. Where do you think the dialog takes place? tersebut terjadi di kelas. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan tempat yang
A. On the street. B. At home.
tepat untuk membicarakan nilai yang baru
C. At bus station. D. In a classroom.
saja mereka ketahui.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan tersebut kedua tokoh Read dialog 2 and answer questions 4 and 5.
4. Why does Shinta feel upset?
Because ________.
A. she will be at home late Jawaban: A
B. she has no companion Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Well,
C. she doesn’t bring enough money I’m afraid I will arrive home late.” yang
D. she doesn’t know the nearest artinya ”Saya khawatir saya akan tiba di
Internet cafe rumah terlambat.”. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
percakapan.
5. “I’ll take you there.” The underlined word
refers to ________.
A. Shinta’s house
B. Ajeng’s house
C. the Internet cafe
D. their school
Jawaban: C
Kata keterangan tempat ’there’ mengacu
pada nama sebuah tempat yang telah
disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu the nearest
Internet cafe. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena bukan tempat yang
dimaksud.

D. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs, then practice them with a friend.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Mr. and Mrs. Reno hold a house-warming party this evening for their new house.
5 Mr. Wilson : Sure.
4 Mr. Reno : Thank you. Please enjoy the drink. Make yourself comfortable.
3 Mr. Wilson : Thanks, and congratulations for the new house!
2 Mrs. Reno : Good evening, Mr. Wilson. Thank you for coming. Please come in.
1 Mr. Wilson : Good evening, Mr. and Mrs. Reno.

Dialog 2
8 Sekar : He is.
7 Viona : You’re right. How lucky Firman is.
4 Sekar : Listen! Firman is going to join the student exchange program to Australia. He will
be there for about three months.
1 Viona : Sekar, what’s going on here?
6 Sekar : I’m not. If you don’t believe me, read the news on the announcement board yourself.
3 Viona : What news?
2 Sekar : Viona, haven’t you heard the news?
5 Viona : You’re not joking, are you?

177
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1
E. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs
in Task D.
Correct the false ones.
Dialog 1
1. ______ Mr. Wilson was holding a house-warming party.
2. ______ Mr. and Mrs. Reno have a new house.
3. ______ The party was held in the afternoon.
4. ______ Mr. Wilson congratulated Mr. and Mrs. Reno for their new house.
5. ______ Mr. Wilson came to the party with his wife.
Jawaban:
1. F. They were Mr. and Mrs. Reno who were holding a house-warming party.
2. T
3. F. The party was held in the evening.
4. T
5. F. He came to the party alone.
Dialog 2
1. ______ Sekar didn’t know what was going on.
2. ______ There wasn’t any news about Firman on the announcement board.
3. ______ Their school has a announcement board.
4. ______ Viona hadn’t heard the news that Firman would join the student exchange program.
5. ______ Firman will stay in Australia for about two months.
Jawaban:
1. F. She knew what was going on. We know it from what she said, “Listen! Firman will join the
student exchange program to Australia.”
2. F. The news about Firman was written on the announcement board.
3. T
4. T
5. F. Firman will stay there for about three months.

Variasi:
Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswa
menyalinnya di buku masing-masing.
A. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Tiara and Seno are in Uncle Robby’s wedding party. They congratulate him.
4 Uncle Robby : Thank you very much, Seno. Please enjoy yourselves in this party.
3 Seno : Good luck, Uncle. May God bless you and your new family.
2 Uncle Robby : Thank you, Tiara.
1 Tiara : Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle!

178 UNIT 3 Descriptive

Dialog 2
5 4
1 Linda : Good idea! Let’s go.
Vira : Well, that’s what I’m thinking of too. Let’s ask the others.
2 Linda : Vira, haven’t you heard any news about Tia? I wonder why she has been
3 absent for two days.
Vira : Well, Vino told me that her mother is sick and she has to take care of her.
Linda : I see. Listen, what if we go to her house today after school?

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.


Dialog 1
1. What does the dialog tell you about?
Jawaban: Congratulating someone on his wedding.
2. Who involves in the dialog?
Jawaban: Tiara, Seno and Uncle Robby.
3. Tiara said, “Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle!” What does it mean?
Jawaban: She congratulates her uncle on his wedding.
4. What did Uncle Robby say to respond to Tiara’s sentence?
Jawaban: He said, “Thank you, Tiara.”
5. “They congratulate him.” What does the underlined word refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to Uncle Robby.
Dialog 2
1. What are Linda and Vira talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about Tia who has been absent for two days.
2. Why was Tia absent?
Jawaban: Because she had to take care of her sick mother.
3. Who told Vira about Tia’s condition?
Jawaban: Vino did.
4. What does Linda and Vira plan to do after school?
Jawaban: They plan to visit Tia and her sick mother.
5. “Let’s ask the others.” What do you think the underlined words refer to?
Jawaban: Linda and Vira’s friends.

F. Create a dialog based on one of the situations below.


Practice it with a friend in front of the class.

1. Today is your father’s birthday. Congratulate and say your wishes to him.
2. Lia, your little sister, comes to you and shows you her mark in mathematics. She got 10.
Congratulate her.
3. Your friend tells you that one of the biggest fashion stores in your place is offering a big
discount up to 75%. Just by chance, you need to buy a new dress for your birthday party.
Then, you ask your friend to confirm the fact. What would the two of you say?
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Happy birthday, Dad. May God bless you with a long life.
Your father : Thank you, dear.

179
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

2. Lia : Look! I’ve got ten for math!


You : Congratulations! You’re really my brilliant sister.
Lia : Thank you.
3. Rina : Listen! The Silhouette fashion store is offering a big discount up to 75%!
Dewi : Really?
Rina : I am sure.
Dewi : What a coincidence! I just want to buy a new dress for my coming birthday party.

Variasi:
A. Write suitable responses for the following expressions.
Share your work with the class.

1. A : Look! I’ve got an A for my biology paper!


B : ______________________________________________________________
2. A : Listen! Dono is accused of stealing Rina’s money.
B : ______________________________________________________________
3. A : The government will build some new freeways.
B : ______________________________________________________________
4. A : Mother, happy Mother’s Day. I love you.
B : ______________________________________________________________
5. A : It’s unbelievable that our team lost the game yesterday.
B : ______________________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:
1. That’s great! Well done!
2. That’s a mistake. Dono is an honest person. I’m sure he didn’t do such a bad thing.
3. It is. I’ve read about it in the newspaper.
4. Thank you, dear. I love you too.
5. It is, but that’s the fact.
B. Make two dialogs based on the guidelines below.
Then, practice the dialogs in front of the class with your friend.
1. Sita Handi
responds to the greeting. He tells Sita
greets Handi. She asks where that he will go to the market.
Handi will go.
says that the fact is true. He explains
tells Handi that the market was that he is going to check his uncle’s stall
caught on fire last night. in the market.

accepts the offer and expresses his


responds to Handi’s explanation. gratitude.
She offers to join him.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

180

2. Nia Ari
competition.
tells Ari that the teacher has chosen her
to represent the school in the computer expresses her gratitude.
responds to the news. Then, he
congratulates Nia.
expresses her promise. She asks Ari to

reminds Nia to practice more so


that she will win the competition.

says his willingness.


help her whenever she is in trouble.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Sita : Hi, Handi? Where are you going?
Handi : I’m going to the market.
Sita : What? Listen, the market was caught on fire last night!
Handi : I know that. I’m going there to check my uncle’s stall whether it was burnt down
or not.
Sita : I see. If that’s so, may I join? Who knows I can help something.
Handi : Of course. Thanks.
2. Nia : Listen! The teacher has chosen me to represent the school in the computer
competition!
Ari : Has he? That’s great! Congratulations!
Nia : Thank you.
Ari : Remember! From now on, you have to practice more and more.
Nia : Surely I will. But, will you help me whenever I need help?
Ari : Of course, I will help you and support you.

3.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the monolog and study the explanation.


Listen, all, I want to tell you about a very interesting place from the eastern part of our
archipelago, Papua. This place is Baliem Valley. Have you ever heard this name before?
O.K., listen to me carefully.
Well, the Baliem Valley, which is sometimes known as the Grand Valley, is one of the
highlands of Papua province. The valley is about 80 km in length and 20 km in width and lies
at an altitude of about 1,000 m, with a population of 100,000. This place is occupied by the
Dani people. And . . . the main town in the valley is Wamena. It has very beautiful scenery
with the blue sky above it.

181
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

You know, as far as the outside world was concerned, the Baliem Valley along with the
unexpected presence of its large agricultural population was discovered by Richard Archbold
on his third zoological expedition to New Guinea in 1938. Since then the valley has gradually
been opened up to a limited amount of tourism. Now, the Baliem Valley becomes one of the
major tourist spots in Papua. Many tourists, domestics and overseas, have visited the place.
O.K., that’s my description about the Baliem Valley. Thanks for listening.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baliem_Valley (Desember 28, 2008)

The text above is a spoken descriptive text. In spoken texts, there is usually interaction
between speakers and listeners. Therefore, in such texts, you can find some fillers, such
as well . . ., um . . ., you know . . . and listen, all.

Written Text

Read the text and try to understand its generic structure.

Title Thousand Islands

Thousand Islands (Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the


Identification only regency of Jakarta, Indonesia. It lies on the Java Sea,
precisely on the north of Jakarta, the capital city of Indonesia.

The entire area consists of a string of 105 islands which


stretch 45 kilometers north into the Java Sea, with the closest
lying in Jakarta Bay only a few kilometers off mainland Jakarta.
With a total land area of 8.7 km2, the population of the
entire islands is about 20,000. Pramuka Island is the regency
seat of the Thousand Islands; although, the most populated
Description
island is Panggang Island.
The area itself is a marine national park; although,
development is allowed on 37 of the islands. Some others are
uninhabited and some of them are developed to become resort
islands, such as Bidadari, Ayer, Laki, Putri, Pelangi, Sepa and
Bira.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thousand_Islands_(Indonesia) (December 28, 2008)

UNIT 3 Descriptive
182

The text is a written descriptive text.


A descriptive text focuses on the characteristic features of a particular thing, e.g.
a person, an animal or a thing. Descriptions are usually organized to include:
● Identification to the subject of the description;
● Description, presenting the characteristics or the features of the subject, e.g.
physical appearance, qualities, habitual behavior, significant attributes.
Note:
Grammatical characteristics of descriptive texts are:
● use of particular nouns, e.g. Thousand Islands

WH use of the simpleFunction
Word present tense, e.g. The entire area consists of a stringAnswer
Example ... ., Some
others are uninhabited and . . . .
What
● askingnoun
use of detailed for information
phrases to provide
Whatinformation My namee.g.
about the subject,
is your name? is Andi.
With
a total land areasomething
about of 8.7 km2 the population of the entire islands is about 20,000
● use of a variety of types of adjectives, e.g. entire, uninhabited

asking
use of relating for repetition
verbs to provideorinformation
What? I can’t
abouthear you.
the subject, I said
e.g. that I couldn’t
Thousand Islandsgo to
confirmation
(Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is You regency of Jakarta,your
did what?
the only house.
Indonesia
What . . . for asking for a reason, What do you take an To improve my English
asking why English course for? skills.
When asking about time When did Lina leave? An hour ago.
Grammar Section
Where asking in or at what Where do your cousins They live in Denpasar.
place or position
Question Words live?
Which asking about choice Which color do you I want green.
Read the following dialog and understandwant?
the explanation.
Rika : Sani, what does your brother do?
Who asking what or which Who opened the door? Arman did.
Sani : He is an architect.
person or people
Rika : Where does he work?
(subject)
Sani : He works in a constructing company in Jakarta.
Whom asking what or which Whom did you see? I saw our Principal.
Pay attention to the bold-typed
person or peoplewords above. They are called question words. You use
question words to ask certain types of questions (question word questions). You often call
(object)
them as WH words because they include the letters WH, such as Why and HoW.
asking about Whose are these keys? These keys are mine.
Whose
ownership Whose turn is it? It is your turn.
asking for reasons, Why did you come late Because I woke up late.
Why asking what . . . for this morning?
asking about manner How did the man do this He did it carefully and
How work? correctly.
asking about How was your exam? It was rather difficult.
condition or quality

183
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Here are some questions words you can use and their examples.
WH Word Function Example Answer

How far asking about distance How far is your house from Around two kilometers.
school?
How long asking about length How long will it take to About three days.
(time or space) finish the craft?
How many asking about quantity How many cars are there? There are 25 cars.
(countable)
How much asking about quantity How much money do you I have Rp50,000.
(uncountable) have?
How old asking about age How old are you? I am twenty years old.
How come asking for reasons, How come I can’t see her? Because you came
(informal) asking why late.

184

Function Positive Negative Interrogative


To refer to a non- someone, somebody, anyone, anybody, anyone, anybody
specific person/ everyone none (of . . .), no
people one, nobody
To refer to non- something, everything anything, nothing anything
specific thing(s)
UNIT 3 Descriptive
To refer to non- somewhere, anywhere, nowhere anywhere
specific place(s) everywhere

The question word how can be combined with an adjective and an adverb. It functions to
ask about extent and degree. See the examples below.
Source: http://www.englishclub.com/vocabulary/wh-question-words.htm (April 4, 2008)

Indefinite Pronouns
Read the following dialogs and understand the explanation.
1. Vita : Linda, what’s wrong with you? You look sad.
Linda : Someone has broken my calculator.
Vita : I’m sorry to hear that.
2. Tito : Henny, did you see anything on the table?
Henny : No, I didn’t see anything. Did you lose something?
Tito : Yes. I lost my pin.
Henny : I’ll tell you when I find it.
The bold-typed words in the dialogs above are called indefinite pronouns. You use
an indefinite pronoun to refer to a person, thing or place that is not specific. Usually indefinite
pronouns use some and any. Some is used in affirmative/positive sentences, any in questions
and negatives. However, some is also used in questions when you want an affirmative answer.
Example: Did you buy something in the market? Yes, I did. Here are indefinite pronouns.

185
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Answer the questions orally.


1. You have learned recount texts in Unit 2. What is the purpose of a recount text?
Jawaban: To tell past experiences.
2. What elements does it have?
Jawaban: Orientation, event, re-orientation.
3. What are the differences between recount and descriptive texts in general?
Jawaban: A recount text is to tell past experiences while a descriptive text is to describe
something in particular. A recount text has orientation, event, re-orientation.
A descriptive text has identification and description.

A B
1. occupy a. barang dagangan
A. Complete thevendor
2. street following text
b. based
bahan ongorden
what you have heard.
Teks yang 3.dibacakan
stall guru danc.jawaban:
trotoar
4. draperies d. kios, kedai
Do you5. know the biggest market
merchandise e. in Jakarta?
pedagang kaki lima
I guess, it6.should be Tanah
kitchenware Abang
f. Market.
bertebaran
Tanah 7. Abang
sidewalkMarket is precisely
g. (1) situatedmenduduki
menempati, on
Jalan Tanah Abang,
8. crawling Central Jakarta.
h. It is
menawar true that this
market is9.onebargain
of the biggest and i. busiest (2) shopping
perkakas dapur
spots in10.
Indonesia. You
sprawling know, Tanah
j. Abang Market
merayap
started off about 300 years ago as an (3) animal
market. As time goes by, now it (4) occupies
a three-storey commercial building. It also spills over to
the hundreds of (5) street vendors sprawling in the
area. They take up not just the (6) sidewalks but also
part of the road. No wonder the traffic there is often
Picture source: http://www.news_okezone_com
crawling.
The market opens (7) daily, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The stalls there sell mainly textiles, apparel,
carpets and draperies. However, one can also find imaginable (8) merchandises, such as home
accessories, (9) kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and even rifles! Fruits, soft drinks and snacks
abound. Like other markets, buyers can (10) bargain the prices offered by sellers.
Adapted from: http://travel.yahoo.com/p-travelguide-2881455-tanah_abang_market_jakarta-i?action=describe
(December 28, 2008)

UNIT 3 Descriptive
186

Variasi:
A. Read the following words.
Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.
Jawaban:
1. g
2. e
3. d
4. b
5. a
6. i
7. c
8. j
9. h
10. f

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A correctly.


Contoh jawaban:
1. The government has occupied the bankrupt bank for two months.
2. The street vendors have caused traffic jams in front of the market.
3. My aunt has two stalls that sell fruits and snacks.
4. There are many attractive motifs of the draperies in the shop.
5. All guests of the exhibition can find any wooden and rattan merchandise.
6. My aunt needs to buy some kitchenware for her new house.
7. It is a common thing that many vendors build their stalls on the sidewalk.
8. My little brother likes crawling here and there.
9. If you shop in traditional market, try to bargain the offered price.
10. You can find many attractive stalls sprawling in the area of night fair.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text in Task A.
Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What is the text about?
2. When did the market open for the first time?
3. What was actually the market on its first opening?
4. Where is the market situated?
5. Why is the traffic there often crawling?
6. What time does the market open?
7. What do most stalls in the market sell?
8. What kind of imaginable merchandises are mentioned in the text?
9. Can we find kitchen utensils in the market?
10. Do the sellers offer fixed prices for all items? How do you know?

Jawaban:
1. The description of Tanah Abang Market.
2. 300 years ago.

187
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

3. An animal market.
4. On Jalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta.
5. Because hundreds of street vendors sprawling in the area take up not just the sidewalks but
also part of the road.
6. It opens daily from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
7. They sell mainly textiles, apparel, carpets and draperies.
8. There are home accessories, kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and rifles.
9. Yes, we can.
10. No, they don’t. From the statements, “. . . buyers can bargain the prices offered by sellers.”

Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan teks berikut sebagai latihan.
A. Listen to your teacher carefully.
Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Hi, guys. Have you ever been to Madura Island? Not yet? Well, I’m going to tell you about
this (1) island.
Madura Island is part of East Java that consists of four (2) regencies. It has excellent
quality of (3) agriculture outputs and beautiful tourist resorts and more. Well, Madura is about
160 km in (4) length and about 40 km across at its widest point. You know, Maduranese
(5) population is about 3 millions, most of them are farmers or fishermen.
The most famous (6) attraction of this island is the annual bull racing (kerapan sapi), which
takes place during the (7) dry season in August – September. Um . . . the bull racing is
a race between two pairs of (8) bulls, each team pulling a rider and sled. Then, the (9) final
race is held in Madura’s capital, Pamekasan on October.
Last but not least, Madura has been well-known for its batik textile (10) production, you
know. The most popular batik is at Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan. Well, that’s all about Madura Island.
Adapted from: http://www.eastjava.com/tourism/bangkalan/index.html (June 26, 2007)

B. Listen to your teacher carefully.


Answer his/her questions based on the text in Task A correctly.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What is the text about?
2. In which part of Java is the island located?
3. How wide is Madura Island?
4. How many inhabitants are in the island?
5. What do most of the inhabitants do for a living?
6. What is the most famous attraction in Madura?
7. When does the attraction usually take place?
8. What is the bull racing?
9. Where does a final race usually take place?
10. Where can we find the most popular batik textile production in Madura?

Jawaban:
1. The text is about the description of Madura Island.
2. East Java.
3. It is 40 km wide.

UNIT 3 Descriptive
188

4. There are 3 millions.


5. Farmers and fishermen.
6. A bull racing.
7. During the dry season in August to September.
8. A race between two pairs of bulls, each pairs pulling a rider and sled.
9. In Pamekasan.
10. At Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan.

C. Listen to your teacher carefully.


Complete the statements based on the text you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Let me tell you about our neighbor country Singapore. Singapore is an island city of about
4 million people. It’s a beautiful city with lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a clean city.
Most of the people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. The business district
is very modern, with lots of tall new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older
sections. In Chinatown there are rows of old shop houses. The government buildings in
Singapore are very beautiful and dated from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous for its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping
centers. Most of the goods are duty free. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay
and European food, and the prices are quite reasonable.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. Singapore is our ________ country.


2. Singapore is a very ________ and ________ city.
3. There are many ________ and ________ in the city.
4. The Singapore’s business district is ________.
5. The island city has also some nice ________.
6. There are many good ________ in Singapore.
7. Most of the goods in Singapore are ________.
8. The Singapore’s ________ sell many kinds of food.
Jawaban:
1. neighbor 2. beautiful; clean
3. parks; open spaces 4. very modern
5. older sections 6. shopping centers
7. duty free 8. restaurants

189
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Variasi:
Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task C.
1. What is Singapore like?
Jawaban: It is a beautiful island city with lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a clean
city.
2. How big is the population of Singapore?
Jawaban: It is about 4 million people.
3. Where do most people live?
Jawaban: Most people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island.
4. Is the business district old fashioned? Why do you say so?
Jawaban: No, it is not. The statement explains that the business district is very modern,
with lots of tall new office buildings.
5. What can we find in Chinatown?
Jawaban: We can find rows of old shop houses.
6. Are the Singapore’s government buildings old ones? Why/Why not?
Jawaban: Yes, they are because they are dated from the colonial days.
7. What is Singapore most famous for?
Jawaban: It is most famous for its shops and restaurants.
8. How are the food prices in the restaurants?
Jawaban: They are reasonable.

D. Your teacher will tell you an interesting place.


Retell it using your own words.

You may use the following words.


● glorious ● Navy officer
● honor sword ● confidence
● seriousness ● sustained
● diorama ● masterpiece
● devotion

Picture source: www.photobucket_com

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Let me tell you about Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. You may call it Monjaya. Anyway, do
you know the meaning of “Jalesveva Jayamahe”? Well, it means “in the sea we are glorious”.
The Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or
Indonesian National Navy officer. He wears a complete uniform with his honor sword
upstanding. The officer stares toward the sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready to
dash against the wave and go through storm.
This monument was built in Ujung Surabaya, East Java and the first stone was set on
December 5, 1990. It is a statue as high as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as high
as 26.1 meters. On some parts of the building, there is a diorama of heroic history of the navy
since the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. The creative sculptors and architects

UNIT 3 Descriptive
190

of the building are Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers. They are joined in The Nyoman
Nuarta Group.
The monument is great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It has a high
historic value, as the reflection of the highness of Indonesian nation as the maritime nation
one. The other meaning of this statue figure is as the readiness symbol to receive the
devotion from generation to the next generation.

Adapted from: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=297http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/cities/sby/


tourobj/monjaya.htm (December 28, 2008)
Contoh jawaban:
Listen, friends. I’d like to tell you a very interesting place. It is Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument
or usually called Monjaya. Before I tell you further, can you to tell me the meaning of Jalesveva
Jayamahe? Raise your hand, please. Very good! It means in the sea we are glorious.
As you can see from the picture, this monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or
Indonesian National Army-Navy officer. Look! The officer wears a complete uniform with his honor
sword upstanding. He also stares toward the sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready to
dash against the wave and go through storm.
You can find this monument in Ujung Surabaya, East Java. The construction of the monument
began on December 5, 1990. Do you know the height of the monument? Well, the statue itself is as
high as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as high as 26.1 meters. Quite tall, isn’t it?
Besides, on some parts of the building, you can see a diorama of heroic history of the navy since
the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. Acting as the creative sculptors and architects
are Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers who are joined in The Nyoman Nuarta Group.
Well, the monument is truly great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It has
a high historic value, for reflecting the highness of Indonesian nation as the maritime nation one.
Further, this statue figure also functions as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from
generation to the next generation.
O.K., that’s about the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. I hope we can visit it someday.

Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal lain seperti berikut.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


I’m going to tell you about Tawangmangu. Wells, . . . Tawangmangu is a recreational
resort offering cool weather, scenic views, swimming pools, bungalow style hotels and
restaurants. Tawangmangu is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes of
Mount Lawu, with an elevation of 1,300 m above sea level. It’s quite cool, you know.
This place has some temples in ruins, a national park and the beautiful 40 m high waterfall
of Grojogan Sewu.
Adapted from: http://www.hoteltravel.com/indonesia/central java/guides/sightseeing.htm (January 30, 2007)
Contoh jawaban:
Hello, friends. Let me tell you about Tawangmangu. You know, . . . Tawangmangu is
a very popular recreational resort in Central Java. This place offers cool weather, scenic views,
wonderful waterfalls and swimming pools. For accommodation, there are many bungalow style
hotels and restaurants around the resort.
The place is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes of Mount Lawu, with an
elevation of 1,300 m above sea level. I tell you that it’s quite cool. This place has some temples in
ruins and a national park. Besides, you can find the beautiful 40 m high waterfall of Grojogan
Sewu. So, if you like to have a trip close to nature, Tawangmangu is one of the choices.

191
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

E. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task D.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ “Jalesveva Jayamahe” means “on the land we are glorious”.
2. ______ The monument describes a figure of a general Indonesian National Navy.
3. ______ The statue of the Navy officer wears a complete uniform.
4. ______ The monument lies in East Java.
5. ______ The monument consists of three parts.
Jawaban:
1. F. “Jalesveva Jayamahe” means “in the sea we are glorious”, not “on the land”.
2. F. The monument describes a figure of a middle rank officer of Indonesian National Navy
(general is the highest rank in an army).
3. T
4. T
5. F. The monument consists of two parts, i.e. the statue itself and the sustained building.

Variasi:
Guru dapat menambah pernyataan-pernyataan yang lain sebagai berikut.
1. ______ The monument has no historic value at all.
2. ______ The monument reflects our country as a maritime nation.
3. ______ We can see dioramas in all parts of the building.
4. ______ The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical
pre-revolution up after the 90’s.
5. ______ The statue functions as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from
generation to the next generation.
Jawaban:
1. F. It has a high historic value.
2. T
3. F. We can see a diorama only in some parts of the building.
4. F. The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical
pre-revolution up until the 90’s.
5. T

Kayoon Market also provides all public


F. Listen to your teacher and choose A, needs from various certifiable bundle
B, C or D for the correct answer. flowers, start from fresh interest, dried
flower and artificial flower both local and
Teks yang dibacakan guru: also imported.
Source: http://www.javatourism.com/
Kayoon Park is located along the
index.php?Page=298 (December 28, 2008)
western bank of Kayoon River. It is an
evening recreation park and specific East 1. What is the monolog about?
Java food center. A variety of water sports A. The description of a particular person.
are performed here, such as sailing, B. The description of a particular thing.
swimming, motor boat and even canoe C. The description of a particular place.
races. To the north of Kayoon Park is the D. The information of a public place.
Kayoon Market, selling beautiful orchids and Jawaban: C
tropical decorative. Monolog tersebut menjelaskan tentang
deskripsi suatu tempat tertentu (the
description of a particular place), yaitu

UNIT 3 Descriptive
192

4. What does the Kayoon Market sell?


A. Beautiful orchids and tropical
decorative.
Taman Kayoon (Kayoon Park) dan Pasar B. Imported orchids.
Kayoon (Kayoon Market). C. Beautiful jasmines.
2. The Kayoon Park is situated along the
________ of Kayoon River.
A. eastern bank B. western bank
C. northern bank D. southern bank
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Kayoon
Park is located along the western bank of
Kayoon River.”, sehingga Taman Kayoon
terletak di tepi barat sungai Kayoon (the
western bank of Kayoon River).
3. There are some water sports available in
the park, except ________.
A. sailing B. swimming
C. canoe races D. parasailing
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
”A variety of water sports are performed
here, such as sailing, swimming, motor
boat and even canoe races.”. Dari sini
diketahui bahwa olahraga air yang tidak
tersedia di Taman Kayoon adalah
parasailing.
Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya taman itu
adalah taman rekreasi pada pagi hari tidak
Jawaban: A sesuai dengan kalimat ”It is an evening
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ” . . . the recreation park . . . .” yang artinya ”Tempat
Kayoon Market, selling beautiful orchids ini adalah taman rekreasi pada petang hari
Point
and tropical decorative.”. Jadi, pilihan Fact of the
. . Sydney
.. ”. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan
jawaban yang benar adalah (A). kalimat ”It is . . . specific East Java food
1. Established In 1973.
5. Which of2.
the following center.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”To the
Locationstatements is NOT
Sydney, New South Wales, Australia.
TRUE about north of Kayoon Park is the Kayoon
3. Kayoon
Size Park andItMarket?
covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120 m wide.
A. The Market, . . . .”, dan (D) sesuai dengan
4.parkCapacity
is a morning recreation park.
25,000 people.
B. The kalimat ”Kayoon Market also provides all
5.parkDesign
offers specific East
It is Java food. The roof looks like giant
very unique. shells.
C. The 6.market is on the north
Functions Kayoon productions as well aspublic
Foroftheatrical
needs from various certifiable
Park. bundle flowers,parties
for weddings, ... and
.”. Jadi, pernyataan
conferences. yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan
D. The 7.market
Homeprovides
of various certifiable
Opera Australia, the Sydney Theaterjawaban
Company (A). and the Sydney
bundle flowers.
Symphony.
8. D.RoomsLow-qualified flowers.
Five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six
bars and many souvenir shops.

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.


Make a list of data about the description of Sydney Opera House.

Sydney Opera House


The Sydney Opera House is a large performing art place. It becomes an Australian icon.
The Sydney Opera House was established in 1973. It is located in Sydney, New South Wales,
Australia. It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120 m wide. The building
can load 25,000 people.
The Opera House is a place for large theatrical productions. It is the home of Opera Australia,
the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. There are five theaters in Sydney Opera
House. There are also five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six bars and many
souvenir shops. The design of the Opera House is very unique. The roof looks like giant shells.
Besides for theatrical productions, the Opera House is also used for other functions. It is used
for weddings, parties and conferences.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

193
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Contoh jawaban:
Variasi:
A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.
Answer the following questions.
Bogor
Have you ever been to Bogor? Let me tell you about it. Bogor was previously known as
“Buitenzorg” meaning “without worries” during the Dutch colonial era. The Dutch chose Bogor to
Pointof the Dutch Governor General in 1745. Fact
be the first palace It wasofrestored
Bogor in 1832. The Bogor
Palace still stands solid and elegant today with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on the
1. Previous name Buitenzorg
green grass under tall old trees.
2. The meaning of the name Without worries.
Further, Bogor is also famous for its Botanical Garden. It covers an area of 87 hectares
3. The famous places Bogor Palace and Bogor Botanical Garden.
with thousands of species of plants from all over the world. Here, you can see the world’s
4. Brief description of Bogor The Bogor Palace still stands solid and elegant today
largest flower, the Rafflesia. It really has bad odor.
Palace with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on the
Adapted from: http://www.indonesia-tourism.com/west-java/places.html (June 26, 2007)
green grass under tall old trees.
5. Brief description of Bogor
Questions:
1. WhatBotanical Garden:
is the text about?
– sizeThe description of Bogor.It covers an area of 87 hectares with thousands of
Jawaban:
2. What– does collection
the word “Buitenzorg”species
mean?of plants from all over the world, including the
Jawaban: It means “without worries”. largest flower Rafflesia.
world’s
3. What was Bogor in 1745?
Jawaban: It was the first palace of the Dutch Governor General.
4. What can visitors see in the garden?
Jawaban: Deer roam freely on the green grass under tall old trees.
5. What has bad odor?
Jawaban: The Rafflesia.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

194

B. Fill in the table based on the text in Task A.


Compare your work with your friend’s.
Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
B. Retell the text in Task A based on the data you have made before.
Contoh jawaban:
I’d like to tell you about the Sydney Opera House. You now, this building has become an icon
of Australia. It was established in 1973. As its name, this building is situated in Sydney, New South
Wales, Australia.
Word Synonym Meaning
Now, talking about its size, this building covers 1.8 hectares of land, it is 183 meters long and
1. 120
around iconmeters wide. mark
No wonder, it canlambang/tanda
load 25,000 people. One thing that makes this building
2. is
famous established founded
the design itself. didirikan/dibangun
You know, its roof looks like giant shells.
3.At the
located situated terletak
moment, this building functions mainly for large theatrical productions. Besides, it’s also
used4.forhome
weddings, partiesbaseand conferences.rumah/pangkalan
Concerning the theatrical productions, this building is
5. design
the home architecture
of Opera Australia, the Sydney rancangan/arsitekstur
Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. To support
6. activities
all the unique there, the special unik/istimewa
Sydney Opera House has five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two main
7. four
halls, giant huge
restaurants, six bars and manysangat
souvenirbesar
shops.
8.Well,
function
that’s all whatuse fungsi/kegunaan
I can tell you about the Sydney Opera House. Thanks for listening.
9. load contain menampung/berisi
10. production outcome produksi/hasil
Sebelum menyuruh siswa melakukan retelling, guru dapat memberi latihan kosakata sebagai
berikut.
Variasi:
A. Find the meaning of the following words according to the text in Task A.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. cover = meliputi, mencakup 2. design = rancangan
3. establish = mendirikan 4. hall = aula
5. icon = lambang 6. load = menampung
7. performing = pementasan 8. rehearsal = latihan, gladi bersih
9. shell = kerang 10. souvenir = cinderamata

195
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

B. Find the synonyms of the following words and their meanings.


Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
C. Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

The Small Hotel

a. beds b. accommodation c. receptionist


d. spend e. located f. holiday
g. comfortable h. friendly i. bathroom
j. lodging k. the room l. luggage
m. expensive n. breakfast o. cost

Dino and Arya are going to (1) ________ their (2) ________ in Semarang. They are going to
spend one night there. For (3) ________, they usually choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit. It is
small, but clean and tidy.
The hotel is (4) ________ near a bus station, and some angkot vehicles pass the main road in
front of the hotel. These vehicles make them easier to go to many places. This hotel provides
(5) ________ and (6) ________. Every time they come to the hotel, a friendly (7) ________ helps
them choose a (8) ________ room with two (9) ________. There is a (10) ________ in the room.
Then, the bellboy carries their (11) ________.
The (12) ________ of a room in this hotel is not too (13) ________. This covers the cost of
(14) ________ and the breakfast. The bellboy and the workers of the hotel are kind and
(15) ________.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban:
1. d 2. f 3. b 4. e 5. j
6. n 7. c 8. g 9. a 10. i
11. l 12. o 13. m 14. k 15. h

UNIT 3 Descriptive
196

karena menjelaskan tentang deskripsi


suatu tempat tertentu (describe
a particular place), yaitu hotel di
Semarang tempat Arya dan Dino biasa
D. Choose the correct answer based on menginap. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah
the text in Task C. tujuan teks report, (B) adalah tujuan teks
narrative, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks
1. What does the hotel provide? recount.
A. Lunch.
3. How is the hotel staff? They are ________.
B. An extra bed.
A. kind B. friendly
C. Free transportation.
C. comfortable D. kind and friendly
D. Lodging and breakfast.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”This
teks, yaitu ”The bellboy and the workers of
hotel provides lodging and breakfast.”,.
the hotel are kind and friendly.”. Subjek
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
The bellboy and the workers merupakan
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
karyawan hotel (hotel staff).
2. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To tell something in general.
B. To entertain the listeners.
C. To describe a particular place.
D. To tell past experiences.
Jawaban: C
Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive
menawarkan, dan obtains artinya
mendapatkan.

4. “This hotel provides . . . .” (Paragraph 2) 5. “These vehicles will make them easier to
The synonym of the underlined word is go to many places.” (Paragraph 2)
________. The underlined word refers to ________.
A. reaches A. Dino and Arya
B. offers B. the receptionist and the bellboy
C. presents C. angkot vehicles
D. obtains D. the hotel’s workers
Jawaban: C Jawaban: A
Kata ’provides’ dalam kalimat tersebut Kata ganti orang (pronoun) ’them’
berarti ’menyediakan’. Kata ini memiliki mengacu kepada orang berjumlah lebih
makna yang sama dengan kata presents dari satu dan telah disebutkan di kalimat
yang artinya mempersembahkan. Pilihan sebelumnya, yaitu Dino dan Arya. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah. Kata reaches jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
artinya mencapai, offers artinya sesuai dengan isi teks.

197
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Variasi:
State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task C.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Dino and Arya are going to spend their holiday in the capital city of West Java.
2. ______ They usually choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit.
3. ______ The hotel is big and luxurious.
4. ______ The bus station is quite far from the hotel.
5. ______ There aren’t any public vehicles that pass in front of the hotel.
6. ______ There is a bellboy who carries the guests’ luggage.
7. ______ The hotel bellboy will help the guest choose a proper room for him.
8. ______ The hotel’s price is quite expensive.
9. ______ The cost includes the room and breakfast.
10. ______ All the hotel’s staff are kind and friendly.
Jawaban:
1. F. They are going to Semarang, the capital city of Central Java.
2. T
3. F. The hotel is small, but cleand and tidy.
4. F. The bus station is near the hotel.
5. F. There are angkot vehicles that pass in front of the hotel.
6. T
7. F. It is a hotel receptionist who will help the guest choose his room.
8. F. The hotel’s price is quite cheap or not too expensive.
9. T
10. T

E. Describe the place in the picture orally.


Find the reference about it in the Internet or your book.

Contoh jawaban:
Do you know the building in the picture? Well, it is called
Eiffel Tower. It is one of the most favorite places in the world to
visit. We can see the tower in Paris, France, the world’s fashion
center.
The tower is designed by Alexandre Gustave Eiffel for the
World Fair. Guess what! There are 2,500,000 rivets and 18,038
steel pieces that make up the Eiffel Tower. It first opened on
March 31, 1889. And . . . every seven years workers repaint it
with fifty tons of dark brown paint. During the renovation of the
Eiffel Tower 1,000 tons were removed from it.
You know, the Eiffel Tower weighs 7,000 tons. The base is
412 square feet or 2.5 acres. The tower itself is about 1,052
feet high including the television antenna at the top.
Picture source:http://www.pbase_com Otis Elevator Company had designed glass-walled
elevators, which climbed the legs of the tower to get to the first
and second platforms. From the second floor to the third
platform, which is near the top, four balanced elevators go up
and down in the area. If you looked on a clear day, from the top
platform, the view stretches for 50 miles, around 80 kilometers.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

198

The Eiffel Tower consists of three levels. On the first level are three-glass-confined structures.
Next is the second level. They both contain one restaurant: Le Parisien on the lower level and La
Belle France on the upper level. The third part is the Salle (hall) Gustave Eiffel, where there is
space for business, conferences, expositions, cultural events, and social meetings. There is
a souvenir shop and a snack bar located on the smaller second floor. Even from this level, it is very
possible that an excellent view of Paris can be seen without having to go to the top.
Source: http://www.east-buc.k12.ia.us/00_01/FP/eif/eif; htm, http://library.thinkquest.org/J001664/EiffelTower.html
(December 28, 2008)

Variasi:
Do the task in pairs.
The procedure:
1. Student A reads and understands Text 1, while Student B reads and understands Text 2.
2. Student A asks any information about Text 2 and Student B answers all Student A’s
questions correctly.
3. Change the role. Student B asks any information about Text 1 and Student A answers all
Student B’s questions.
Text 1 (for Student A)
Nusa Tenggara
Nusa Tenggara is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali. Including
the islands of Komodo, Lombok, Flores and Timor, Nusa Tenggara spans a variety of
landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry savannahs. The largest islands
are Lombok and Sumbawa, with hundreds of smaller islands between. East Nusa Tenggara has
566 islands. The long northern arch of the island chain is the result of volcanic activity, whilst
the southern islands are formed from coral deposits.
Most of the eastern islands are arid, due to hot winds blowing from the continent of
Australia and sparsely vegetated. The Western half of Nusa Tenggara is moister and has
denser vegetation. The Northern part of the chain is known for deep lakes contained in the
craters of extinct volcanoes, the most famous of which are the colored mineral lakes on Gunung
Keli Mutu in Flores.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 2 (for Student B)


Kya-Kya Surabaya
Kya-Kya Kembang Jepun is in the shopping center, Kembang Jepun Street that is the
center of eastern Indonesia trade and economy. This place is a spacious outdoor eating place
which opens at night. It is a center of local, national, even international foods. Local foods like
lontong balap, empek-empek Palembang, nasi Padang and also Chinese foods and European-
American foods.
It presents the warm situation feeling of dinner recreation by providing unlimited food and
beverage with the typical food/beverage of the local area (cookery Tionghoa, the middle east
cookery, Indonesia cookery) even invite the youngsters victuals; included of western snacks
(burger, pizza, etc.) and traditional snacks
Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=296 (December 28, 2008)

199
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Contoh jawaban:
Student A : Where is Kya-Kya located?
Student B : In the shopping center, Kembang Jepun Street in Surabaya.
Student A : What is the place actually?
Student B : It is an outdoor eating place.
Student A : When does this place open?
Student B : At night.
....
Student B : What is the name of Nusa Tenggara for?
Student A : It is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali.
Student B : What are the largest islands?
Student A : Lombok and Sumbawa.
Student B : How is the geographical condition of Nusa Tenggara?
Student A : It spans a variety of landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry
savannahs.

F. What is the place that you have visited recently?


Tell your friends about it.
Contoh jawaban:
Last month I visited my grandparents in Surabaya. They took me to the Surabaya Zoo. From
its name, you must know that the zoo lies in Surabaya, East Java.
You know, the zoo was founded based on Dutch General Governor’ 40th policy on August 31,
1916. At the beginning it was named Soerabaiasche Planten-En Dierentuin or in English it means
Botanical and Animal Garden of Surabaya.
Well, the zoo opens daily from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Talking about the ticket price, it’s not expen-
sive, only Rp8,000. There you can enjoy beautiful animals and a plant garden in the middle of the
city. You can see scarce animals, like Sumatran tigers, komodos, Kalimantan crocodiles and
others.
O.K., that’s my description about Surabaya Zoo. Thank you for listening.
Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=300 (December 28, 2008)

A. Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation.

National Museum
National Museum is known among Indonesians as ‘Museum Gajah’ or ‘Elephant Museum’
because of a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant which is mounted in front of it. The elephant,
like the bulk of the museum’s collection, dates back to colonial times. This colonial building with its
Doric columns keeps one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.
The building is designed around a central courtyard that is the museum’s sculpture garden.
The presentation of the exhibits is very simple. Here you can find exhibits from all of the major
kingdoms of Indonesia’s rich Hindu-Buddhist past. Highlights include Sanskrit inscriptions from
Sumatra’s Sriwijaya kingdom and beautiful Hindu statues from East Javanese dynasties. Best of
all is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityavarman standing on human skulls. This
statue holds pride of place at the end of the courtyard and is one of the most important statues
ever made in Indonesia.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

200

The museum also has a huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain.They frame
every dynasty of Chinese history. A whole porcelain stool collected in Aceh is said to be absolutely
unique. You will struggle to find a better collection of antique ceramics anywhere in Southeast-
Asia. Ceramic lovers will also enjoy displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam.
There are also extensive displays of ethnographic materials from all around the archipelago.
You will find artifacts from most of Indonesia’s varied and colorful ethnic groups. These displays
will appeal to both art lovers and people wanting to get an insight into Indonesia’s cultural diversity.
Source: http://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowUserReviews-g294229-d379313-r20369519-National_Museum-
Jakarta_Java.html (December 28, 2008)

Variasi:
A. Answer the following questions based on the text before.
1. What does the text tell you about?
Jawaban: The description of National Museum or Museum Gajah.
2. Why is the museum called Museum Gajah?
Jawaban: Because there is a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant in front of the museum.
3. What is the role of the museum related to preserving artifacts?
Jawaban: It keeps one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.
4. How is the museum designed?
Jawaban: It is designed around a central courtyard that is the museum’s sculpture garden.
5. What can we find in the museum?
Jawaban: We can find exhibits from all of the major kingdoms of Indonesia’s rich Hindu-
Buddhist past.
6. What is the best of all collections in the museum?
Jawaban: It is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityavarman standing on
human skulls.
7. Besides all the artifacts, what other things does the museum display?
Jawaban: A huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain, a whole porcelain stool
collected in Aceh, ceramics displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam and
extensive displays of ethnographic material from all around the archipelago.
8. “You will struggle to find a better collection of . . . .”
What does the word ‘you’ refer to?
Jawaban: The readers.
9. “ . . . one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.”
What does the word ‘astounding’ mean?
Jawaban: It means ‘mengejutkan’.
10. “As well as these exhibits, there are also extensive displays of ethnographic . . . .”
What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word?
Jawaban: Narrow.

201
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

B. Match the following words with their correct meanings the box.
Then, make sentences using the words.

Aa. sebagian
F O besarT N S R b. Wtengkorak
A V H
manusia W c. E kembali
O ke K zaman
d. menarik e. prasasti f. keragaman
Dg. hasil
R kecerdasan
E D manusia
E C E h. Rpameran A M I C i. T halaman
D P
gedung
j. menjaga
E S T A T U E F N O I Q B Y L
1. appeal 2. artifact 3. bulk 4. courtyard 5. date back
6.L exhibit
A H 7.P human U skull
L D 8. Sinscription
C B 9.U diversity
Y A 10.N mount
A
Jawaban:
1. d 2. g 3. a 4. i 5. c
E U N I L P D I I W S L C A G
6. h 7. b 8. e 9. f 10. j
Contoh jawaban:
P Y I B O T E L E P B O Z S K
1. The computer fair will appeal most students in the city.
2. Archeology experts may study the prehistoric age from the found artifacts.
3.H TheTstatue, C like the
E bulkS of the
U shop’s
D collections,
K N is five
E hundred
T CyearsMold. T U
4. Some old buildings have large courtyards.
5.A The Ipictures
N date S backCto myRchildhood
I P Surabaya.
in T I O N I Y R
6. More than a thousand people have visited the art exhibit.
7.N In Tana
C Toraja,
O L canLsee many
we E C
human TskullsIin a cave.
O N U H P T
8. Most of the inscriptions found in our country are written in Sanskrit.
9.T TheGdiversity
A makes I our
P country
O richP of valuable
O R culture
C and E customs.
L A I N
10. There are some security officers in the housing complex to mount and protect the
residents from robbery and such things.
C. Find the words related to National Museum vertically or horizontally.
Then, find their meanings.
A F O T N S R W A V H W E O K

D R E D E C E R A M I C T D P

E S T A T U E F N O I Q B Y L

L A H P U L D S C B U Y A N A

E U N I L P D I I W S L C A G

P Y I B O T E L E P B O Z S K
202
H T C E S U D K N E T C M T U

A I N S C R I P T I O N I Y R

NUNIT 3CDescriptive
O L L E C T I O N U H P T

T G A I P O P O R C E L A I N

Jawaban:

● ceramic = keramik ● statue = patung


● inscription = prasasti ● collection = koleksi
● porcelain = porselen ● elephant = gajah
● ethnic = etnis, kesukuan ● sculpture = pahatan
● ancient = kuno, antik ● dynasty = dinasti

B. Match each description with the correct picture.


Then, write the name of each place.
c
a b

Picture source: http:// Picture source: http://


Picture source: http:// WALLlibrary_ www.omega_files_wordpress_com www_nationalgeographic_com
thinkquest_org

203
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

1. Borobudur is a Buddhist monument in Central Java. It was built in the ninth century. Borobudur
has 2,672 reliefs and 504 Buddha statues. The reliefs illustrate the journey of pilgrims to three
levels in Buddhist cosmology. Those three levels are Kamadhatu, Rupadhatu, and
Arupadhatu. Borobudur is still used for pilgrimage.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

2. To the northwest and north of Beijing, a huge, serrated wall zigzags its way to the east and
west along the undulating mountains. It is said to be visible from the moon. With
a total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu Pass in Gansu Province in the
west and to the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning Province in the east.
Source: http://www.chinavista.com/travel/greatwall/greatwall.html (January 7, 2009)

3. This is a statue of a reclining lion with a human head that stands on the Giza Plateau on the
west bank of the Nile, near modern-day Cairo, in Egypt. It is the largest monolith statue in the
world, standing 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m high. It is the oldest known monumental
sculpture, and is commonly believed to have been built by ancient Egyptians in the third
millennium BC. It faces due east and houses a small temple between its paws.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Sphinx (January 7, 2009)

Jawaban:
1. c Borobudur Temple 2. a The Great Wall of China
3. b Sphinx in Giza

Variasi:
A. Do the tasks.
Untuk mengetahui pemahaman siswa tentang teks-teks deskriptif sederhana di atas, guru
dapat memberi soal-soal atau latihan-latihan pengayaan sebagai berikut.
Text 1
State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Borobudur is a holy place for the Hindust people.
2. ______ Borobudur is located in Central Java.
3. ______ Borobudur was built in the tenth century.
4. ______ There are three levels in Buddhist cosmology.
5. ______ Borobudur has 2,672 statues.
Jawaban:
1. F. It is a holy place for the Buddhist people.
2. T
3. F. It was built in the ninth century.
4. T
5. F. It has 2,672 reliefs and 504 statues.
Text 2
Complete the following statements based on the text.
1. The Great Wall lies on ________ of Beijing.
2. The Great Wall is ________ long.
3. The fabulous building extends to ________ and to ________.
4. The wall was built along ________.
5. “With a total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu Pass . . . .”
The underlined word refers to ________.

UNIT 3 Descriptive
204

Jawaban:
1. the northwest and north
2. over 6,000 kilometers
3. the Jiayu Pass in Gansu Province in the west; the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning
Province in the east
4. the undulating mountains
5. the Great Wall
Text 3
Answer the following questions correctly.
1. Where is the statue located?
Jawaban: It was situated on the Giza Plateau on the west bank of the Nile, near
modern-day Cairo, in Egypt.
2. What is the size of the statue? Explain it.
Jawaban: It has 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m high.
3. When was the statue built?
Jawaban: In the third millennium BC.
4. Who built the monumental statue?
Jawaban: Ancient Egyptians did.
5. What does the statue look like?
Jawaban: It looks like a reclining lion with a human head.
B. Match each description with the correct picture and name it.
b
a

Picture source: http:// Picture source: http://


www.bensguide_gpo_gov www_drreissner_de

1. Thousands of people visit Pisa’s famous tower in Italy each year and wonder just how
much longer it can exist without falling. Millions of dollars have been spent to stop the
tower crashing to the ground. Soft, shifting soil has always been the tower’s problem.
Recently, it was discovered that the tower had moved two millimeters.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

2. The building is located at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue in Washington D.C. It is a huge


house where the president of the United States of America stays and works during his
term. People first recognized the building as the Presidential Palace and Theodore
Roosevelt gave the name White House in 1901.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

205
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Jawaban:
1. b The leaning tower of Pisa
2. a The While House
C. Do the following tasks based on the texts in Task B.
Text 1
Answer the following questions correctly.
1. How much has been spent to save the tower?
Jawaban: Millions of dollars.
2. Where can you see the tower?
Jawaban: In Italy.
3. What has always been the tower’s problem?
Jawaban: Soft, shifting soil.
4. What was the recent discovery?
Jawaban: It was that the tower had moved two millimeters.
5. How many people visit the famous tower each year?
Jawaban: Thousands of people.
Text 2
Complete the following statements based on the text.
1. The White House is in Washington D.C., precisely at ________.
2. The building is the place where ________.
3. Firstly, people called the building ________.
4. The name of the building changed into the White House in ________.
5. The president of the U.S.A who gave the name White House was ________.
Jawaban:
1. 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue
2. the president of the United States of America stays and works during his term
3. the Presidential Palace
4. 1901
5. Theodore Roosevelt

C. Complete the utterances with correct Wh-questions.


1. A : ________ are the architects of the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument?
Q : Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers.
2. A : ________ money do we need to renovate the old house?
Q : More than ten million rupiah, I guess.
3. A : ________ can you see the big Jam Gadang?
Q : In Padang, West Sumatra.
4. A : ________ do you like to visit museums?
Q : Because the museum collection tells a story about certain past events.
5. A : ________ city do you want to spend your long holiday in?
Q : Sydney, of course.
Jawaban:
1. Who 2. How much
3. Where 4. Why
5. Which

UNIT 3 Descriptive
206

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.
1. A : ________ is the beach from your hometown?
Q : About ten kilometers far.
2. A : ________ does your father usually ride a motorcycle?
Q : Around 60 kilometers per hour.
3. A : ________ was the old house built?
Q : A hundred years ago.
4. A : ________ do you see in front of the Nasional Monument?
Q : A small, sculpture of an Asian elephant.
5. A : ________ house is on the corner of the street?
Q : It is Mr. Sanjaya’s house.
Jawaban:
1. How far 2. How fast 3. When 4. What 5. Whose

D. Complete the sentences with correct indefinite pronouns.


1. Adi : Did you see (a) ________ in this room an hour ago?
Tiara : No, I saw (b) ________.
2. Dion : Have you planned to go (a) ________ next holiday?
Rika : Yes. I have decided to go to Bali. What about you?
Dion : I don’t go (b) ________. My uncle’s family is going to visit us.
3. Tesa : Who will join the rafting activity next week?
Rika : ________ of us. It’s dangerous for those who are less experienced.
4. Tika : Did you buy (a) ________ in the bazaar?
Rani : Yeah, I bought this desk lamp. But, my sister bought (b) ________.
5. Dita : Hi, Dita! Are you going (a) ________?
Flo : Hi, Flo! Yes, I am. I’m going to the supermarket. I want to buy (b) ________.
Jawaban:
1. a. anyone/anybody b. no one/nobody
2. a. somewhere b. anywhere
3. None
4. a. anything b. nothing
5. a. somewhere b. something

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.
1. I don’t know ________ in this room. I feel I am a stranger here.
2. My mother went to the supermarket to buy ________.
3. Luckily, ________ got seriously injured in the accident this morning.
4. I lost my wallet this morning. I dropped it ________ on my way to work.
5. ________ has stolen my motorcycle.
Jawaban:
1. anyone/anybody 2. something 3. nobody
4. somewhere/Somebody 5. Someone/Somebody

207
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

gambaran kota Bandung. Jadi, tujuan teks


tersebut adalah untuk mendeskripsikan
tempat tertentu (to describe a particular
place). Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct untuk menceritakan peristiwa lampau
answer. adalah tujuan teks recount, (C) yang
artinya untuk menghibur pembaca adalah
Bandung
Bandung is the provincial capital of West
Java, Indonesia. It is situated in the Java Island
on a highland plateau about 768 meters above
sea level. The city is surrounded by mountains
and located in the middle of prehistoric lake.
The main part of Bandung lies to the south
of the railway line that crosses the city from
east to west. Most of the banks, airlines, tourist
offices and five-star hotels are located here,
along with the alun alun, as the main square in
Indonesian cities is called. The principal
thoroughfare, Jalan Asia Afrika, is in this part of
town. There is also Jalan Braga, which was the
up-market shopping area in colonial times and
is now the center of Bandung’s nightlife. Most
of the city’s budget accommodation and many
of its huge shopping malls are also in this area.
On the other side of the railway are the
elegant residential areas of the old Dutch
suburbs with their wide tree lined streets,
gardens and parks. The urban area stretches
north along two parallel arterial roads, Jalan
Setiabudi and Jalan Juanda, to the hills of Dago.
The offices of the West Java provincial
government, the Bandung Institute of
Technology and the zoo are located in this area.
Although Bandung is only about 200 years
old, it has many places of historic and cultural
interest, not least its museums and art deco
architecture.
Source: http://www.bandungtourism.com/
home_brief_e.php (December 28, 2008)

1. What is the purpose of the text?


A. To tell a past event.
B. To describe a certain place.
C. To amuse the readers.
D. To describe something in general.
Jawaban: B
Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive
karena berisi tentang deskripsi atau
Braga, which was the up-market shopping
area . . . and many of its huge shopping
malls are also in this area.” yang artinya
tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yang artinya
”Ada juga Jalan Braga, yang dulu
untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara merupakan kawasan belanja . . . dan
umum adalah tujuan teks report. banyak mal perbelanjaan besar juga
2. The following places are situated near the terdapat di kawasan ini.”, kawasan
city’s main square, except ________. perbelanjaan terletak di sepanjang Jalan
A. many banks Braga (along Jalan Braga). Pilihan
B. 5-starred hotel jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
C. tourist offices sesuai dengan isi teks.
D. the Old Dutch suburbs 4. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
Jawaban: D to the text?
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat “Most of A. The Old Dutch suburbs have narrow
the banks, airlines, tourist offices and tree lined streets.
five-starred hotels are located here, along B. Bandung lies in a mountainous area.
with the alun alun, . . . .”. Jadi, yang tidak C. The West Java provincial government
terdapat di dekat alun-alun kota adalah is situated in Dago.
pilihan jawaban (D) the old Dutch suburbs. D. Bandung has many historical places.
3. Where is the shopping area in Bandung? Jawaban: A
A. Along Jalan Asia Afrika. Pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah
B. Along the alun-alun. pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kawasan
C. Along Jalan Braga. pemukiman Belanda Tua memiliki jalan
D. Between Jalan Setiabudi and Jalan dengan pepohonan yang sempit. Hal ini
Juanda. bertentangan dengan kalimat awal
Jawaban: C paragraf tiga, yaitu ” . . . the Old Dutch
Berdasarkan kalimat “There is also Jalan suburbs with their wide tree lined streets

UNIT 3 Descriptive

208

artinya Bandung memiliki beberapa tempat


. . . .” yang artinya ” . . . kawasan bersejarah, sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . it
pemukiman Belanda Kuno dengan jalan- has many places of historic and cultural
jalan dengan pepohonan yang lebar, . . . .”. interest.”.
Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Bandung 5. “On the other side of the railway are the
terletak di kawasan pegunungan, sesuai
elegant residential areas of . . . .”
dengan kalimat akhir paragraf satu, ”The
(Paragraph 4)
city is surrounded by mountains . . . .” yang
The underlined word has a similar
artinya ”Kota ini (Bandung) dikelilingi oleh
meaning to ________.
pegunungan . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban (C)
A. enchanting B. interesting
yang artinya pemerintahan propinsi Jawa
C. awful D. ugly
Barat terletak di kawasan Dago, sesuai
Jawaban: A
dengan kalimat ”The offices of the West
Kata ’elegant’ mempunyai arti yang sama
Java provincial government, . . . are
dengan kata ’enchanting’, yaitu
located in this area.” dengan ’this area’
memesona. Interesting artinya menarik,
mengacu pada perbukitan Dago (the hills
sedangkan awful dan ugly artinya jelek/
of Dago yang disebutkan pada kalimat
buruk.
sebelumnya). Pilihan jawaban (D) yang

Variasi:
A. Complete the following texts with the correct words in the box.
Text 1

a. very friendly b. named after a British Governor


c. fresh air and clean water d. a small town in South of Bengkulu
e. its strange flower, Rafflesia
Manna, an Unforgettable Small Town
Manna is (1) ________. It lies between Bukit Barisan Hills and the Hindi Ocean. It has
(2) ________. The people there are (3) ________. The houses are mostly in white and blue.
Manna city is also known for (4) ________. It is the biggest flower in the world. Its size is
1.40 m in diameter. It blooms only once a year. Rafflesia is (5) ________, Sir Thomas Stamford
Raffles.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII
Jawaban:
1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b
Text 2

a. there is no sound of traffic b. has tall buildings and broad streets


c. in the same way as their ancestors d. Water sellers and herdsmen wander
e. magnificent views across the river Nile
Egypt’s Capital
Cairo is the largest city in Egypt. Here you can always roll back the centuries. Modern
Cairo (1) ________, equal to any in the capitals of Europe or Australia. From the top floors of
impressive blocks of flats you can gaze at (2) ________.
However, behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys where (3) ________. The only
sounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-holders. (4) ________ through the
streets as their forefathers did thousands of years ago. Many of the poorer people still dress
(5) ________.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

209
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Jawaban:
1. b 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. c
Pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah
B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sedikit
answer. rumah di kota Manna yang berwarna
Read Text 1 and answer questions 1 to 3. putih dan biru karena bertentangan
dengan kalimat ”The houses are mostly
1. What is the main idea of the text? in white and blue.” yang artinya ”Rumah-
A. The biggest flower in the world. rumah kebanyakan berwarna putih dan
B. The small town Manna. biru.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya
C. The Bukit Barisan Hills. kota ini terletak di Pulau Sumatra” benar
D. The white and blue houses. disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It lies between
Jawaban: B Bukit Barisan Hills . . . .”. Bukit Barisan
Jawaban disimpulkan dari judul teks, adalah suatu wilayah di Pulau Sumatra.
yaitu ”Manna, an Unforgettable Small Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya kita
Town”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah dapat menemukan bunga Rafflesia di
karena merupakan gagasan pendukung. kota itu setiap tahun, sesuai dengan
2. Which of the following statements is kalimat ”It blooms only once a year.”
NOT TRUE according to the text? yang artinya ”Bunga Rafflesia mekar
A. The town lies in Sumatra Island. sekali dalam setahun.”, sehingga setiap
B. We can find Rafflesia in the town tahun kita dapat melihatnya. Pilihan
every year. jawaban (D) yang artinya nama Rafflesia
C. A few of the houses in Manna have diambil dari nama Gubernur Inggris,
white and blue colors.
D. The name of Rafflesia is taken from
the name of the British Governor.
Jawaban: C
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Rafflesia is Jawaban: D
named after a British Governor, Sir Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The
Thomas Stamford Raffles.”. only sounds that come to your ears are
3. How often does Rafflesia bloom? the calls of the stall-holders.” yang
artinya ”Satu-satunya suara yang bisa
A. Once a month.
kalian dengar adalah seruan dari
B. Twice a month.
pemilik-pemilik kios.”. Pilihan jawaban
C. Once a year.
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
D. Twice a year.
dengan isi teks.
Jawaban: C
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It 5. “However, behind the modern buildings
blooms only once a year.” yang artinya are narrow alleys . . . .” (Paragraph 1)
”Bunga itu (Rafflesia) mekar hanya The underlined word has an opposite
sekali dalam setahun.”. Pilihan jawaban meaning to ________.
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai A. big B. wide
dengan isi teks. C. long D. short
Read Text 2 and answer questions 4 and 5. Jawaban: B
Kata ’narrow’ artinya ’sempit’, sehingga
4. What can we hear in narrow alleys? kata ini mempunyai makna yang
A. The sounds of car horns. berlawanan dengan kata wide yang
B. The calls of fruit sellers. artinya lebar. Big artinya besar, long
C. The sounds of vehicles. artinya panjang, dan short artinya pendek.
D. The calls of the stall-holders.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

210

A. Rearrange the sentences into proper paragraphs.


Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban:
1. c The gardens of the palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares).
a Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia.
b The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the
adjoining botanical gardens.
2. b The main palace contains private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room,
a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room and the Garuda room (for welcoming State
guests).
c The two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor
(“Royal Gardens of Bogor”) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens are also part of the palace
grounds.
a The grounds of the estate contain several buildings–the largest of which is the main
palace and its two wings.
3. b A herd of spotted deer still range within the palace grounds; a group of these had
originally been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.
a The palace houses an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno.
Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Istana-Bogor (December 28, 2008)

Variasi:
A. Answer the following questions based on the text above.
1. How many presidential palaces are there in Indonesia?
Jawaban: There are six (6).
2. What makes the palace special compared to the other palaces?
Jawaban: Its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the adjoining botanical
gardens.
3. What is the largest building on the ground of the palace?
Jawaban: The main palace and its two wings.
4. What can you find in the main palace?
Jawaban: Private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’
meeting room, a theater room, and the Garuda room.
5. What is the function of the two wings?
Jawaban: As the guest residences for State guests.

211
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

B. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.


Jawaban:

Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia.


Identification The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical
features, as well as the adjoining botanical gardens. The gardens of
the palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares).

The grounds of the estate contain several buildings–the


largest of which is the main palace and its two wings. The main
palace contains private offices for the head of state, a library,
a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room and the
Garuda room (for welcoming State guests). The two wings are
used as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor
Description
(“Royal Gardens of Bogor”) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens are
also part of the palace grounds.
The palace houses an extensive art collection which had been
accumulated by Soekarno. A herd of spotted deer still range within
the palace grounds; a group of these had originally been brought
there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.

B. Rewrite the text in Task A using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:
We have six Presidential Palaces, one of them is Istana Bogor. The palace is noted for its
distinctive architectural, historical, features. Besides, it also has wide botanical gardens adjoining
the palace. The width of the gardens itself is 284,000 square meters or 28.4 hectares.
The palace area has some buildings. On the grounds of the estate, there are several
buildings. Among them, the main palace with its two wings is the largest. The main palace has
private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater
room, and the Garuda room. The last room especially functions to welcome State guests.
Meanwhile, the two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Further, the Bogor
Botanical Gardens, also known as Kebun Raya Bogor, are also part of the palace grounds.
In the palace you can find an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by
Soekarno. Outside, you will see a herd of spotted deer walking around the palace grounds.
Originally, a group of these had been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.

C. Work individually to describe your hometown or your favorite place.


Use the following questions as guidelines to prepare your description.
● What is your hometown/favorite place?
● Where is your hometown/the place situated?
● How big is your hometown/the place?
● How is the weather there like?
● What is it famous for?
● What’s interesting about your hometown/the place?

UNIT 3 Descriptive

212

Contoh jawaban:
San Fransisco
San Francisco is my favorite city in the United States. It is beautiful, clean, not too big, and it
has something for everybody. I love the streets and buildings in San Francisco. The streets wind
up and down the hills, with beautiful old brick and wooden houses on either side.
One of my favorite things to do in San Francisco is to ride a cable car. It takes you to most
parts of the city. It’s not a very comfortable ride, but it’s exciting and the views you see from the car
are wonderful.
Besides, I like the weather in San Francisco. It never gets too cold or too hot. The summers
are pleasant. The fresh breezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always blue. It rains quite a lot in
the winter, but it never gets very cold.
Another thing I enjoy about the city is the restaurants. The seafood restaurants, with crabs
and lobster, are my favorites. You can also get great Chinese, Japanese, American and European
food in San Francisco.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Grade VIII Edisi 4

3.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Advertisements

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation.


Listen. This announcement comes from Amelia. She has just lost her purse. It is a brown
leather purse with a written initial “SM”. Its size is 15 x 10 cm. Inside the purse are her
student card on the name of Amelia Kartikawati, her ATM card and a hundred thousand note.
She probably lost it along Jalan Sriwijaya. If you find it, please call her soon on 788532.
There will be a reward to anyone who finds it. Thank you.

The text above is an example of lost or found announcements. People make such
announcements whenever they have lost or found something valuable. In the announcements,
they have to say a clear description about the person/thing they have lost or found.

213
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Please welcome to the first nature park in the town


Safari Nature Park
Features:
● Flying fox ● Jungle trekking ● Bicycle trekking
● Horse riding ● Games and quiz about nature
And many more . . . .
Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child)
Opening hours: 9.00 a.m.–5.00 p.m. from Monday–Sunday
So, what are you waiting for? Bring all of your family members to enjoy the exciting
and challenging activities here.
Safari Nature Park
Jalan Kemuning 35 Jakarta
Telp. (021) 6789922

The text is called an advertisement. One of the functions of an advertisement is to


promote something. When you make an advertisement, you have to give clear information
about the promoted products/events and invite people to use the products/to come to the
event. Besides, you should design the advertisement attractively.
Answer the following questions.
1. Have you ever heard a lost or found announcement before?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
2. If you have, what is the announcement about? Where did you hear the announcement?
Contoh jawaban: About someone who was looking for her little sister after separating for
fifteen years. I heard it on the radio.
3. Do you like to read an advertisement on newspapers or magazines?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
4. What kind of advertisements do you like to read?
Contoh jawaban: Advertisements about the high technology products, such as mobile
phones or notebooks.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

214

A. Listen to your teacher.


What does he/she tell you about?

Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru:


May I have your attention, please? I have an announcement for you. One of your friends has just
found a Quartz automatic girl’s watch. It was found in the school yard. To anyone who has it,
please claim the thing in the teacher office during the break. Thank you.

Jawaban:
It’s an announcement about a watch found at school.

Variasi:
Find the meanings of the following words.
Then, make sentences using the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. attention = perhatian 2. watch = jam tangan
3. silver = perak 4. automatic = otomatis
5. claim = mengklaim
Contoh jawaban:
1. The couple pays lot of attention to their first child.
2. My father has just bought me a new watch.
3. This pretty handicraft is made of silver.
4. Mr. John has an automatic car.
5. The man claims that the wallet is his.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the announcement in Task A.
Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What kind of announcement is it?
2. Where do you think you can hear the announcement?
3. Who do you think says the announcement?
4. What thing is found?
5. What does it look like?
6. Where was the thing found?
7. If you are the owner of the found thing, what should you do?
8. When can you do it?
Jawaban:
1. A found announcement. 2. At school.
3. The teacher. 4. A watch.
5. It is Quartz girl’s watch. It’s automatic. The color is silver. 6. In the school yard.
7. I should go to the teacher office to claim the watch. 8. During the break.

215
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

”O.K., Miranda baru saja kehilangan


kucingnya.”, sehingga yang hilang bukan
(B) yang artinya burung, (C) yang artinya
kelinci, dan (D) yang artinya hamster.
C. Listen to the announcement and
choose the correct answer.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


All right, listeners. It’s time to read some
announcements. The first one comes from
Miranda. O.K., Miranda has just lost her cat.
It is a Turkish female cat. It has white and
grey fur. She put a necklace with her name
on it. She lost it on Sunday afternoon at
about 4 p.m. when she was taking a walk in
the city park. To anyone who has found it,
please contact Miranda on 081326577321.
A reward is waiting for you, guys. O.K.,
that’s our first announcement. Before I read
you the second one, please enjoy the song
from Yovie and the Nuno.

1. Where can you hear such an announcement?


A. On the TV.
B. On the radio.
C. In a market.
D. At the airport.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sapaan,
”All right, listeners.” yang artinya ”Baiklah,
para pendengar.” dan kalimat terakhir ”. . .
please enjoy the song from Yovie and the
Nuno.” yang artinya ”. . . silakan menikmati
lagu dari Yovie and the Nuno.”.
2. What is the lost thing in the announcement?
A. A cat.
B. A bird.
C. A rabbit.
D. A hamster.
Jawaban: A
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”O.K.,
Miranda has just lost her cat.” yang artinya
artinya ”Dia kehilangan kucingnya pada
hari Minggu sore . . . .”.
3. Where did she lose it? 5. These are the characteristics of the lost
A. In her house. thing, except ________.
B. In her school. A. it is a female cat
C. In the city park. B. it has white and grey fur
D. On the street. C. it belongs to Angora family
Jawaban: C D. it has a necklace with the writer’s
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ” . . . initial
when she was taking a walk in the city Jawaban: C
park.” yang artinya ”. . . ketika dia Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
mengajaknya jalan-jalan di taman kota.”. kalimat, ”It is a Turkish female cat. It has
white and grey fur. She put a necklace with
4. When did Miranda lose it?
her name on it.” yang artinya ”Kucing itu
A. On Sunday morning. adalah kucing keturunan Turki. Kucing itu
B. On Monday morning. memiliki bulu warna putih dan abu-abu.
C. On Sunday evening. Dia (Miranda) memberinya kalung dengan
D. On Sunday afternoon. inisial namanya.”. Jadi, yang bukan ciri-ciri
Jawaban: D kucing itu adalah (C) yang artinya
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”She termasuk keluarga Angora.
lost it on Sunday afternoon . . . .” yang

UNIT 3 Descriptive
216

A. Retell the lost and found announcements below using your own words.

1. A novel was found at Strawberry Café, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung. The novel is
entitled Perfume by Patrick Süskind. There is also a photograph inside the pages. Please
contact Andika (022-7655675) at Strawberry Café during the working hours.
2. A cat was lost in the park near the stadium yesterday morning. The cat is a cute white Persian
female. Her weight is about 8 kg and her height is 40 cm. She has a white ribbon around her
neck. Please contact Wulandari (024-5456111). A nice reward has been waiting for you.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Attention, all. I’ve just found a novel at Strawberry Café, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung.
The title of the novel is Perfume by Patrick Süskind. Inside the book, I’ve also found the
photograph of a girl. If you are the owner, please contact Andika on 022-7655675 at
Strawberry Café during the working hours. Thank you.
2. Listen, everyone. A Persian cat was lost. I lost it in the park near the stadium yesterday
morning. It is female and has white fur. It weighs about 8 kg and its height is 40 cm. There is
a white ribbon around her neck. If you see or find it, please contact Wulandari on 024-
5456111. There will be a nice reward for you. Thank you.

B. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task A.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Andika found a bottle of perfume at Strawberry Café.
2. ______ The novel is written by Patrick Süskind.
3. ______ Andika found nothing inside the book.
4. ______ Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday afternoon.
5. ______ The lost cat has a ribbon around its neck.
Jawaban:
1. F. Andika found a novel entitled Perfume.
2. T
3. F. Andika found the photograph of a girl inside the book.
4. F. Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday morning.
5. T

C. Suppose you have lost or found the following things. How do you describe them?
Make a lost or found announcement about each thing.

1 2 3

217
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Contoh jawaban:
1. May I have your attention, please? Listen, I need your favor. I’ve just lost an English-
Indonesian dictionary. The last time I saw it was on my desk. The book is very thick. I think it
consists of more than two hundreds pages. It has green, red and yellow strips on its cover.
One more thing, I write my initial “NS” on the left corner of the first page. To anyone who sees
or finds it, please contact me Riana Class VIIIA. Thank you.
2. Attention, please. I left my wallet in this café an hour ago. But now, it’s gone. It is black and its
size is around 13 x 10 cm. It has some pockets, for cards and money. Inside the wallet are my
ATM card, ID card, driving license and some money. Please contact the café attendant if you
see or find it. Thanks beforehand.
3. Listen, everyone. I’m looking for my backpack. I left it in the canteen this morning. It is black.
There is a small pocket at the front, and a pin is attached to the pocket. Please call me Ronald
Class VIIIF when you find it. Thank you.

A. Read the text aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation.

Wonderland Park
Jalan Pemuda 34 Surabaya
Features:
● Roller coaster rides ● Doll house ● Water games ● Playground
Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child)
Opening hours: 10 a.m.–8 p.m. Saturday–Sunday only
There’s a special offer at the end of every month.
The place is your ideal choice of relaxing and having fun with your family.

Variasi:
A. Answer the following questions based on the text before.
1. What is the purpose the text?
Jawaban: To promote Wonderland Park.
2. When does the park open?
Jawaban: It opens on Saturdays and Sundays only at 10 a.m.–8 p.m.
3. When do visitors get a special offer?
Jawaban: At the end of every month.
4. What facilities are available there?
Jawaban: There are roller coaster rides, water games, doll house and playground.
5. What is the place for?
Jawaban: For relaxing and having fun with our families.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

218

B. Read the text and answer the questions.

Trip to Bandung

To spend your holiday, we offer you a trip package to Bandung. You will go to many
interesting destinations, such as Mount Papandayan, where you can see the
sunrise, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan Braga
Cost per peer including transportation, free pass, food and lodging: Rp300,000
Length of stay : 3 days and 2 nights
Place to stay : Jasmine Chalet

Those who wish to go please contact us at:


Flamboyan Travel Agent
Jalan Melati number 12 Jakarta
Telp. (021) 5567432

Questions:
1. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To promote a trip package.
2. How much is a participant charged for the trip?
Jawaban: Rp300,000.
3. Where will the participants of the tour stay?
Jawaban: In Jasmine Chalet.
4. How long will the trip last?
Jawaban: It will last for three days and two nights.
5. What are some places included on the trip?
Jawaban: Mount Papandayan, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan
Braga.

Minuteman’s MPV*
B. Choose the correct answer based on
Multi-Purpose Vacuum maximum
the texts.
performance in a changeable, lightweight,
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3. dual motor vacuum lightweight with added
bag capacity for longer, more effective
cleaning power
Gotcha!*
MINUTEMAN Self contained, Lightweight, Portable, Spot
Excellence Meets Clean Removal System. Minuteman’s Gotcha!* is
CARPET MACHINES designed for spot removal and carpet
One Stop Cleaning Solution maintenance operations that require good
Minuteman’s Ambassador* skill, efficiency, power and hassle-free,
one-person operation
Carpet Extractors – are the ideal choice for
effective carpet and upholstery
cleaning

219
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

yang boleh mengoperasikan alat itu.


Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena pilihan
jawaban itu menjelaskan bahwa sangat
1. What is the advertisement about? sulit bagi satu orang untuk
mengoperasikan alat itu. Penjelasan ini
A. Carpet Machines.
bertentangan dengan kalimat terakhir iklan
B. Minuteman Carpet.
tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (D) jelas salah
C. Multi Purpose Carpet.
karena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaskan
D. Excellent Meets Clean.
bahwa alat itu membersihkan kekuatan
Jawaban: A
seseorang.
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan judul/heading
iklan tersebut, yaitu ”MINUTEMAN 3. “. . . and carpet maintenance
Excellence Meets Clean CARPET operations that require good skill, . . . .”
MACHINES One Stop Cleaning Solution”. The underlined word can be best
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena replaced by ________.
hanya sebagai data pendukung/penjelas. A. take B. have
2. Which statement is TRUE based on the C. need D. make
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
text?
A. Only one person may operate the
machine.
B. It’s hard for one person to
empower the machine.
C. It can be operated by one person
easily.
D. The machine cleans the power of
the person.
Jawaban: C
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
terakhir iklan tersebut, ”efficiency, power
and hassle-free, one-person operation”.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
jawaban (A) salah karena pilihan jawaban
itu menjelaskan bahwa hanya satu orang
4. What is the text about?
A. The information about door prizes.
B. The invitation to get door prizes.
Jawaban: C
C. The advertisement of a fun bike event.
Kata ’require’ dan ’need’ artinya hampir
D. The description of a certain event.
sama, yaitu memerlukan atau
Jawaban: C
membutuhkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Berdasarkan keseluruhan isi teks dapat
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) take artinya
disimpulkan bahwa isi teks tersebut
mengambil, (B) have artinya mempunyai,
tentang iklan kegiatan sepeda santai (the
dan (D) make artinya membuat.
advertisement of a fun bike event). Pilihan
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5. jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
(A) artinya informasi mengenai hadiah-
Come and join us on: hadiah sebuah kegiatan, (B) artinya
undangan untuk mendapatkan hadiah-
City Fun Bike hadiah, dan (D) artinya deskripsi kegiatan
Start and Finish: The city hall tertentu.
Date : Sunday, February 22, 2009 5. Which of the following statements is NOT
Time : 6 a.m. TRUE about the event?
Fee : Rp25,000, including snack and T-shirt A. It will be held on February twenty-
There are many door prizes you can win, like second, 2009.
3 motorcycles, 10 mountain bikes, 10 B. The registration fee does not include
televisions and many more. So, don’t miss it. a T-shirt and snack.
Contact person: Dika (081234557654), C. It will start and finish at the same place.
D. Some of the door prizes are motor
cycles, bikes and televisions.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

220

Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kegiatan itu


Jawaban: B akan dilaksanakan pada tanggal 22
Pernyataan yang salah adalah (B) yang Februari 2009, (C) artinya kegiatan itu
artinya biaya pendaftaran termasuk T-shirt akan mulai dan berakhir di tempat yang
dan snack karena bertentangan dengan sama, dan (D) artinya beberapa dari
kalimat ”Fee: Rp25,000 including snack hadiah-hadiah itu adalah sepeda motor,
and T-shirt”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sepeda, dan television.
salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.

A. In pairs, make an attractive advertisement based on the situation.


Suppose you work in a marketing division in a publishing company. Your company is going to
launch a special offer of selling a package of children’s story books in English and Bahasa
Indonesia with low price. There is also a special discount on the first week of selling. The packages
are available in all bookstores.
Contoh jawaban:

We offer you . . .
A set of the most read children’s stories in English and Indonesian languages
Get fifteen books for only Rp400,000.
Available at all bookstores.
There is a special discount on the first week of January.
So, don’t miss this great offer!

B. Create an attractive advertisement about a tourist spot in your hometown.

Contoh jawaban:

Welcome to Happy Lake Garden


Open : Monday to Friday : 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Saturday and Sunday : 9 a.m. to 8 p.m.
Admission:
Monday to Friday : Free
Saturday and Sunday : Adults Rp5,000
Children under 12 Rp3,000

221
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

What is the place you want to visit on your holiday?


Write the description of the place.

heroic : sifat kepahlawanan


Read and memorize the words. historic : bersejarah
Use them whenever you speak English. inhibited : didiami
lost : kehilangan
budget : anggaran matter : masalah
built : dibangun occur : terjadi, berlangsung
capital : ibu kota odor : bau
display : pajangan outdoor : luar ruangan
entire : seluruh statue : patung
establish : mendirikan stretch : membentang
evidence : bukti wonder : heran
found : ditemukan
222

UNIT 3 Descriptive

C. Because Mrs. Doddy leaves her at


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Doddy that you’ll meet her there,
answer. Mom.
Mother : That’s a great idea! O.K., I’ll call
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5.
Mrs. Doddy. Thanks, dear.
Mother : Dear, what time is it now? Rika : You’re welcome.
Rika : Um . . . it’s ten to two p.m. What’s the
matter, Mom? You look in a hurry. 1. When does the conversation happen?
Mother : Well, I have an appointment with A. In the morning.
Mrs. Doddy to join her in the B. In the afternoon.
cooking contest. Oh no, I will be late C. In the evening.
again. D. At midnight.
Rika : What time is the contest, Mom? And Jawaban: B
. . . where is it held? Percakapan tersebut terjadi pada pukul
Mother : It’s at half past three and it’s held in 13:50 siang hari (in the afternoon), yang
the city hall. disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan
Rika : If that’s so, why don’t you meet her in Rika, ”Um . . . it’s ten to two p.m.”.
the contest? It will save time, right? 2. Why is Rika’s mother in a hurry?
Mother : You’re right. But taking a public A. Because she thinks that she will be
transport takes a long time. late to the contest.
Rika : It is. I have a good idea. I’ll ask Doni, B. Because she has no companion to go
our neighbor, to take you there by to the contest.
motorcycle. I’m sure you won’t be
late. But you should contact Mrs.
home. bukan (A) yang artinya dia mengingkari
D. Because she wakes up late. fakta, (B) yang artinya dia
Jawaban: A mengungkapkan keraguan, dan (D) yang
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang artinya dia memberi selamat.
diucapkan ibu, yaitu ”Oh no, I will be late 4. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
again.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
to the dialog?
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
A. Doni is Rika’s neighbor.
percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
B. The contest is held in the city hall.
karena dia tidak memiliki teman untuk
C. Mrs. Doddy is going to join a cooking
pergi ke kontes itu, (C) artinya karena Bu
contest.
Doddy meninggalkannya di rumah, dan
D. Rika’s mother will be late to the
(D) artinya dia bangun terlambat.
contest if she rides a motorcycle.
3. Mother said, “You’re right.” Jawaban: D
What does it mean? Pernyataan yang salah adalah bahwa ibu
A. She denies a fact. Rika akan terlambat tiba di perlombaan
B. She expresses her doubt. apabila dia naik motor. Pernyataan ini
C. She admits a fact. bertentangan dengan kalimat ”I’m sure by
D. She congratulates someone. riding a motorcycle you won’t be late.”
Jawaban: C yang artinya ”Saya yakin dengan naik
Ungkapan tersebut artinya ”Kamu benar.”. motor ibu tidak akan terlambat.”. Pilihan
Ungkapan tersebut diucapkan untuk jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat yang
mengakui sebuah fakta (admitting a fact),

223
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

selamat, yaitu Congratulations! Pilihan


jawaban (A) adalah ungkapan kekaguman,
(B) adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta,
dan (C) adalah ungkapan keraguan.
dikatakan Rika, ”I’ll ask ask Doni, our
neighbor, . . . .”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat 7. Seno : Lola will move to Jakarta after the
” . . . it’s held in the city hall.”, dan (C) examination!
sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . Mrs. Doddy to Tika : ________ She never tells me that
join her in the cooking contest.”. she’ll move out.
A. No way! B. I’m sure of it.
5. Mother said, “But taking a public transport
C. That’s right. D. I’ll be alright.
takes a long time.” The opposite meaning
Jawaban: A
of the underlined word is ________.
Berdasarkan kalimat berikutnya yang
A. general B. open
berarti ”Dia tidak pernah memberi tahu
C. private D. strange
saya kalau dia mau pindah.” dapat
Jawaban: C
disimpulkan bahwa ungkapan yang tepat
Kata ’public’ artinya ’(untuk) umum’. Lawan
adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta, yaitu
kata tersebut adalah private yang artinya
”No way!” yang artinya ”Tidak mungkin!”.
pribadi, bukan general yang artinya umum,
Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan
open yang artinya terbuka, dan strange
kepastian, (C) adalah ungkapan mengakui
yang artinya aneh.
fakta, dan (D) adalah respons ungkapan
6. Linda : Tell me, how was the final result? untuk menanyakan kabar.
Tio : We beat our opponent 2-0.
Linda : That’s great! ________
Tio : Thank you.
A. It’s amazing!
B. No way!
C. No doubt!
D. Congratulations!
Jawaban: D
Ungkapan yang tepat untuk merespons
suatu kemenangan adalah ungkapan
Respons Farah, ”For five days, Mom.”
artinya ”Selama lima hari, Bu.”. Kalimat ini
8. Tommy : Last night, you went to the mall menyatakan lamanya Farah pergi study
tour, sehingga kata tanya yang tepat
with a girl, didn’t you?
melengkapi kalimat pertanyaan adalah how
Angga : I did. She is my cousin.
long yang artinya berapa lama. Pilihan
What is the function of the underlined
jawaban (A) menanyakan jumlah benda
sentence?
yang dapat dihitung, (C) menanyakan
A. For giving information.
jumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung,
B. For expressing certainty.
dan (D) menanyakan jarak yang ditempuh.
C. For admitting a fact.
D. For denying a fact. 10. Vika : Where will you go this weekend?
Jawaban: C Dina : I will go ________. I have a lot of
Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Ya things to do at home.
benar.” adalah ungkapan untuk mengakui A. somewhere B. nothing
fakta, bukan (A) yang artinya memberi C. nowhere D. anywhere
informasi, (B) yang artinya mengungkap- Jawaban: C
kan kepastian, dan (D) yang artinya Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
mengingkari fakta. berikutnya yang berarti ”Saya mempunyai
banyak hal yang harus dikerjakan di
9. Mother : Farah, ________ will you go for
rumah.”. Oleh karena itu, jawaban yang
a study tour?
tepat untuk merespons pertanyaan Vika
Farah : For five days, Mom.
yang artinya ”Ke mana kamu akan pergi
A. how many B. how long
akhir minggu ini?” adalah saya tidak pergi
C. how much D. how far
ke mana-mana (I will go nowhere).
Jawaban: B

UNIT 3 Descriptive
224

sensible show and plenty of sunscreen.


Helmets are provided but not compulsory.
A ride with us, whether on the beach or
throughthe lush green rice field of Canggu
11. “Attention, please. A biology book was found
will complete your Bali Holiday Experience.
in the library. There’s no name on it, only
an initial TN. If you are the owner, you can Price List
go to the library to claim it. Thank you.” ♦ 1 hour ride ........................ US$30,00
Where do you think you can hear such ♦ ½ hour ride ....................... US$15,00
an announcement? ♦ Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) .. US$10,00
A. At school. ♦ 1½ hour ride ..................... US$40,00
B. In a bookstore. Rides include Hotel Transfers, Safety
C. In a book fair. Equipment and Insurance Cover.
D. In a bus stop. Bookings
Jawaban: A For more information and bookings
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua please ask your hotel tour desk, travel agent
yang artinya ”Sebuah buku biologi or
ditemukan di perpustakaan.” sehingga contact us direct:
pengumuman tersebut tepat diucapkan di
Tarukan Equestrian Centre
sekolah, bukan (B) yang artinya di toko
Jl. Nelayan No. 63
buku, (C) yang artinya di pameran buku, dan
Br. Canggu Tua
(D) yang artinya di halte bus. CANGGU
Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13. Tel/Fax: (0361)7470644

The Ultimate Riding Experience


We have quiet horses and ponies for every
rider and professional guides to escort you.
Children are most welcome and can be
led as required.
We recommend wearing long pants,
C. adults
D. kids
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
12. What does the text mainly provide us? Jawaban: D
A. Hotel staff. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat
B. Horse riding. ”Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) . . . ” yang artinya
C. Insurance cover. ”Naik Kuda Poni (di bawah umur 5 tahun)
D. Professional guides. . . .”. Jadi, kuda poni disediakan untuk
Jawaban: B penunggang kuda yang berumur di bawah
Dalam teks tersebut terdapat judul ”The 5 tahun atau yang masih anak-anak (kids).
Ultimate Riding Experience” yang artinya Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
”Pengalaman Berkuda yang Paling jawaban (A) artinya setiap penunggang
Mewah”. Selanjutnya, dalam teks tersebut kuda, (B) artinya pemandu, dan (C) artinya
terdapat kalimat-kalimat yang menjelaskan orang dewasa.
tentang kegiatan berkuda, peralatan yang
diperlukan, harga menyewa kuda, serta Read the text and answer questions 14 to 18.
contact person (orang yang bisa Taronga Zoo
dihubungi). Jadi, secara umum teks
tersebut tentang naik kuda. Pilihan Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban It lies in Sydney, New South Wales. It occupies
(A) artinya staf hotel, (C) artinya a 33-hectare location. The name ‘taronga’ is an
perlindungan asuransi, dan (D) artinya Aboriginal name. It means ‘water view’.
pemandu profesional. The Zoo has Australia’s finest collection of
native Australian animals and many exotic
13. Ponies are prepared for ________.
species. It has kangaroos, wallabies, and
A. every rider koalas. Those animals can be seen from
B. guides

225
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Zealand kiwis?
A. In the Tropical Forest.
B. To the south of the zoo.
C. In the Nocturnal House.
a close distance. There are platypuses,
D. In New Zealand.
echidnas, and New Zealand kiwis in the
Jawaban: C
Nocturnal House. There are also gorillas in the
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga
new Gorilla Tropical Forest. All the animals in
paragraf dua, yaitu ” . . . and New
the zoo are kept very well. They are kept in the
Zealand kiwis in the Nocturnal House.”.
environment that is like their natural habitat.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
Taronga is usually used as a site for
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
scientific research, conservation, and
education. It also offers a range of educational 16. Which of the following statements is TRUE
and special interest tours. according to the text?
Source: Scaffolding English Junior High School A. Taronga Zoo is the only zoo in
Students Grade VIII Australia.
B. The animals in Taronga Zoo cannot
14. Where is Taronga Zoo located? be seen in a close distance.
A. In Sydney, Australia. C. The name ‘taronga’ is Aboriginal
B. In New Zealand. which means ‘water view’.
C. In New York. D. Taronga Zoo only has native
D. In the Aboriginal site. Australian animals.
Jawaban: A Jawaban: C
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua Pernyataan yang benar adalah (C) yang
paragraf satu, yaitu ”It is located in artinya nama ’taronga’ berasal dari
Sydney, New South Wales.”. Pilihan bahasa Aborigin yang berarti
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
sesuai dengan isi teks.
15. Where in Taronga Zoo can you find New
17. “Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.”
(Paragraph 1)
’pemandangan air’ karena sesuai dengan What is the synonym of the underlined word?
kalimat terakhir paragraf satu, yaitu ”The A. Inferior. B. Secondary.
name ’taronga’ is an Aboriginal name. It C. Significant. D. Ordinary.
means ’water view’.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) Jawaban: C
yang artinya kegiatan Kebun Binatang Kata ’major’ artinya ’utama’. Kata ini
Taronga adalah satu-satunya kebun memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata
binatang di Australia salah karena ’significant’ yang artinya ’penting/utama’.
bertentangan dengan kalimat ”Taronga Kata inferior artinya rendah mutunya,
Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.” yang secondary artinya tambahan, dan ordinary
artinya ”Kebun Binatang Taronga adalah artinya biasa/umum.
kebun binatang utama di Australia (bukan 18. “They are kept in the environment that is
satu-satunya).”. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang like their natural habitat.” (Paragraph 3)
artinya binatang-binatang di Kebun What does the underlined word refer to?
Binatang Taronga tidak dapat dilihat dari A. Gorillas.
jarak dekat salah karena tidak sesuai B. Kangaroos.
dengan kalimat ”Those animals can be C. All the zoo’s animals.
seen from a close distance.”. Pilihan D. New Zealand kiwis
jawaban (D) yang artinya Kebun Binatang Jawaban: C
Taronga hanya memiliki binatang-binatang Kata ganti orang ketiga jamak ’they’ artinya
asli Australia salah karena terdapat juga ’mereka’. Kata ini merujuk pada subjek
binatang-binatang eksotis lainnya (kalimat jamak yang disebutkan dalam kalimat
”The Zoo has Australia’s finest collection of sebelumnya, yaitu ’all the animals in the
native Australian animals and many exotic zoo’ dalam kalimat ”All the animals in the
species.”).

UNIT 3 Descriptive

226

spend money for bus fare.


(4) Therefore, he always goes to campus
on foot.
(5) My brother is a college student.
zoo are kept very well.”. Pilihan jawaban
(6) Surely, he can save his money for
yang lain salah karena bukan kata yang
something else.
dimaksud.
(7) There are ten people, including my
19. your–dear–birthday,–Emily!–on– brother, living there.
1 2 3 4 5
The proper arrangement of the text is
fifteenth–congratulations ________.
6 7 A. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(3)–(6)–(4)
The correct arrangement of the sentence B. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(4)–(3)–(6)
is ________. C. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(6)–(3)–(4)
A. 2–4–1–7–5–6–3 D. (5)–(2)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(1)–(3)
B. 2–4–5–1–3–6–7 Jawaban: B
C. 7–5–1–2–4–6–3 Urutan kalimat yang benar untuk
D. 7–5–1–6–3–2–4 membentuk teks descriptive yang benar
Jawaban: D adalah (5) My brother is a college student;
Kata-kata tersebut akan membentuk
kalimat bermakna, yaitu ”Congratulations
on your fifteenth birthday, dear Emily!”
yang artinya ”Selamat ulang tahun yang
kelima belas, Emily sayang!”. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena
membentuk kalimat yang tidak bermakna.
20. (1) The dormitory is situated not far from
his campus.
(2) He lives in a dormitory.
(3) It means that he doesn’t need to
Yes, the football team is one of the best in the
world. It has (2) ________ like Ronaldo,
Ronaldinho, Adriano. Now let me tell you more
(2) He lives in a dormitory; (7) There are
about Brazil. You know, Brazil is the
ten people, including my brother, living (3) ________ in South America. It’s also the
there; (1) The dormitory is situated not far fifth largest country in the world. Does
from his campus; (4) Therefore, he always (4) ________ know where Brazil is? The
goes to campus on foot; (3) It means that country is (5) ________ in the eastern part of
he doesn’t need to spend money for bus South America.
fare; (6) Surely, he can save his money for Now what about the people? They are
something else. friendly, (6) ________, and they also like to
have fun. They’re fun-loving people. Well, . . . if
B. Complete the text with the correct
you’ve heard about (7) ________, then you
words in the box. must know that the Samba dance is from Brazil.
The people (8) ________ and dance the
a. Samba b. on the beach Samba. They also love to sunbathe, lying
c. anything d. outgoing (9) ________ to have their skin tanned. It
e. love to sing f. great players means, they want to make their skin
g. largest country h. darker (10) ________.
i. anybody j. located Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning
Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4
Brazil Jawaban:
Do you know (1) ________ about Brazil? 1. c 2. f 3. g 4. i 5. j
6. d 7. a 8. e 9. b 10. h

227
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

3. How do you describe the people of Brazil?


C. Answer the following questions Jawaban: They are friendly, outgoing and
based on the text in Task B. fun-loving people.
4. What do Brazilians like to do?
1. Where is Brazil located? Jawaban: They like to sing and dance
Jawaban: It is located in the eastern part the samba, as well as to
South America. sunbathe on the beach.
2. How large is Brazil? 5. Why do they like to sunbathe?
Jawaban: It is the largest country in Jawaban: Because they want to have
South America. It is also the their skin tanned or darker.
fifth largest country in the

world.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 3. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.
Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

UNIT 3 Descriptive
228

Tejo : Don’t panic. I’ll help you look for it.


Doni : Thanks, Jo. Sorry for trouble you.
1. What is the dialog about?
A. Buying a new pen.
B. Losing a friend’s pen.
C. Borrowing a friend’s pen.
D. Returning a friend’s pen.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
2. Where does the dialog take place?
answer.
A. In Doni’s house.
B. In Tejo’s house.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5.
C. In a bus station.
Tejo : Don, what are you looking for here? D. At school.
Doni : Well, I’m looking for the pen you have
3. Who are talking in the dialog?
lent me. Sorry, I have dropped it.
A. Playmates.
Tejo : What? That’s my father’s pen!
B. Classmates.
Doni : Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen,
C. Brothers.
then.
D. Teacher and student.
Tejo : Yes, it is. Besides, my father just bought
it last week. 4. Tejo said, “Sorry, I have dropped it.”
Doni : That’s a disaster! What if I can’t find it? What does it mean?
I don’t even have money to buy the new A. Admitting a fact.
one at this moment. B. Denying a fact.
Tejo : Are you sure you have dropped it here? C. Giving information.
Didn’t you leave it in class? D. Agreeing something.
Doni : I’m sure of it. I have looked it in my bag
and desk over and over, but it isn’t
there.
Aunt : (8) ________. O.K., I’ll think about the
name. Thank you.
Rena : You’re welcome.
6. A. well done
B. thank you
5. “Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen, C. welcome
D. congratulations
then.”
The opposite meaning of the underlined 7. A. Thank you
word is ________. B. I’m sorry
A. sophisticated B. sharp C. You’re welcome
C. narrow D. cheap D. I’ll be all right
For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct 8. A. No, they don’t
expressions to complete the following B. You’re right
dialog. C. That’s impossible
D. I hope you are fine
Rena : Auntie, (6) ________ on your newborn
baby! 9. Lila : Listen, Mr. Rahardian will be retired
Aunt : (7) ________, dear. at the end of this month!
Rena : What’s her name, Auntie? Soni : That’s right. Our homeroom
Aunt : We haven’t decided yet. Any teacher told me about it yesterday.
suggestion? What is the function of the underlined
Rena : What about Rose? She is very sentence?
beautiful. And . . . look at her red A. For denying a fact.
cheeks which look like blossoming B. For expressing certainty.
roses. C. For admitting a fact.
D. For congratulating someone.

229
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

today?
Student : ________ of us, Sir. Everyone
is here.
A. No one B. Nothing
10. Seto : ________ does your father usually
C. None D. Nobody
drive his car?
Dina : Around 80 kilometers/hour. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16.
A. How long
Keukenhof Flower Park
B. How far
C. How much Keukenhof Flower Park is also known as
D. How fast the Garden of Europe. It is situated near Lisse,
11. Nita : I have some fruits. ________ do Netherlands. It is the world’s largest flower
garden. Keukenhof is more than 150 years old.
you like, apples or oranges?
Its first grounds were founded around 1840.
Dion : Apples, please. Thank you.
Everyone who loves flowers knows
A. What
Keukenhof Flower Park. There are so many
B. Which
kinds of beautiful flowers. There are
C. How
approximately 54,520 acres of parkland planted
D. When
with tulips and other bulbs. Keukenhof is open
12. Lisa : Where were you going yesterday from the last week of March to mid-May. The
afternoon? best time to view the tulips is around mid-April.
Siska : I was going to a computer fair. However, it depends on the weather. In seven
Lisa : What did you buy? weeks Keukenhof has about 800,000 visitors.
Siska : ________. I just accompanied my Source: Scaffolding English for Junior
elder sister. She bought a new High School Students Grade VIII
flash disk.
A. Nothing B. Anything
C. Everything D. Something
13. Teacher : O.K., students, who is absent
Read the text and answer questions 17 and
18.
14. What is the purpose of the text? Good afternoon, all the visitors of the book fair.
A. To describe a particular place. We have a very important announcement for
B. To tell about a past event. you. We have Dinda here. She informed us that
C. To amuse the readers. she lost her purse in the fair. She couldn’t
D. To describe something in general. remember where she left it. The purse is
15. The following statements are TRUE, square and pink. Inside of it are her student
except ________. card on the name of Dinda Maharani, ATM card
A. Keukenhof Flower Park lies in and some money. We do hope your favor, if you
Netherlands see it, please report it to the information desk
B. Keukenhof Flower Park is more than immediately. Thank you.
150 years old 17. These statements are TRUE about Dinda’s
C. Keukenhof Flower Park is open from purse, except ________.
the last week of March to mid-May A. its color is pink
D. for six weeks about 800,000 people B. it is square
have visited Keukenhof Flower Park C. there are two cards in it
16. “Its first grounds were founded around D. there is no money in it
1840.” (Paragraph 1) 18. “We do hope your favor, if you see it . . . .”
The underlined word has a similar The underlined word refers to ________.
meaning to ________. A. the listeners
A. found B. destroyed B. the book fair’s visitors
C. created D. established C. all the customers
D. the book fair’s committee

UNIT 3 Descriptive

230

The similar meaning of the underlined


word is ________.
A. important
Read the text and answer questions 19 and B. appropriate
C. boring
20.
D. primary
Read the text and answer questions 21 to 25.
Are you looking for a convenient place to
buy fruits with reasonable prices? Jakarta Now
Jakarta is the capital city of the Republic of
Green Fruit Shop is the best choice
Indonesia, a country composed of more than
You can find all kinds of fresh fruits here, 300 ethnic groups speaking 200 different
both local and imported. languages. As the capital city, Jakarta is
We guarantee the quality and the freshness a melting pot of representatives from each of
of our fruits. these ethnic groups.
Jakarta is the center of the nation’s
Soft opening: Sunday, February 15, 2009
industrial, political and cultural life. It is home to
many of the country’s finest research institutes,
The best quality and best service is our
educational facilities, and cultural
commitment. organizations. Jakarta is uniquely the seat of
So, come and prove yourselves. both the national as well as the regional
government.
19. What is the text about?
A. The finding of the best fruit shop.
B. The description of a new fruit shop.
C. The advertisement of a new fruit shop.
D. The information of a fruit center.
20. “Are you looking for a convenient place to
buy fruits . . . ?”
its own right. Visitors come for Jakarta’s
complete facilities and attractions that are in
many ways unique and not available
Strategically positioned in the archipelago,
elsewhere. In the field of tourism Jakarta offers
the city is also the principal gateway to the rest four and five star hotels, convention facilities,
of Indonesia. From the Capital City, amusement parks, shopping centers, historical
sophisticated land, air, and sea transport is buildings, museums, tours and many other
available to the rest of the country and beyond. tourist attractions.
It has the largest and most modern airport in
Source: http://www.beritajakarta.com/english/About
the country, the most important harbor in
Jakarta/JakartaNow.asp (December 29, 2008)
Indonesia and is well-connected by rail of good
roads to other destinations in Java, Sumatra, 21. What is the text about?
and Bali. A. Informing the history of Jakarta.
Over the last several decades, Jakarta has B. Describing Jakarta in the past.
proudly developed into one of Asia’s most C. Informing the best place in Jakarta
prominent metropolitan centers. With a current D. Describing the capital city of
population of nearly nine millions, Jakarta has Indonesia.
undergone dramatic growth. Today, Jakarta’s
22. What is the political position of Jakarta in
skyline is covered by modern high-rises. The
our country?
many shopping centers, recreation complexes
A. As the seat of national and regional
and toll-roads have become hallmarks of the
government.
city. Jakarta’s cultural richness and dynamic
B. As a major destination in tourism.
growth contribute significantly to its growing
C. As the center of the national’s
importance as one of the world’s leading capital
industry.
cities.
D. As the principal gateway to the rest of
Jakarta has become a major destination in
Indonesia.

231
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Attractions. It (26) ________ by the Egyptian


Pharaoh Khufu around 2560 BC. It was
constructed to serve as a tomb for the pharaoh
23. What is the main idea of paragraph 4? after his death. The pyramid is an architectural
landmark, and the technique used for
A. Jakarta in the past era.
(27) ________ construction has been a topic of
B. The cultural life in Jakarta.
discussion among archaeologists and
C. Jakarta as one of Asia’s most
architects throughout the world.
prominent metropolitan centers.
One of the most sought after tourist spots
D. Jakarta as the principal gateway to
in the world, this monument has (28) ________
the rest of Indonesia.
attractions. The famous Sphinx, a part of the
24. In the tourism field, Jakarta offers the monument, attracts tourists in numbers.
following, except ________ Adapted from: http://www.placesonline.com/africa/egypt/
A. convention facilities cairo/great_pyramid_of_giza.asp?gclid=CL_q0bPA-
B. four and five-star-hotels 5cCFQntegod_ymHDg
C. skyline buildings
D. historical buildings 26. A. built B. builds
25. “From the Capital City, sophisticated land, C. is built D. was built
air, and sea transport is available . . . .”
(Paragraph 2) The underlined word means
_________.
A. unique B. modern
C. different D. awkward
For questions 26 to 28, choose the correct
words to complete the following text.
The Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt is one
of the Old Seven Wonders of the World
(2) There are eight islands of different
sizes which form the Hawaiian
Islands.
27. A. its B. his
(3) Their waters are filled with colorful
C. their D. your fish, dolphins, and giant sea turtles.
28. A. little B. many (4) While they differ from each other in
C. much D. less some ways, they share many
29. to finish–it–night–is–the task–on– features, like their natural beauties.
1 2 3 4 5 6
(5) The Hawaiian Islands are located in
the middle of the Pacific Ocean, far
impossible–one. away from any other lands.
7 8 The correct arrangement of the sentences
The correct arrangement of the words is is ________.
________. A. (5)–(1)–(3)–(2)–(4)
A. 2–4–7–1–5–6–8–3 B. (5)–(2)–(4)–(1)–(3)
B. 2–4–7–5–6–1–8–3 C. (5)–(3)–(1)–(4)–(2)
C. 8–3–4–5–2–1–6–7 D. (5)–(4)–(2)–(3)–(1)
D. 8–3–4–5–7–6–2–1
30. (1) They share mountains and waterfalls, B. Write a descriptive text about
rainforests, and long beaches. a historical building you know.
Mind the structure of the text.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

232

tersebut terjadi di sekolah (at school),


orang yang melakukan percakapan
tersebut adalah teman sekelas, bukan
Jawaban Review Unit 3 (A) teman sepermainan, (C) saudara
laki-laki, dan (D) guru dan siswa.
A. Pilihan Ganda 4. A. Kalimat soal artinya ”Maaf, saya telah
1. B. Keseluruhan percakapan tentang menjatuhkannya.” merupakan
ungkapan mengakui sebuah fakta
Doni yang mencari pulpen yang dia
(admitting a fact) bahwa dia telah
pinjam dari Tejo, dengan kata lain dia
menjatuhkannya (pulpen itu).
telah menghilangkan pulpen itu.
(losing Tejo’s pen). Pilihan jawaban 5. D. Kata ’expensive’ artinya ’mahal’. Kata
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai ini berlawanan makna dengan kata
dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan ’cheap’ yang artinya murah.
jawaban (A) artinya membeli pulpen Sophisticated artinya canggih, sharp
baru, (C) artinya meminjam pulpen artinya tajam, dan narrow artinya
teman, dan (D) artinya mengembali- sempit.
kan pulpen teman. 6. D. Ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan
2. D. Berdasarkan kata keterangan tempat Rena atas kelahiran seorang bayi
’in class’ dari kalimat yang diucapkan adalah ucapan selamat. Jadi, kata
Tejo, yaitu ”Didn’t you leave it in yang tepat melengkapi soal adalah
class?”, percakapan tersebut terjadi di ’congratulations’ yang artinya
sekolah (at school), bukan di (A) ’selamat’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
rumah Doni, (B) rumah Tejo, dan (C)
di terminal bus.
3. B. Berdasarkan kata keterangan tempat
’in class’ yang berarti percakapan
pernyataan Rena sebelumnya. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
jawaban (A) dan (C) untuk
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) biasanya
menyangkal fakta, sedangkan (D)
diucapkan karena keberhasilan merupakan kalimat pengharapan.
melakukan sesuatu, (B) adalah
ungkapan terima kasih, dan (C) 9. C. Kalimat soal artinya ”Itu benar.”
artinya selamat datang. merupakan ungkapan mengakui
sebuah fakta (admitting a fact) bahwa
7. A. Ungkapan yang benar untuk
Pak Rahardian akan pensiun pada
merespons ucapan selamat adalah akhir bulan.
terima kasih (thank you). Pilihan
jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan 10. D. Kalimat soal menanyakan kecepatan
permintaan maaf, (C) adalah ayah Dina mengendarai mobil. Hal ini
ungkapan untuk merespons ucapan disimpulkan dari jawaban Dina yang
terima kasih, dan (D) adalah respons menyebutkan kecepatan mobil itu,
atas ungkapan untuk menanyakan yaitu sekitar 80 km/jam. Kata tanya
kabar atau keadaan seseorang. yang benar untuk menanyakan
kecepatan laju mobil adalah how fast
8. B. Ungkapan yang tepat melengkapi
yang artinya seberapa cepat. How
percakapan tersebut adalah ”You’re long untuk menanyakan durasi suatu
right” yang artinya ”Kamu benar.”. Hal kegiatan dilakukan, how far untuk
ini disimpulkan dari kalimat menanyakan jarak suatu tempat dari
sesudahnya yang artinya ”Baiklah, tempat lain, dan how much
saya akan memikirkan nama itu.” menanyakan jumlah benda yang tidak
yang berarti dia mengiyakan dapat dihitung.

233
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

melengkapi percakapan bermakna


negatif dan tepat dipasangkan dengan
’of us’, adalah none.
11. B. Kalimat soal artinya ” . . . yang kamu 14. A. Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive
suka, apel atau jeruk?”. Kalimat ini yang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikan
mengungkapkan suatu pilihan. Kata suatu tempat tertentu (to describe a
tanya yang tepat melengkapi particular place), yaitu Taman Bunga
pertanyaan pilihan tersebut adalah Keukenhof. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang
which yang artinya yang mana. Pilihan artinya untuk menceritakan peristiwa
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak lampau merupakan tujuan teks
tepat digunakan untuk menanyakan recount, (C) yang artinya untuk
pilihan. menghibur pembaca merupakan
12. A. Berdasarkan kalimat selanjutnya yang tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yang
artinya untuk mendeskripsikan
artinya ”Saya hanya menemani kakak
sesuatu secara umum merupakan
saya. Dia membeli sebuah flash disk
tujuan teks report.
baru.”, disimpulkan bahwa Siska tidak
membeli apapun. Indefinite pronoun 15. D. Pernyataan yang benar untuk soal
yang tepat melengkapi soal bermakna pengecualian (pernyataan yang salah)
negatif, yaitu nothing. adalah (D) yang artinya selama enam
13. C. Dalam percakapan tersebut, guru minggu Taman Bunga Keukenhof
telah dikunjungi kurang lebih 800.000
bertanya siapakah siswa yang absen.
orang. Pernyataan ini tidak sesuai
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan
dengan kalimat ”In seven weeks
kalimat terakhir yang diucapkan siswa
yang artinya ”Everyone is here.” yang
artinya ”Setiap orang di sini.”. Dengan
demikian, tidak ada siswa yang absen.
Indefinite pronoun yang tepat
muda dan (B) berbentuk persegi yang
sesuai dengan kalimat ”The purse is
square and pink.”, serta di dalamnya
Keukenhof has about 800,000
terdapat dua kartu, yaitu kartu siswa
visitors” yang artinya ”Dalam tujuh dan kartu ATM (kalimat ”Inside of it
minggu Keukenhof dikunjungi kurang are her student card on the name of
lebih 800.000 orang.”. Pilihan jawaban Dinda Maharani, ATM card . . . .”).
(A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”It is Jadi, jawaban yang benar untuk soal
situated near Lisse, Netherlands.”, pengecualian adalah (D) yang artinya
(B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Keukenhof di dalam dompet itu tidak ada
is more than 150 years old.”, dan (C) uangnya karena bertentangan dengan
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Keukenhof is kalimat ”Inside of it are . . . and some
open from the last week of March to money.”.
mid-May.”.
18. B. Kata ganti orang ’you’ mengacu
16. D. Kata ’founded’ artinya ’didirikan’. Kata
kepada siapa pengumuman tersebut
ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan dibacakan, yaitu pengunjung pameran
kata ’established’ yang juga berarti buku (the book fair’s visitors). Hal ini
didirikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain disimpulkan dari salam pembuka
salah karena memiliki arti yang pengumuman, yaitu ”Good afternoon,
berbeda. Found artinya ditemukan, all the visitors of the book fair.”.
destroyed artinya dihancurkan, dan Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah
created artinya diciptakan. karena terlalu umum. Pilihan jawaban
17. D. Hal-hal yang benar tentang dompet (D) salah karena bukan orang-orang
Dinda adalah (A) berwarna merah yang dimaksud.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

234

mendeskripsikan Jakarta pada masa


lalu, dan (C) yang artinya memberi
informasi tentang tempat terbaik di
19. C. Teks tersebut berbentuk iklan yang Jakarta salah karena tidak sesuai
dengan teks.
bertujuan untuk mempromosikan
sesuatu, yaitu toko buah Green yang 22. A. Kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidang
baru dibuka. Jadi, jawabannya adalah politik terdapat dalam paragraf dua
iklan toko buah baru. Pilihan jawaban kalimat ”Jakarta is uniquely the seat of
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) both the national as well as the
artinya penemuan toko buah terbaik, regional government.”. Pilihan
(B) artinya deskripsi toko buah baru, jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
dan (D) artinya informasi tentang kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidang
pusat buah. politik.
20. B. Kata ’convenient’ artinya ’tepat’. Kata 23. C. Pokok pikiran utama paragraf empat
ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan terdapat di kalimat awal, yaitu ”Over
kata appropriate yang juga berarti the last several decades, Jakarta has
tepat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah proudly developed into one of Asia’s
karena memiliki arti yang berbeda. most prominent metropolitan centers.”
Important artinya penting, boring yang diikuti dengan gagasan
artinya membosankan, dan primary pendukung pada kalimat-kalimat
artinya utama. selanjutnya. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang
21. D. Keseluruhan teks membahas tentang artinya Jakarta pada masa lampau
deskripsi Jakarta sebagai ibu kota
Indonesia, dengan gagasan-gagasan
pendukung tentang fasilitas dan
atraksi yang mendukung kota Jakarta.
Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya
memberi informasi tentang sejarah
Jakarta, (B) yang artinya
26. D. Kalimat soal yang artinya ”(Piramida
Besar) Itu . . . oleh Firaun Khufu di
salah karena tidak disebutkan dalam Mesir sekitar tahun 2560 SM.”
teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) terdapat memerlukan kata kerja. Berdasarkan
dalam paragraf satu dan makna, kalimat tersebut berbentuk
(D) terdapat dalam paragraf tiga. pasif, sehingga kata kerja yang benar
berpola be + past participle dengan
24. C. Hal-hal yang ditawarkan oleh kota
tense berbentuk past tense, yaitu was
Jakarta dalam bidang pariwisata built. Pilihan jawaban (A) untuk
terdapat dalam paragraf lima, yaitu ”In kalimat aktif berpola the simple past
the field of tourism Jakarta offers four tense, (B) untuk kalimat aktif
and five-star-hotels, convention berbentuk the simple present tense,
facilities, amusement parks, shopping dan (C) untuk kalimat pasif berpola
centers, historical buildings, the simple present tense.
museums, tours, and many other
tourist attractions.”. Jadi, pilihan 27. A. Kalimat soal memerlukan kata ganti
jawaban yang benar untuk soal kepemilikan (possessive adjectives).
pengecualian adalah (C) yang artinya Karena kata ganti kepemilikan merujuk
bangunan pencakar langit. pada benda tunggal mati (the pyramid),
possessive adjective yang benar adalah
25. B. Kata ’sophisticated’ artinya ’canggih’.
its yang artinya (konstruksi)-nya. Pilihan
Kata ini juga berarti modern. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) salah karena
jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan possessive adjective untuk
memiliki arti yang berbeda. Unique benda hidup, sedangkan (C) salah
artinya unik, different artinya berbeda, karena merupakan kata ganti
dan awkward artinya aneh. kepemilikan untuk benda jamak.

235
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

islands of different sizes, which form


the Hawaiian islands (4) While they
differ from each other in some ways,
28. B. Kata benda ’attractions’ merupakan they share many features, like their
natural beauties; (1) They share
kata benda jamak yang dapat
mountains and waterfalls, rainforests,
dihitung, sehingga kata keterangan
and long beaches; (3) Their waters
jumlah yang benar untuk
are filled with colorful fish, dolphins,
menerangkan kata benda tersebut
and giant sea turtles.
adalah many yang artinya banyak.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena merupakan kata keterangan
jumlah untuk benda-benda yang tidak
dapat dihitung.
29. A. Kata-kata tersebut akan membentuk
kalimat: ”It is impossible to finish the
task on one night.” yang artinya
”Mustahil menyelesaikan tugas ini
dalam waktu semalam.”. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena
membentuk kalimat yang tidak
bermakna.
30. B. Urutan kalimat yang benar untuk
membentuk teks descriptive yang
benar adalah (5) The Hawaiian
Islands are located in the middle of
the Pacific Ocean, far away from any
other lands; (2) There are eight
During the Dutch colonial days, Ambarawa was
a military zone and the railway station was used
to transport troops to Semarang through
B. Esai
Kedungjati. It is at 474m above sea level, giving
Contoh jawaban: you unpolluted fresh air to breathe.
The Must-see Ambarawa Railway Museum The Ambarawa Railway Museum is
well-maintained. It is a medium-sized building.
You can easily be accused of committing The railway route is offered to visitors. You can
a tourism sin if you’re in Semarang and failed to enjoy the beautiful panorama during the route.
visit the Ambarawa Railway Museum. All in all, this is a truly exciting treasure to visit.
This museum is situated less than Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa
an hour’s drive from the capital of Central Java. Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

UNIT 3 Descriptive
236

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask for, give and refuse to
give things,
2. invite, accept and decline
an invitation,
3. deliver short functional
texts (spoken messages),
4. tell past events using
spoken English,
5. write short functional texts
(invitation cards),
6. write recount texts, and
7. use the past continuous
tense, relating/linking
verbs and reflexive
pronouns (-self).

Soekarno said, “The great nation is the one that respects the
heroes.” What about you? How do you appreciate the heroes?
You will learn a lot of things about Indonesian heroes through
recount texts in this unit. You will understand how they fought to gain
and defend our nation from colonizations of other countries.
Asking for Things Giving Things Refusing to Give Things
237
Can I have a bit? Sure. Here you are. No, you can’t. Sorry.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
May I have a bit? Please serve yourself. I’m sorry you may not.
ter 1
Do you mind if I taste it? Not at all, please do so. Sorry, not this time.
Is it O.K. if I try it? Sure, please have a go. Don’t be like that.

4.1 Expressions

Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things

Read the dialog and study the explanation.


Vicky : Hi, Fred. Please come in.
Jimmy : Fred,Inviting
I’m having breakfast.
Someone Accepting an Invitation
Do you want to have breakfast with me?

Fred Let’s
: No,go thank
to my you.
house.I’ve already had breakfast.
● Let’s go./Sure./O.K.
● WhatButif we askI have
may Jannice to join
a cup us?please? ●
of tea, That’s a good idea./That sounds great.
How about seeing
Vicky : Sure. Wait a minute.
● a film this afternoon? ● That would be very nice.
Will you come
Fred : Thank you.
● to my party? ● I’d like to, thank you.

The sentence “But may I have a cup of tea, please?” is the expression of asking for
a thing while its response “Sure.” is the expression of giving the thing. Here are some other
expressions of asking for, giving and refusing to give things.
Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.


1. Ramon : Are you free next Sunday morning?
Lee : Um . . . yeah. What’s up?
Ramon : Let’s go to my grandparents’ house.
We can pick some ripe rambutans.
Lee : Really? I’d love to.
Ramon : Great! I’ll pick you up at 9:00 a.m.
The bold-typed sentences are the expression of inviting and accepting an invitation.
Declining an Invitation Responding
Here are some expressions you can use to invite someone and respond to it.
● Thank you for your invitation, but ● It’s a pity./That’s O.K.
I don’t think I can manage it. Sorry.
● I’m really sorry about that. I have ● Oh, I see. Maybe some other time.
something else to do that day.
● I’d like to, but I have to baby-sit my ● No problem, really./Please reschedule.
little brother. Maybe some other time.

UNIT 4 Recount

238

Lisa : Please come to my house after school.


2.

Manda : Any business?


Lisa : Hmm . . . I will have a barbeque party in the
garden.
Manda : That sounds great, but I have to do
something else. Sorry.
Lisa : That’s a pity.

You can use the bold-typed sentences in the dialog to


decline an invitation. Here are some other expressions you
can use to decline an invitation and respond to it.
Look at the picture and answer the questions.

1. The girl in the picture needs chili sauce. What do you think she
will say to her friend?
Contoh jawaban: She will say, “Can you pass me the chili
sauce, please?”
2. What do you think her friend will say to respond to it?
Contoh jawaban: She will say, “Sure. Here you are.”

A. Read and practice the dialogs below.


1. Diana is going to go out with her friends, Nella, Merlyn and Sasha. They decide to meet at
Diana’s house. Diana is having a small chat with Nella and Merlyn before Sasha arrives.
Diana : Hello, everyone. Please come in. Wow, you are sweaty!
Nella : Yeah, it’s very hot outside.
Merlyn : Nella’s right. Diana, can I have a glass of water, please?
Diana : Sure. And you, Nella?
Nella : I’d like iced-tea, please.

239
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Diana : Sorry, I ran out of the ice.


Nella : O.K., a glass of water, then. Thanks.
Diana : Wait a second, please. I’ll get them for you.
2. Ajeng meets Detty to deliver an invitation.
Ajeng : Detty, I’m having a get-together in my house on Saturday night. Would you like to come?
Detty : Well, I’d love to, but I’m going out with my family. We’ve promised to accompany Aunt
Anissa on Saturday night.
Ajeng : That’s O.K. How is your aunt by the way?
Detty : She’s still in hospital, but she’s getting better, thanks.

Variasi:
Guru menyuruh siswa memperagakan percakapan berikut.
Mr. Hermawan just arrived home from Bandung. Unfortunately, he forgot to take his suitcase. He
left it in the wagon. He meets the travel agent now.
Mr. Hermawan : Excuse me, I left a suitcase in the wagon from Bandung yesterday morning.
Travel agent : Let me see. Um . . . is this case yours?
Mr. Hermawan : No, that’s not mine. It’s a small brown case. There’s a tag of my name on it.
Travel agent : What about this one?
Mr. Hermawan : That’s right. Hermawan, Jl. Aceh No. 246 Bandung. Thank you.
Travel agent : You are welcome.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.
Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. For dialog 1. Where does the dialog happen?
2. What is the dialog about?
3. Who hasn’t come?
4. What did Diana’s friends say to ask for some drink?
5. What did Diana say to respond to it?
6. For dialog 2. Who are talking in the dialog?
7. What will Ajeng do on Saturday night?
8. Will Detty come? Why/why not?

Jawaban:
1. In Diana’s house.
2. About Diana’s friends who ask for drink.
3. Sasha hasn’t.
4. They said, “Diana, can I have a glass of water, please?” and “I’d like iced-tea, please.” to ask
for something.
5. Diana said, “Sure.” to give the thing and “Sorry, I ran out of the ice.” to refuse to give the thing.
6. Two good friends, Ajeng and Detty.
7. She will hold a get-together in her house.
8. No, she won’t. She will accompany Aunt Anissa in hospital.

UNIT 4 Recount

240

C. Complete the dialogs while listening to your teacher.


Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Soni : You’re working hard, Dad. What are you doing?
Father : I’m fixing this table. (1) Give me that nail, please.
Soni : Which nail? This one?
Father : (2) No, not that one. The small one.
Soni : (3) Here you are.
Father : Thanks.
Dialog 2
Aling : I’m bored. I think I’m going to the game zone. (4) Want to join?
Windi : I would love to, but I have to attend a math course at 4:00 p.m.
Maylan : Don’t worry. I’ll drop you there.
Dewi : Is that so? (5) I’ll come with you, then. Let’s go.

Variasi:
Guru mengucapkan lima ungkapan pendek berikut dua atau tiga kali. Siswa disuruh
meresponsnya dengan ungkapan yang benar. Guru dapat menyuruh siswa melakukan hal
seperti ini secara berkelompok.
Listen to your teacher.
Respond to him/her with proper expressions.
Example:
Teacher said, “Do you want a story book? I have some.”
Student said, “That would be great, thanks. I love reading, you know.”

Ungkapan-ungkapan yang diucapkan guru:


1. I’m hungry.
2. I have nothing to do next holiday.
3. There’s a book fair in the town hall.
4. Marini, our friend, is in hospital for two days.
5. I have to go to Fajar’s house, but my bike is broken.
Contoh jawaban:
1. ● I have some cookies. You can have some.
● Let’s go to the canteen.
● Sorry. I have nothing to share.
2. ● What if we go hiking/camping?
● I want to spend my holiday in my grandparents’ house. Want to join?
● Let’s go swimming.
3. ● Let’s see it this afternoon.
● What if we go there together after school?
4. ● What if we see her after school?
● Let’s see her this afternoon.
5. ● Don’t worry. You can use mine.
● Let me take you there.
● I want to go out. Let’s go together, then.

241
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

D. Practice the dialogs in Task C with your friend.

E. Listen to your teacher, and then answer the questions orally.


Dialog 1

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Ferry : While waiting for the others, may I have something to drink?
Tata : Of course. Hot or cold?
Ferry : Er . . . cold, please.
Tata : I have many choices, soft drink, juice, iced tea or iced water. What do you like?
Ferry : Sorry for asking. Is this a restaurant?
Tata : Yes, it is. No, just kidding.
Ferry : Well, give me soft drink if it does not trouble you.
Tata : Not at all. I’ll be right back.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?


Jawaban: Two friends.
2. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In Tata’s house.
3. Ferry said, “. . . , may I have something to drink?” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He asks for something.
4. How did Tata respond to it?
Jawaban: By saying, “Of course.”
5. What does Ferry finally have?
Jawaban: He has soft drink.
Dialog 2
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Nita : It’s very hot today.
Lesly : That’s right.
Nita : It makes me thirsty. Let’s go to the food stall to have something to drink.
Lesly : Sorry, I’m broke.
Nita : Don’t worry. I’ll treat you.
Lesly : Really?
Nita : Yup!
Lesly : Thanks. O.K., let’s go.

1. How is the weather that day?


Jawaban: It is very hot.
2. How does Nita feel?
Jawaban: She feels thirsty.
3. Where will the girls go?
Jawaban: They will go to the food stall to buy something to drink.
4. Who will pay the drink? How do you know?
Jawaban: Nita will. She said, “Don’t worry. I’ll treat you.”
5. What did Lesly say to express her gratitude?
Jawaban: She said, “Thanks.”

UNIT 4 Recount

242

F. Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


Listen to the dialog and answer questions Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
1 and 2. Angel likes to browse in bookstores. She
asks Lilly whether she wants to go there
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: with her that afternoon.
Yanti goes home from school with Teguh. Angel : Lilly, do you want to come to
They go by bikes. Paradise bookstore with me?
Yanti : Oh, my! It’s really hot! Lilly : I’d love to, but I only have a little
Teguh : Look! There’s an ice cream stand. money left.
Let’s get something to drink. Angel : So do I, but I just want to browse.
Yanti : That sounds lovely. Let’s go. Lilly : Are you sure you just want to browse?
Teguh : Let’s. Angel : Yeah. I like to read new magazines
or comic books there. I don’t have
1. Who invites to stop at the ice cream stand?
enough money to buy them, but I can
A. Yanti does. go there and read, right?
B. Teguh does.
C. No one does.
D. Teguh and Yanti do.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan
Teguh, ”Look! There’s an ice cream stand.
Let’s get something to drink.”.
2. Teguh said, “________” to invite to drink.
A. Look! There’s an ice cream stand.
B. That sounds lovely! Let’s go.
C. Oh, my! It’s really hot!
D. Let’s get something to drink.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan tersebut, Teguh
mengajak Yanti minum dengan
mengatakan ”Let’s get something to drink.”.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions


3 and 4.
3. What does Angel ask Lilly to do? Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
A. To read books in Paradise bookstore. David invites Helena for lunch next Sunday
B. To browse in Paradise bookstore. afternoon.
C. To spend the night together. David : Are you free next Sunday afternoon?
D. To go out together. Helena : Yes. What’s up?
Jawaban: B David : Why don’t we have lunch in
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama Merapi Restaurant?
dan kedua pada percakapan yang Helena : I’d love to. Thanks.
dibacakan guru, yaitu ”Angel likes to browse David : Well, I’ll pick you up at one, O.K.?
in bookstores. She asks Lilly whether she Helena : That would be great! I look
wants to go there with her that afternoon.”. forward to it.
David : See you, then.
4. Why does Lilly decline Angel’s invitation at
Helena : See you.
first? Because ________.
A. she has no time 5. When will David and Helena go out for
B. she has a little money lunch together?
C. she has no companion A. Last Sunday afternoon.
D. she has to do something else B. Last Saturday afternoon.
Jawaban: B C. Next Sunday afternoon.
Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang D. Next Saturday afternoon.
disimpulkan dari kalimat Lilly, yaitu “I’d Jawaban: C
love to, but I only have a little money left.” Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat di awal
yang artinya ”Saya ingin pergi, tetapi uang percakapan yang dibacakan guru, yaitu
saya tinggal sedikit.”. ”David invites Helena for lunch next
Listen to the dialog and answer question 5. Sunday afternoon.”.

243
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

A. Practice the dialogs below with your friend.


1. Woman : I want some envelopes, please.
Assistant : Which size do you want, Madam? The large, medium or the small one?
Woman : The medium size, please. By the way, do you have any writing-paper?
Assistant : Yes, we do.
Woman : Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black ink.
Assistant : O.K. Here you are. Is that all?
Woman : That’s all, thank you.
2. Rendi gave a ride to Selma. They are in Selma’s house yard now.
Selma : Thanks for the ride, Ren.
Rendi : No problem.
Selma : Won’t you come in for a drink or something?
Rendi : No, thanks. Maybe some other time.
Selma : Well, then. See you.
Rendi : See you.

Variasi:
Guru membaca kata-kata berikut. Siswa disuruh menulisnya di selembar kertas dan kemudian
mencari artinya. Setelah selesai, mereka disuruh mengumpulkan hasilnya.
What do the words below mean?
Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. envelope = amplop 2. ink = tinta
3. size = ukuran 4. writing-paper = kertas tulis
5. ride = tumpangan 6. come in = masuk
7. house yard = halaman rumah 8. medium = sedang

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.


Dialog 1
1. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: A customer and a shop assistant.
2. Where does it occur?
Jawaban: In a stationery shop.
3. What does the woman need?
Jawaban: She needs envelopes, writing-paper, a pad and a bottle of black ink.
Dialog 2
1. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Two friends, Selma and Rendi.
2. What did Selma say to invite Rendi?
Jawaban: She said, “Won’t you come in for a drink or something?”
3. Did Rendi accept it? What did he say?
Jawaban: No, he didn’t. He said, “No, thanks. Maybe some other time.”

UNIT 4 Recount

244

Variasi:
Read the dialogs in Task A once again.
Then, write down the expressions that we use to invite someone, to ask for something,
and to respond to them.
Say those expressions with proper pronunciation.
Jawaban:
1. I want some envelopes, please. (asking for something)
2. Which size do you want, Madam? (responding to asking for something)
3. Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black ink. (asking for something)
4. O.K. Here you are. (giving the things)
5. Won’t you come in for a drink or something? (inviting someone)
6. No, thanks. Maybe some other time. (declining an invitation)

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


D. About Dina’s invitation to see a big
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. sale in Super Jumbo Mall.
Dina : Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having a big Jawaban: C
sale in four days only. Do you like to Dalam percakapan tersebut, Dina
join me to go there? mengajak Lena pergi ke Mal Super Jumbo
Lena : No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired. karena di sana ada obral. Jadi, Dina dan
Dina : You can refresh your mind by doing Lena membicarakan tentang obral
window shopping, right? tersebut (a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall).
Lena : Nope! I prefer staying at home to going 2. Lena declines the invitation by saying,
out at this time. “________”
1. What does Dina and Lena talk about? A. Do you want to join me to go there?
A. About Lena’s feeling that day. B. Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having
B. About Lena’s intention to go out. a big sale in four days only.
C. About a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall. C. You can refresh your mind by doing
window shopping, right?
D. No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired. Jawaban: D
Respons Lena ”No, I don’t feel like it. I’m
tired.” yang artinya ”Saya tidak ingin pergi
ke sana. Saya lelah.” digunakan untuk
menolak ajakan atau undangan.

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.


Arum : What do you have for lunch break?
Karlina : I have five pieces of dorayaki.
Arum : Dorayaki? What is that?
Karlina : It’s a cake that tastes delicious.
Arum : May I have it?
Karlina : Sure. Here you’re.
Arum : Thanks. Hmm . . . delicious.
3. Where do you think the dialog happens?
A. At home. B. At school.
C. In the yard. D. On the bus.
Jawaban: B
Pada awal percakapan Arum mengatakan,
”What do you have for lunch break?” yang
artinya ”Apa yang kamu punya untuk
makan siang pada jam istirahat ini?”.
Ucapan Arum tersebut menunjukkan
bahwa percakapan terjadi di sekolah
(at school) pada saat jam istirahat.
4. Arum said, “May I have it?”
It means ________.
A. she asks for something
B. she receives something
C. she rejects something
D. she offers something

245
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

5. The word ‘it’ in “May I have it?” refers to


Jawaban: A ________.
Dalam percakapan tersebut Karlina A. the school B. the lunch break
membawa lima potong kue dorayaki. C. the food D. the cake
Pada saat itu Arum belum tahu apa itu Jawaban: D
dorayaki. Dia pun memintanya. Jadi, Kata ’it’ mengacu pada kata benda yang
ucapan Arum tersebut digunakan untuk telah disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya.
meminta sesuatu (ask for something).

Berdasarkan ucapan sebelumnya, yaitu


ucapan Karlina, ’it’ tersebut mengacu pada
the cake (kue dorayaki).
D. Complete the dialogs with the suitable expressions in the boxes.
Practice them with your friend.

1. ● Here you are. Officer : Good morning. (a) ________


● No, thanks. Tourist : (b) ________
● Passport, please? Officer : Thank you very much. Are you a tourist or on business?
Tourist : I’m a tourist. Tourist : Thank you.
Officer : That’s fine. Have a nice stay!
2. ● I’ll call her later. Luna :My cousin will be coming here next week.
● Why don’t you come over Coki :Is she your cousin from Perth?
to meet her? Luna :Right! (c) ________
● Let me know if you can Coki :(d) ________ I have to finish my paper report. Anyway,
come. how long will she be here?
● I’d love to, but I can’t. Luna : She’ll be here for a week. (e) ________
Coki : O.K. I will be very interested in meeting her.
Jawaban:
a. Passport, please? b. Here you are.
c. Why don’t you come over to meet her? d. I’d love to, but I can’t.
e. Let me know if you can come.

Variasi:
Guru menanyakan pertanyaan-pertanyaan tentang percakapan-percakapan di atas. Siswa
disuruh menjawabnya secara lisan.
A. Listen to your teacher.
Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task D orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. Where do you think dialog 1 takes place?
2. What do the people talk about?
3. What does the officer ask the tourist to do?
4. In dialog 2, who will come to Luna’s house?
5. What did she say to invite Coki to meet her?
Jawaban:
1. In a boarding pass desk in an airport.
2. A passport and the tourist’s business.
3. To show his passport.
4. Her cousin from Perth.
5. She said, “Why don’t you come over to meet her?”

UNIT 4 Recount
246

B. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.


Practice them with your friend.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Eka will have a boy scout activity at school this afternoon. He is unwilling to go there alone. He
calls Ari to ask him to go together.
3 Eka : What if we go together?
6 Ari : Sorry. Maybe some other time.
1 Eka : Ri, will you go to the boy scout this afternoon?
4 Ari : I’m really sorry, but my brother will take me there.
5 Eka : That’s too bad.
” Ari : Yup!

Dialog 2
Galang and Yoyok are invited to Jasmine’s house to have a party. But, her house is quiet when
they arrive. Then, they decide to try the back door. They find out that the party is in the garden.
6
3 5
1 Galang : Is it, Jas?
7 Jasmine : Hi, guys! Everybody wants to have the party in the garden. Please come and
4 have something to drink.
2 Yoyok : Water? There’s none left.
Galang : Look! Everyone’s in the garden.
Jasmine : Don’t believe him, Galang. He’s only joking. I’ll get you some water.
Galang : Thanks, Jas. May I have a glass of water, please?
Yoyok : Yeah. Hi, Jasmine!

E. Make dialogs based on the situations below.


Practice them.
1. You visited your friend last week. He/she has never visited you before. Invite him/her to your
house. He/she accepts your invitation. How would the dialog go?
2. It rains heavily today. There is a woman taking shelter in the veranda. You invite her to come
inside. She declines it, but you insist her to come inside. You tell the reason. Finally, she
accepts it. How would the dialog go?
3. Your friend invites you to attend her sister’s birthday party. Unfortunately, you can’t come. You
have to prepare for your test. How would the dialog go?

Contoh jawaban:
1. You : It’s time for me to leave.
Your friend : Why do you leave so soon?
You : It’s 4:00 p.m. already.
Your friend : O.K. then.
You : What if you come to my house next Saturday afternoon?
Your friend : O.K. I’ll come!
2. You : Why don’t you come inside, Ma’am?
Woman : No, thanks. Thank you for offering me, but I’m all right.
You : Look! It rains heavily and the wind blows hard. You’ll be safe if you stay inside.
Come inside, please?

247
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Woman : You’re right. May something happen.


You : Right. Please enjoy your stay.
Woman : Thank you very much.
3. Your friend : Hi!
You : Hi!
Your friend : My sister, Wilda, will have a birthday party this afternoon. She invites you to come.
You : I’d like to, but I can’t.
Your friend : Why? She’ll be upset if you don’t come.
You : I hope not. You know, I have two tests tomorrow. So, I must prepare myself.
Your friend : I see.
You : Please ask her to forgive me. I’ll meet her tomorrow after school.
Your friend : O.K., I will.

Variasi:
A. Work individually.
Make dialogs based on the situations below.
Practice the dialogs with your friend.
1. Your friend lost her purse. She looks worried how she goes home. She asks you to lend
her some money. How would the dialog go?
2. Your friend has some cookies. He/she made them himself/herself. You ask him/her to try
some. How would the dialog go?
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : You look so worried. What happened?
Your friend : Um . . . I lost my purse and now I have no money at all.
You : I’m sorry to hear that.
Your friend : I don’t know how to go home. Could you lend me some money to pay the
bus fare?
You : Of course. Here you are.
Your friend : Thank you. Sorry to trouble you.
You : No, not at all.
2. You : What are you eating?
Your friend : Cookies. You know, I made them myself.
You : Really? Can I try some?
Your friend : With pleasure. Taste it. What do you think?
You : It taste to good. I think you’ll be a great baker someday.
Your friend : Thanks.

UNIT 4 Recount

248

4.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the monolog and study the explanation.


Look! This is a music band named Koes Plus. You know,
Koes Plus was a well known pop music group in the seventies
until the eighties. At that time most Indonesian people were
crazy about their songs because they were nice and simple.
Every radio station broadcast their songs and always put them
in the top of pop music. Their music shows were always full of
audience.
Well, you can still enjoy their songs by buying their CD’s.
You can also listen to them in certain television stations. Picture source:
Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 www.photos.friendster.com
The text above is a recount text in spoken form. A recount text tells about past events.
They can be people’s experiences, certain events such as traffic accidents, historical events
such as the Indonesia’s independence or biographies such as the life of Indonesian heroes.

Speaking Tips:
Don’t be afraid to repeat what you’re saying, especially if you can do it in a slightly
different way. If you forget the word you want to use, you can say:
● “What I want to say is . . . .”
● “I can’t find the word I’m looking for . . . .”
● “I’m not sure this is the right word, but . . . .”

Written Text

Read the text and study the explanation.


Mohammad Ali
Title
Mohammad Ali is still one of the most recognizable men on earth.
And decades after he burst upon the scene as a gold medal winner at
Re-orientation Today Ali is a deeply religious man who causes feeling of love
the 1960 Olympics in Rome, Italy, Muhammad Ali remains a magical
Orientation figure, known and loved throughout the world.

249
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Ali brought new speed and grace to his sport, and his charm and
wit changed forever what we expect a champion to be. His
accomplishments in the ring were the stuff of legend: two fights with
Sonny Listen, where he proclaimed himself “The Greatest” and proved
he was; three ambitious wars with Joe Frazier; the stunning victory over
George Foreman in Zaire; and dethroning Leon Spinks to become the
heavyweight champion for the third time.
Events But there was always far more to Muhammad Ali than what took
place in a boxing ring. His early embrace of the Nation of Islam and his
insistence on being called Muhammad Ali instead of his “slave name”,
Cassius Clay, introduced a new era in black pride. His refusal to be
inducted into the United States army anticipated the growing antiwar
movement of the 1960s. And his willingness to stage his fights in different
countries such as Kinshasa, Zaire; Manila, the Philippines; and Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia, signaled a shift away from super power dominances
toward a growing awareness of the importance of the third world.

and respect wherever he travels.


Adapted from: An official biography by Tom Hauser

The text is also a recount text, but in written form. The main feature of a recount text is
the use of the simple past tense.
A recount text has certain elements. Those are orientation, a series of events and
sometimes re-orientation.
● Orientation tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved
in the story, when it occured, or why it happened.
● A series of events tell the story. These are usually described in time order.
● Re-orientation is the closure of events (usually optional).

Grammar Section

The Past Continuous Tense


Read the dialogs and pay attention to the bold-typed sentences.
Study the explanation.
1. Lelly : Where were the girls?
Dion : They were singing in the veranda when I was here.
2. Jarot : Have you met your cousin?
Vina : Not yet. I was taking a nap when she arrived.
The bold-typed clauses use the past continuous or the past progressive tense. You use it
to indicate that an action was going on at a certain time in the past.

Pattern: Subject + was/were + V-ing + complement


Examples:
1. Dina : What were you doing at 2:00 p.m. yesterday?
Metta : I was doing my homework.
2. Tuti was watching TV at about 9:00 p.m last night.

UNIT 4 Recount
250

The past continuous tense is also used to indicate that two actions happened at the same
time in the past. The past continuous tense is used for a longer action.
Patterns:
Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + complement + when + subject (2) + Vpast +
(complement)
Examples:
1. Mother was cooking when the children went home.
2. Dita and Eka were chatting when we met them.
Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + (complement) + while + subject (2) + be (was/
were) + V-ing + complement
Examples:
1. Mother was cooking while my sister was cleaning the dining table.
2. While I was having breakfast, mother was making a cup of coffee for father.

Relating/Linking Verbs
Read the sentences and pay attention to the bold-typed words.
Study the explanation.
The rain seems unstoppable. The melon syrup tastes sweet and nice.
The bold-typed words are called relating verbs or also well-known as linking verbs. Relating
verbs are verbs that connect subjects with adjectives (complements) that describe the subjects.
Here are some common relating verbs.
● feel ● turn ● look ● seem
● smell ● become ● taste ● get
Subject Reflexive Subject Reflexive
Pattern: Pronouns
Subject Pronouns
+ relating verb Pronouns
+ complement Pronouns
(adjective)
Singular Plural
Examples:
1.1st The
person
rocking chairI looks comfortable.
myself we
2. The ourselves
children feel happy.
3.2ndAyu
person you disappointed.
and Gea seem yourself you yourselves
4. These roses smell good.
3rd person he himself they themselves
Reflexive Pronounsshe herself
it itself
Read the dialogs and study the explanation.
1. Tiara : Wow! It’s a beautiful drawing. Who made it?
Siska : I did it myself.
2. Tefi : Do you know what that band is?
Inug : The band call themselves “Heaven”.

251
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

The bold-typed words are called reflexive pronouns. You use them when the subject and the
object of a sentence are the same. You use those words when you want to emphasize the
subject, like the examples above. You also use reflexive pronouns to mean alone, such as
“I walked home by myself last night”.
Here are the reflexive pronouns.

Examples:
1. That boy hurt himself when he tried to cut the branches.
2. Ririn often talks to herself when she is nervous.

Look at the picture.


Tell briefly about the man.
Picture source:
www.upload.wikimedia.org
Jawaban:
This man is the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani. He is one of the Heroes of the Revolution.
He died on September 30, 1965 on the tragedy of September 30th Movement.

UNIT 4 Recount

252

A. Listen to your teacher and make some notes if necessary.


What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


This is the early life of Ahmad Yani. He was born in Jenar, Purworejo, Central Java on June
19, 1922. His family, Wongsoredjo family, worked at a sugar factory. In 1927, Yani moved with his
family to Batavia. At Batavia, Yani worked his way through primary and secondary education. In
1940, Yani left high school to undergo compulsory military service in the army of the Dutch East
Indies colonial government. He studied military topography in Malang, East Java. Unfortunately,
this education was interrupted by the arrival of the invading Japanese in 1942.
In 1943, he joined Peta (Defenders of the Motherland) army. He underwent further training
in Magelang. After completing this training, Yani enlisted himself to be trained as a Peta platoon
commander. He was transferred to Bogor, West Java to receive his training. Upon completion,
he was sent back to Magelang as an instructor.
In the early hours of October 1, 1965, he was kidnapped by kidnappers who came to Yani’s
house. They killed the general. His body was taken to Lubang Buaya and was hidden in a disused
well. Yani’s body was recovered on October 4. He was given a state funeral the following day
before being burried at the Hero’s Cemetery at Kalibata. On the same day, Yani was officially
declared the Hero of the Revolution.
Today, many Indonesian cities have roads named after him, and his former house, at Jalan
Latuhahary No. 6, Menteng, Jakarta is a museum.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmad_Yani (January 1, 2009)

Jawaban: It tells about the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani, one of the Revolutionary Heroes.

Variasi:
Rewrite the words and find their meanings.
1. sugar factory = ________ 2. move = ________
3. through = ________ 4. undergo (underwent) = ________
5. compulsory = ________ 6. unfortunately = ________
7. interrupted = ________ 8. arrival = ________
9. defender = ________ 10. motherland = ________
11. enlist = ________ 12. platoon = ________
13. commander = ________ 14. transferred = ________
15. kidnapped = ________ 16. hidden = ________
17. disused = ________ 18. well = ________
19. burried = ________ 20. officially = ________
Jawaban:
1. pabrik gula 2. pindah 3. melalui 4. melaksanakan
5. wajib, kewajiban 6. sayangnya 7. terganggu 8. kedatangan
9. pembela 10. tanah air 11. mendaftarkan diri 12. peleton
13. komandan 14. dipindah 15. diculik 16. disembunyikan
17. tidak terpakai 18. sumur 19. dimakamkan; dikubur 20. secara resmi

253
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

B. Answer the following questions based on the monolog in Task A.


1. When was Ahmad Yani born?
Jawaban: On June 19, 1922.
2. How old was he when his family decided to move to Batavia?
Jawaban: Five years old.
3. What is Batavia now called?
Jawaban: Jakarta.
4. According to the text, when did Japanese troops arrive in Malang?
Jawaban: In 1942.
5. Where did he got the Peta training?
Jawaban: In Magelang.

Variasi:
Your teacher will ask you more questions about the monolog in Task A.
Answer the questions orally.
1. Who killed Ahmad Yani?
Jawaban: Kidnappers did.
2. How old was he when it happened?
Jawaban: Forty-three years old.
3. Where was his dead body hidden?
Jawaban: In a disused well in Lubang Buaya.
4. Where was he burried?
Jawaban: At the Hero’s Cemetery, Kalibata.
5. What honor did her received from the government?
Jawaban: The Hero of the Revolution.

C. Listen to your teacher and complete the text.


Read your work aloud.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Donald Izacus Panjaitan, born on June 9, 1925 and died on October 1, 1965, was one of the
Heroes of the Revolution. He was an Indonesian general who was (1) killed during a kidnap
attempt by members of the September 30th Movement.
D.I. Pandjaitan was (2) born in Sitorang, Balige in the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra. After
completing elementary and high school, he underwent Japanese Giyugun military education. He
was then posted to Pekanbaru. He was there when Indonesian (3) independence was declared
on August 17, 1945.
In November 1945, Pandjaitan, together with other youths, helped (4) set up a local branch of
the People’s Security Army (TKR), initially serving as a battalion commander. In March 1948, he
was appointed commander of the commander for organization and education of XI/Banteng
Division at Bukittinggi, West Sumatra. Not long after, he (5) became the fourth deputy commander
(supplies) for the Sumatran Army Command. When the Dutch launched their second “police
action” against the Republic, he was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government of
the Republic of Indonesia.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Izacus_Panjaitan (January 1, 2009)

UNIT 4 Recount

254

Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task C orally.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: About Donald Izacus Panjaitan, one of the Heroes of the Revolution.
2. Where was the man born?
Jawaban: In Sitorang, Balige in the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra.
3. When did he die?
Jawaban: On October 1, 1965.
4. How old was he when he died?
Jawaban: He was forty years old.
5. According to the text, what was his role when the Dutch launched their second “police
action” against the Republic?
Jawaban: When the Dutch launched their second “police action” against the Republic,
Panjaitan was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government of the
Republic of Indonesia.

B. Listen to the story of Supriyadi, then choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
the Japanese defeated the rebellion.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: On October 6, 1945 in a government
Supriyadi was born in Trenggalek, decree issued by the newly independent
East Java on April 13, 1923. In October Indonesia, Supriyadi was named minister
1943, the Japanese established a militia, for public security in the first cabinet.
PETA (Defenders of the Motherland) to However, he failed to appear. Then, he
assist Japanese forces against the Allies. was replaced on October 20, by ad
Supriyadi joined PETA. After training, he interim minister Muhammad
was posted to Blitar, East Java. He had Soeljoadikusuma. To this day his fate
to oversee the work of the Romusha remains unknown.
forced laborers. The plight of these Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
workers inspired him to rebel against the Supriyadi (January 1, 2009)
Japanese.
In the early hours of February 14,
1945, rebels attacked Japanese troops.
This caused heavy casualties. However,
D. Supriyadi’s troops who fought
1. Suppose Supriyadi is still alive now. He
against the allies.
will be ________ years old. Jawaban: B
A. 27 B. 68 Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua
C. 86 D. 98 bacaan tersebut, yaitu ”In October 1943,
Jawaban: C the Japanese established a militia, PETA
Supriyadi lahir pada tahun 1923. (Defenders of the Motherland) to assist
Sekarang tahun 2009. Jadi, andaikan Japanese forces against the Allies.”.
sekarang Supriyadi masih hidup, dia akan
berusia 86 tahun (2009 – 1923 = 86). 3. “To this day his fate remains unknown.”
(Paragraph 3)
2. What is PETA? The word ‘his’ refers to ________.
A. The Japanese army. A. Supriyadi
B. A militia to assist Japanese forces B. Muhammad Soeljoadikusuma
against the Allies. C. a minister for public security
C. A militia which was set up by Supriyadi D. Romusha forced laborer
to fight against Japanese troops.

255
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

menang (won). Fought artinya berjuang;


Jawaban: A berperang; berkelahi. Freed artinya
Kata ’his’ tersebut menggantikan subjek membebaskan. Conquered artinya
kalimat sebelumnya. Subjek kalimat menaklukkan; mengalahkan.
sebelumnya adalah ’he’ yang mengacu
5. What position would he have in the first
pada Supriyadi. Jadi, kata tersebut
cabinet?
mengacu pada Supriyadi.
A. PETA commander.
4. “However, the Japanese defeated the B. Minister for National Security.
rebellion.” (Paragraph 2) C. Minister for Public Affairs.
The underlined word has the opposite D. Minister for Public Security.
meaning to ______________. Jawaban: D
A. fought B. freed Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
C. won D. conquered pertama paragraf tiga, yaitu ”Supriyadi
Jawaban: C was named minister for public security in
Kata ’defeated’ artinya ’mengalahkan’. the first cabinet.”.
Lawan kata mengalahkan adalah

D. Listen to your teacher.


Write down his/her sentences.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


1. Lisa was going to the market when I called her.
2. Was the mechanic fixing the computer?
3. When Dayu arrived home, his brother was making a kite.
4. My brother was doing his homework when I asked him to have dinner.
5. When Hanung and Agung came, Bowo was cleaning his motorcycle.
6. There were two mobile phones in the drawer when I entered Yeni’s room.
7. Itang was giving some money to the porter when his father picked him up.
8. The sun was shining brightly when we arrived at the beach last Sunday.
9. My brother was operating the computer when the light was suddenly off.
10. Was Mr. Ketut Nuarta having a conversation with the principal when Jaya was in the
teacher’s office?
E. Label the pictures below using the proper sentences in Task D.
Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:

1 2 3

When Hanung and Agung Itang was giving some money


When Dayu arrived home, his came, Bowo was cleaning his to the porter when his father
brother was making a kite. motorcycle. picked him up.

256
UNIT 4 Recount

4 5 6

My brother was doing his There were two mobile


My brother was operating the homework when I asked him phones in the drawer when
computer when the light was to have dinner. I entered Yeni’s room.
suddenly off.

A. Read the text.


Deliver a monolog based on the text.
Halim Perdana Kusuma is an Indonesian hero. This man, born in Sampang, November 18,
1922, died in Malaysia, in Desember 14, 1947. This occurred during the Indonesian struggle
against the Dutch colonalization. That time he was assigned to buy and carried weapons, such as
sten-guns, pistols, bombs and karbin, using airplane. He flew “Enderson” airplane from Thailand.
He did this duty with his colleague, Marsma Ismayudi.
On their way home, their plane crashed. Nobody knew why it happened. Some said this was
caused by bad weather or sabotage. Their crashed airplane was found in a forest not far from
Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet, only Halim’s dead body was evacuated by the rescue team. Ismayudi
remains unknown up to now. Neither do all the weapons they carried. Halim’s dead body was firstly
interred in Mount Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was taken
back to Indonesia and was interred in Kalibata, Jakarta.
Indonesian government bestowed him as an Indonesian National Hero. International airport in
Jakarta was named after him, Halim Perdana Kusuma.
Source: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/halim-perdana-kusuma/index.shtml (December 23, 2008)
Example:
Good morning, friends. I would like to tell you the story of Halim Perdana Kusuma. You are
quite familiar with him, don’t you? International airport, Halim Perdana Kusuma is for his name.
One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a duty to buy and carried many weapons, such as
sten-guns, pistols, boms and karbin. On their way home, something happened. _______________
______________________________________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:
Good morning, friends. I’d like to tell you about Halim Perdana Kusuma. Sound familiar, doesn’t it?
No. Word Meaning Synonym
Well, Halim Perdana Kusuma International Airport is named after him. Here’s the story.
1.One woods
day, he and his hutan
colleague Ismayudi got forest
a duty to buy and carried many weapons, using
airplane.
2. He
armflew an airplanesenjata
named “Enderson” from Thailand.
weapon However, on the way home, a bad thing
happened;
3. his plane crashed.
brought The cause is still a mystery.
membawa Some people said that his plane was due to
carried
bad4.weather or sabotaged.diberi
entitled The nama
rescue team foundnamedthe plane
afterin a forest not far from Lumut, Perak,
Malaysia.
5. They only
passed away evacuated Halim’s dead
meninggal dunia body while Ismayudi
died remains unknown. They even couldn’t
find the weapons which Halim bought and carried. Firstly, Halim’s dead body was burried in Mount
Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was taken back to Indonesia and
was burried in Kalibata, Jakarta. Later, the government bestowed him the Indonesian National Hero.
257
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the words below and find their synonyms in the text before.
Jawaban:

B. Complete the sentences with your answers in Task A correctly.


1. What does that woman ________ in the basket? It looks heavy.
2. Indonesian heroes had to flee to the ________ to save their lives.
3. Pangeran Diponegoro ________ in Makassar during his exiled.
4. Indonesian heroes only used sharp bambooes as their ________ to fight against the
Dutch troops.
5. The international airport Soekarno-Hatta was ________ our founding fathers.
Jawaban:
1. carry 2. forest 3. died
4. weapons 5. named after
C. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the story of Halim
Perdana Kusuma.
1. ______ Halim Perdana Kusuma was a pilot.
2. ______ He died because the Dutch troops shot his plane down.
3. ______ Halim’s dead body was evacuated from Mount Mesah, Malaysia.
4. ______ The rescue team only found the weapons Halim brought from Thailand.
5. ______ The international airport Halim Perdana Kusuma was named after him.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. He died because his plane crashed and nobody knew how or why it happened.
3. F. “The crashed airplane was found in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet,
only Halim’s dead body was evacuated by the rescue team.” So, his dead body was
evacuated from Lumut, Perak. Mount Mesah was the first place where he was burried
after the evacuation.
4. F. Based on the sentence “Neither do all the weapons they carried.”, it means they didn’t
find any weapons.
5. T
D. Complete the monolog with the suitable words in the box.
Read your work with proper pronunciation.
Hans Bague Yassin
a. declared b. passed away c. interred d. made e. second
f. loved g. magazines h. born i. excellent j. diligent

H.B. Yassin was (1) ________ in Gorontalo, North Sulawesi on July 31, 1917. He was the
(2) ________ child of six children. He (3) ________ reading books when he sat in elementary
school. He said, “That time, the way teachers motivated the students to read was (4) ________.”

UNIT 4 Recount
258

He learned how to write and understand poetry there. He began to write literature criticism and his
works were published in some (5) ________ when he moved to Medan with his father.
H.B. Yassin had great effects on the Indonesian literature. He was the man who
(6) ________ Chairil Anwar as the pioneer of ‘Angkatan 45’. He was (7) ________ in
documenting literary works and some other works relating to work of arts. He had
(8) ________ about twenty original works and did ten translations. Some of them were Gema
Tanah Air, Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya, Kesusasteraan Indonesia Baru Masa Jepang,
Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai (four volumes, 1954–1967) and Tafsir
Al Quran in the book of Qur’an Bacaan Mulia.
H.B. Yassin (9) ________ on Saturday morning, March 11, 2000 when he was nursed in
Cipto Mangunkusumo Hospital because of a heart attack (stroke) he suffered from. He was
(10) ________ in Kalibata, Jakarta
Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/hb-jassin/index.shtml (December 27, 2008)

Jawaban:
1. h 2. e 3. f 4. i 5. g
6. a 7. j 8. d 9. b 10. c
E. Your teacher will ask you some questions about H.B. Yassin.
Answer his/her questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. When was H.B. Yassin born?
2. Suppose he is still alive today, how old is he now?
3. How many siblings did he have?
4. What did he like on his childhood?
5. How many works had he made?
6. What were some of his works?
7. According to H.B. Yassin, who was the pioneer of ‘Angkatan 45’?
8. When did he pass away?
9. Where was he interred?
10. “That time, the way teachers motivated the students to read was excellent.”
What do the words ‘that time’ refer to?

Jawaban:
1. On July 31, 1917.
2. 92 years old.
3. Five.
4. He liked reading books.
5. He had made about twenty original works and did ten translations.
6. Some of them were ‘Gema Tanah Air’, ‘Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya’, ‘Kesusasteraan Indonesia
Baru Masa Jepang’, ‘Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai’ (four volumes,
1954–1967) and Tafsir Alquran in the book of Qur’an Bacaan Mulia.
7. Chairil Anwar was.
8. On March 11, 2000.
9. In Kalibata, Jakarta.
10. It refers to the time when he sat in elementary school.

259
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

B. Tell about the pictures using sentences in the past continues tense.
Example:

1 2

_________________________ _________________________
I was taking a walk when

I saw Ardian open the door.

3 4 5

_________________________ _________________________
_________________________

Contoh jawaban:
1. Father was watching TV when Ade turned on the lamp.
2. I was cleaning the white board when the teacher called my name.
3. Ida was sweeping the floor when her friends arrived.
4. Bagus was doing his homework when his father went home.
5. Were you taking a nap when Ipung phoned you?

Variasi:
Remember the events you saw or experienced during this week.
Tell your friends about them using the past continuous tense.
Do it in turns.
Example:
I saw your sister ride a bike with
her friend when I went to school
this morning.

UNIT 4 Recount

260

C. Tell about the pictures using sentences with suitable relating verbs.

Example:

The students look happy


playing together.
4. Doni gets hungry after havi
ng PE lesson.
1 2
5. Doni looks diligent doing hi
s homework.

_________________________ _________________________

4 5

_________________________ _________________________

Contoh jawaban:
1. My mother seems busy cooking for the party.
2. It appears difficult for my brother washing his jeans.
3. The boy seems respectful to older people.
3

_________________________

261
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

A. Look at the pictures of the Indonesian heroes.


Who are they?

● Imam Bonjol ● Pattimura ● Cut Nyak Meutia


● Teuku Umar ● Hasannudin ● Christina Marta Tiahahu
● Cut Nyak Dien ● Ki Hajar Dewantara ● Sisingamangaraja

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Picture source: www.foto-foto.com (December 22, 2008)


Jawaban:
1. Ki Hajar Dewantara
2. Imam Bonjol
3. Cut Nyak Dien
4. Sisingamangaraja
5. Cut Nyak Meutia
6. Hasannudin
7. Pattimura
8. Christina Marta Tiahahu
B. Read the biography of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.
Muhammad Yamin (1903–1962) was born in Talawi, Sawahlunto, Sumatra. He was the son of
Oesman Gelar Baginda Khatib the Penghulu (Prince) of Indrapura. In 1937, Yamin married Siti
Sundari, daughter of a nobleman from Surakarta, Central Java, by whom he had one child, a son,
Dang Rahadian Sinayangsih Yamin (“Dian”).
Muhammad Yamin was a historian, poet, playwright and politician. He was educated at the
Algemene Middelbare School (AMS) in Yogyakarta, majoring in history and far eastern languages,
including Malay, Javanese and Sanskrit.

UNIT 4 Recount
262

In 1928, Yamin participated in the Second Congress of Indonesian Youth, which issued the Sumpah
Pemuda. Through the organization Indonesia Muda, Yamin became an active proponent for Malay to
become the national and unifying language. It has since been renamed “Indonesian” and made the official
language of the Republic of Indonesia and the principal vehicle for innovative literary expression.
Yamin was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond in one of whose forums he befriended
Mohammad Hatta, Indonesia’s first Vice President. He earned his living through writing and reporting.
On May 29, 1945 in one of Preparatory Committee’s sessions, Yamin rose to deliver a speech
on certain philosophical and political foundations and enumerated five principles for the nation that
would emerge after independence. Those five principles Pantja Sila were later incorporated in the
Preamble of the 1945 Constitution.
Most histories credit Soekarno for the creation of Pantja Sila. Pantja Sila, in modern spelling
Pancasila, is the state ideology of the Republic of Indonesia and consists of the following: (1) Belief
in the God Almighty; (2) Just and civilized humanity; (3) The unity of Indonesia; (4) Democracy
guided by the inner wisdom in the unanimity arising out of deliberations amongst representatives;
(5) Social justice for the whole of the people of Indonesia.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammad_Yamin (January 1, 2009)

Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: About Muhammad Yamin.
2. What does paragraph one tell you about?
Jawaban: It tells about the early life of Muhammad Yamin.
3. When did he make friends with the Indonesia’s first Vice President?
Jawaban: When he was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond.
4. What did he do?
Jawaban: He was a writer and reporter.
5. When was the Youth Pledge issued?
Jawaban: In (October 28,) 1928.

Variasi:
A. Rearrange the sentences into a good recount text.
Then, read your work aloud
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Alfred Simanjuntak
3 1

4
Here is his son Masa yang akan datang kewajibanmu lah
Menjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusa
g, ‘Bangun Pemudi Menjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusa
Pemuda’ by A. Sim Alfred Simanjuntak was the man who created a national song entitled ‘Bangun
Pemudi Pemuda’. It seems the song was the obsession of this Bataknese. He was born
anjuntak on September 8, 1920 in Parlombuan, North Tapanuli, North Sumatera.
Bangun pemudi pe In his early life, Alfred Simanjuntak had a simple and happy life. He was the son of
muda Indonesia Lamsana Simanjuntak and Kornelia Silitonga. He remembered when he had to eat rice
Tangan bajumu sin with cassava leaves and a tiny fish. However, he was very grateful for the grace of God
gsingkan untuk neg and he lived happily with his family. This grateful was reflected on his daily life, singing.
ara

263
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Word Meaning Synonym


His musical skill developed when
blue-blooded man hebangsawan
studied in Hollands nobleman
Inlandsche Kweek School
(a kind of teacher school) in Margoyudan,
participated Solo, Central Java,
ambil bagian 1935–1942.
took part
released
5 Now, Alfredmengeluarkan
Simanjuntak has alreadyissuedhad eleven grandchildren of his four children,
made Aida, Toga, Dorothea
membuatand John. created
made
2 friend
Alfred berteman
Simanjuntak who was a befriended
song creator dedicated his life to become a teacher.
session pertemuan meeting
He was twenty-three years old (in 1943) when he created ‘Bangun Pemudi Pemuda’. That
arose time, he was a teacher
bangkit in Sekolah Rakyat
got upSempurna Indonesia in Semarang, Central
law Java. Talking abouthukumthis song, he said,principle
“I was taking shower when the God whispered the
faith song. Then, I finished
keyakinan belief
my shower and wrote the song.”
entire keseluruhan whole
Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/a/alfred-simanjuntak/index.shtml
(December 27, 2009)
B. Read the words.
Find their synonyms.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

C. Complete the sentences with the answers in Task B.


Read your work aloud.
1. Finally, the government ________ the rule to reduce the price of petroleum.
2. The Board of Directors has an end-year ________. It is in progress now.
3. Prince William is a ________. He is the son of Prince Charles and Lady Diana.
4. Mr. President ________ from his chair and walked to the stage.
5. We want to know if Lidya and Masayu ________ in the charity.
Jawaban:
1. issued
2. meeting
3. nobleman
4. got up
5. took part

UNIT 4 Recount

264

C. Complete the dialogs with the words in brackets in correct forms.


1. Anjar : Have you called Yuyun and Faqih?
Devi : Yes, I have. When I ________ (phone) them, they ________ (get on) the bus.
2. Mr. Sarjana : What ________ (happen) to Mr. Aris?
Mr. Istamar : He ________ (cultivate) his field when suddenly a lightning ________ (strike)
him.
3. Father : What were the boys doing yesterday afternoon?
Mother : Aeron ________ (search) the materials in the Internet while Ganang ________
(type) the paper report.
4. Salsa : Poor people. They ________ (lose) their wealth in a second.
Jimmy : Yeah. They ________ (go) out of the town when the flood ________ (hit) their
house. They didn’t have much time to save their wealth.
5. Vivi : ________ you ________ (take a nap) when Rosa ________ (call)?
Etta : Right. Sorry, I ________ (not/hear) it.
Jawaban:
1. phoned; were getting on 2. happened; was cultivating; struck
3. was searching; was typing 4. lost; were going ; hit
5. Were (you); taking a nap; called; did not hear

D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


2. I saw no one near the opened door. Do yo
1. No one likes Agus. He only thinks of
u
________.
think the door was opened ________?
A. herself B. ourselves
A. by itself B. by ourselves
C. himself D. themselves
C. by myself D. by yourself
2. Your sister loves dressing up. She often
3. This mathematics exercises are difficult.
looks at ________ in the mirror.
I can’t solve them ________.
A. herself B. yourselves
A. itself B. themselves
C. himself D. themselves
C. myself D. yourselves
3. Alvin has big confidence. He does all his
work by ________.
A. yourselves B. himself
C. yourself D. itself

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru
dapat memberikan soal-soal latihan berikut.
1. It’s late at night. Don’t let Marcelina goes
________.
A. by himself B. by yourself
C. by itself D. by herself
4. The mother dove keeps her chicks by ________. Poor animal.
________. A. himself B. itself
A. herself B. themselves C. yourselves D. yourself
C. yourselves D. itself 5. Yuda always goes to school by bike
5. It was Eva and Rianti ________ who met alone. It means ________.
the Principal in the office. A. he prepares his bike itself
A. yourself B. herself B. he goes to school by himself
C. ourselves D. themselves C. he himself goes to school
D. he does his work by himself
Jawaban:
1. C 2. A 3. B Jawaban:
4. A 5. D 1. D 2. A 3. C
4. B 5. B
4. That old tiger can’t take care of

265
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

A. Look at the pictures.


Make sentences using suitable relating verbs and the words provided.
Example:

1 2

taste/delicious become/crowded
Be careful! The knife
seems very sharp.
4 5
3

seem/wild get/dark
look/untidy

Contoh jawaban:
1. The satay tastes very delicious. 2. The street becomes crowded during the peak hours.
3. Your room looks untidy. 4. The monkey seems wild.
5. The sky gets dark and dark.

B. Make five sentences using reflexive pronouns.


Read your work with proper pronunciation.
Contoh jawaban:
1. I fix the printer myself. 2. Galih mops the floor himself.
3. Did you paint the fence by yourself? 4. The girls made the crafts by themselves.
5. We prepare ourselves to face the midterm test.

C. Write the life of one of the greatest Indonesian people.


Read your work aloud.
Contoh jawaban:
Tribhuwanattunggadewi Jayawishnuwardhani was the empress of Majapahit who reigned
1328–1350 AD. She was the daughter of Raden Wijaya, the first king of Majapahit from his
consort; Dyah Gayatri Rajapatni. She was the mother and predecessor to Hayam Wuruk, the
emperor of the Majapahit. She also bore the title Bhre Kahuripan meaning Duchess of Kahuripan.
According to “Nagarakretagama”, Tribhuawana comes to throne by the order of her mother Gayatri
in the year of 1329. She replaced Jayanagara who was killed in 1328. Tribhuwana’s reign ended as
Gayatri passed away in 1350. Tribhuwana governed with the help of her husband, Kertawardhana.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tribhuwana_Wijayatunggadewi (January 27, 2009)
UNIT 4 Recount

266

4.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards

Spoken Text

Read the text and study the explanation.


The text is a spoken message.
Aswar, Aldi called Aswar’s mother received
when you were out.
He will come to do the
a message from Aldi. Then, she
homework together. delivered it to Aswar. The
message should be delivered
clearly and immediately. So, the
Thanks, Mom.
person who gets the message
can understand it easily.

Written Text

Read the text and study the explanation.

To: Brad
You are invited to Kevin’s birthday party.
He will be twelve!
The BIG party will be held: The text is an invitation card. Kevin
Sunday, October 18 at 10:00 a.m. wrote it in order to invite Brad to his
in Kelapa Hijau Restaurant, Jl. Radio No. birthday party. He gave it to Brad so that
2
he would remember it.
See you there!
Answer the questions.
1. When do you celebrate your birthday?
Contoh jawaban: On February 5.
2. If you hold a party for it, who are invited?
Contoh jawaban: All of my classmates, friends and relatives.
3. Will it be merry? Why/why not?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, it will. Because we will have a barbeque in the yard. Everyone will
have a lot of fun.

267
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

A. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Mom, Ms. Emy called you when you were in the toilet.
She would bring your order this afternoon.
1. Who delivered the message?
Jawaban: A son/daughter did.
2. Who received the message?
Jawaban: His/her mother.
3. Who just called?
Jawaban: Ms. Emy did.
4. What is it about?
Jawaban: About Ms. Emy’s information that she would bring the speaker’s mother’s order.
5. Where was the speaker’s mother that time?
Jawaban: In the toilet.

B. Read the text, then answer your teacher’s questions orally.

Burhan, father is looking for you.


He wants you to take his letter to Mr. Rivai.
He’s in the living room now.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. In your opinion, who said the message?
2. What is the message about?
3. Where should Burhan go?
4. Why should he go there?
5. Where should he meet his father?
Jawaban:
1. Burhan’s sister or brother.
2. Asking for someone’s help to send a letter to Mr. Rivai.
3. To Mr. Rivai’s house.
4. To give his father’s letter.
5. In the living room.
UNIT 4 Recount
268

C. Listen to your teacher and complete the card.

Kartu undangan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

October 19, 2009


To: Kukuh
You are (1) invited to a (2) monthly meeting. It will be (3) held:
● on (4) Saturday, October 24, at 4:00 p.m.
● in Johnson’s house, Perum Sidomukti Blok F Jalan Kemanggisan No. 59 Sidoarjo.
Please come (5) on time!

Chairperson
Pratmana

Variasi:
Listen to your teacher and write down his/her words.
What do they mean?
Kata-kata yang dibaca guru dan jawaban:
1. monthly meeting = pertemuan bulanan
2. held = dilaksanakan, diselenggarakan
3. come = datang
4. on time = tepat waktu
5. chairperson = ketua

D. Listen to your teacher and write down the message.


Read your work aloud.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Dad, Mr. Smith sent a warm greeting to you.


He would have a summer holiday.
He asked you to call him whenever you need him.

Variasi:
A. Answer your teacher’s questions based on the text in Task D.
1. Who sent the greeting?
Jawaban: Mr. Smith did.
2. Where would he go?
Jawaban: A summer holiday.
3. What was his message?
Jawaban: He asked the spreaker’s father to call him whenever he needed him.

269
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

B. Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


He would send you an SMS.
Listen to the text and answer questions
1 and 2.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Doni, your mobile phone rang three times.
You should bring it with you.

1. The message is about ________.


A. information that Doni should bring
his mobile phone
B. information that the speaker had
called Doni three times
C. information that Doni’s mobile
phone rang three times
D. information that Doni had called the
speaker three times
Jawaban: C
Jelas bahwa pesan itu berisi
pemberitahuan bahwa telepon genggam
Doni berdering tiga kali. Kalimat
berikutnya hanya sebagai informasi
tambahan.
2. “You should bring it with you.”
The word ‘it’ refers to ________.
A. Doni’s mobile phone
B. three times
C. mobile phone's ringtone
D. you
Jawaban: A
Kata ‘it’ adalah kata ganti benda yang
telah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata
benda yang disebutkan dalam kalimat
sebelumnya adalah Doni’s mobile phone.

Listen to the text and answer questions


3 and 4.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by.
He said he couldn’t go with you.
He had to go to the hospital.
had to go to the hospital.”.
3. Who came by to the speaker’s house?
A. Mr. Sabirin did. Listen to the text and answer questions 5.
B. Mr. Arifin did.
C. Mr. Garin did. Teks yang dibacakan guru:
D. Mr. Ponirin did.
Erlin, Mimi asked you to call her.
Jawaban: B
She tried to reach you, but she couldn’t.
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
kalimat pertama pesan tersebut, yaitu
5. Who got the message?
”Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by.”.
A. Mimi did.
4. Where would he go? B. Maya did.
A. To the hospital. C. Erwin did.
B. To the speaker’s house. D. Erlin did.
C. To his house. Jawaban: D
D. To the office. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
Jawaban: A pertama pesan tersebut, yaitu ”Erlin,
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan Meme asked you to call her.”. Jadi,
kalimat ketiga pesan tersebut, yaitu ”He pesan itu ditujukan kepada Erlin.

UNIT 4 Recount

270

A. Read the texts with proper pronunciation.


1. Oki, Sandy was here this morning. He has a message for you. I put it in your message box.
2. Excuse me, Sir. Mr. Bernard asks for an apology. He can’t attend the meeting due to out of the
town now.

Variasi:
Answer the following questions based on the texts in Task A.
Text 1
1. Who left a message for Oki?
2. Where can Oki find the message?
3. The speaker said, “I put it on your message box.”
What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
Text 2
4. Who can’t attend the meeting?
5. Why can’t he attend it?
Jawaban:
1. Sandy did. 2. In his message box.
3. Sandy’s message. 4. Mr. Bernard.
5. Because he’s out of the town.

B. Read the text with proper pronunciation.


Then, ask and answer questions based on the text.
Adapted from: http://www.ibizgrams.com/images/voxwire-invitation.jpg

271
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Example:
A : What is the text about?
B : It's about an online invitation. By the way, who are invited?
A : Anyone who reads the invitation.
Contoh jawaban:
A : When will the meeting take place?
B : On Tuesday, December 15.
A : And what time is it?
B : It’s at 8 o’clock in the evening.

C. Make simple messages based on the situations below.


Deliver your messages in front of the class.
1. Your mother is out for business. She got a phone call from Ms. Yenny. She didn’t leave any
messages. So, she asked your mother to call her. What would you say to your mother?
2. Nana, your best friend, borrowed your bike this morning. She returned it when you were out.
She only met your mother. She expressed her gratitude. What would your mother say to you?
3. You and your sister are at home. You just got an SMS from your mother. She told you that
they (your father and mother) will be home late. She wanted you and your sister to stay at
home. What would you say to your sister?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Mom, Ms. Yenny called you when you were out.
She didn't leave any messages.
She asked you to call her back.
2. Nana has returned your bike.
She said thank you.
3. Mother and father will be home late.
They want us to stay at home.

Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan tambahan situasi soal.
1. You were out when someone came to your house. He wanted to meet you. He met your
brother. Then, he left a message. He said that he would send an SMS. What would your
brother say to you?
2. You have a neighbor named Elvis. He lost his lovely cat. He has tried to find it for two
days, but he hasn’t found it yet. He came to your house when you were out. He met your
mother. He asked you to tell him when you saw his cat around. What would your mother
say to you?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Fenty, someone wanted to meet you when you were out.
He gave you this message.
He will send an SMS.
2. Elvis was looking for his lovely cat.
He has lost it for two days.
He asked you to tell him if you see his cat around.

UNIT 4 Recount
272

A. Read the text and answer the questions.


Questions:
To: Tiara
1. What is the invitation about?
Jawaban: About the New Year celebration party.
Let’s have fun on my par 2. Who sent it?
ty! Jawaban: Freddy did.
Please join us in the 3. Whom was the letter for?
New Year celebration. Jawaban: Tiara.
Thursday, December 3 4. When would the party be held?
1 Jawaban: On Thursday, December 31, starting at 10:00 p.m.
Starting at 10:00 p.m. 5. Where would it be held?
Jawaban: In Hollywood Cafe, Jl. Soekarno No. 26.
Hollywood Cafe,
Jl. Soekarno No. 26
Don’t miss it!

Freddy

Variasi:
Read the text below.
What do the words mean?
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. mate = teman karib
2. come aboard = naik ke kapal
3. pirate = perompak
4. bounty = hadiah
5. scavenger = burung pemakan bangkai
6. hunt = memburu, berburu
7. ghostly = remang-remang, seperti
hantu
8. reply = menjawab
9. wear = mengenakan, memakai
10. plank = papan penyeberangan dari
kapal ke dermaga.

Adapted from: http://www.party411.com/


invite-pirate01.jpg (January 1, 2009)

273
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


dengan tema acara tersebut, yaitu ”The
Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3.

Nightmare on the Ash Street” yang artinya


”Mimpi Buruk di Jalan Ash”. Jadi, kostum
yang dikenakan harus menggambarkan
mimpi buruk atau sesuatu yang
menakutkan.
Read the card and answer questions 4 and 5.

Source: http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3064/
2675905419_91ddac8446.jpg?v=0
(January 1, 2009)
1. The word ‘nightmare’ in Indonesian means
________.
A. menakutkan B. mimpi buruk
C. neraka D. heboh
Jawaban: B C. a leaflet D. an invitation
Kata ’nightmare’ artinya ’mimpi buruk’. Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban (A) dalam bahasa Inggris Teks tersebut disebut undangan karena
adalah scary, (C) adalah hell atau inferno, diawali dengan kalimat ”Your presence is
dan (D) adalah sensational. requested at:” yang artinya ”Kehadiran
2. The text is called ________. Anda diharapkan pada:”.
A. a brochure B. an advertisement
3. Which of the following guests cannot Source: http://www.party411.com/invite-
attend the party? valentines04.jpg (January 1, 2009)
A. Nola wears a witch costume. 4. What is the invitation about?
B. Dellon wears a mummy costume. A. A Valentine party.
C. Deddy wears a casual T-shirt and B. A graduation party.
sneakers. C. A farewell party.
D. Galang wears a costume as if he D. A house-warming party.
were on fire. Jawaban: A
Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
Deddy tidak boleh ikut pesta karena dia pertama undangan tersebut, ”Happy
salah kostum. Sesuai undangan, setiap Valentine’s Day”. Jadi, undangan itu
tamu harus mengenakan kostum sesuai tentang undangan pesta Valentine.

5. Where will the party be held?


A. On February 7.
B. At 7:30–10:30 p.m.
C. In 714 Lover’s Lane Heartsville, MD.
D. On February 14.
Jawaban: C
Pertanyaan itu menanyakan tempat
pelaksanaan pesta. Jadi, jawaban yang
tepat adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang
menjelaskan alamat. Pilihan jawaban lain
salah karena merupakan keterangan
waktu.

UNIT 4 Recount

274

invitation-sample.jpg (January 1, 2009)

1. Who would have the party?


A. Jeremy and Melissa.
B. Marilyn and Jeffs.
Variasi: C. Scot and Amy.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct D. Amy and Sam.
answer. Jawaban: B
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Help
Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3. us Celebrate Marilyn and Jeffs 35th
Anniversary and 60th birthdays”. Jadi,
yang mengadakan pesta adalah Marilyn
dan Jeffs.
2. Anyone who were invited should confirm
whether they will attend the party or not.
What should they do?
A. They should call 555-555-3644 for
confirmation.
B. They should call the hosts.
C. They should come to the party on
time.
D. They should inform Marilyn dan Jeffs.

Source: http://www.party411.com/custom-
accept any presents).
Read the card and answer questions
4 and 5.
Jawaban: A
Pada undangan terdapat keterangan
RSVP (Respondez s’il cous platt) yang
maksudnya adalah undangan tersebut
supaya direspons. Itu berarti tamu
undangan bisa menghubungi 555-555-
3644 untuk konfirmasi apakah mereka
akan datang atau tidak.
3. There is a sentence that says “No gifts
please.” It means ________.
A. Marilyn and Jeffs will give souvenirs
to the attendants
B. the guests shall give presents to
Marilyn and Jeffs
C. any presents are warmly welcomed
by Marilyn and Jeffs
D. Marilyn and Jeffs won’t accept any
presents from the guests
Jawaban: D
Adapted from: http://bp1.blogger.com/
Kalimat ”No gifts please.” artinya mohon
_27utwH4jPDY/R89NJQXraHI/
jangan memberi hadiah. Itu berarti AAAAAAAAACI/HCv-bYbyjyU/s400/
Marilyn dan Jeffs tidak akan menerima wedding-d.jpg (January 1, 2009)
hadiah apa pun dari para tamu (won’t

275
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Jawaban: B
4. What is the invitation about? Jawaban ini sesuai dengan keterangan
A. A birthday party. waktu yang tertera pada undangan itu,
B. Dave and Joann’s birth. ”Date: March 22, 2005”. Pilihan jawaban
C. A wedding party. (A) salah karena tidak menjelaskan
D. A house-warming party. waktu pelaksanaan perayaan tersebut,
Jawaban: C (C) tidak sesuai dengan waktu
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”To pelaksanaan perayaan, yaitu ”12 Noon”,
our wedding ceremony at . . . .” pada dan (D) menunjukkan waktu terakhir
undangan tersebut. para tamu undangan untuk memesan
5. When was the occasion held? tempat.
A. At 335 Tanglin Road Singapore

247960.
B. On March 22, 2005.
C. On 2:00 p.m.
D. On May 8, 2005.

Make invitation cards based on the situations below.


1. You will celebrate your fifteenth birthday next Saturday afternoon. You invite your friends to
come. The party will be held in Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124
Kebayoran. The party will begin at 3:00 p.m. till end. You really look forward to their coming.
2. You invite the members of the students committee to have a monthly meeting. It will be held in
Class VIIID, on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m after school. The agenda is the preparation to join in the
Science and Math Olympiad and the students’ music band competition. You ask the members
to come on time.

Contoh jawaban:
1.
Birthday Party, Guys!
It’s my party!
I will be 15th next Saturday.
I invite you all to come to:
● Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124 Kebayoran.
● At 3:00 p.m. till end.

Let’s enjoy the merriest party ever held!


Be there!

Grace

UNIT 4 Recount

276

2.
THE STUDENTS COMMITTEE
SMP N 2, Jalan Sumpah Pemuda No. 28
Dear Toto,
We invite you to attend our monthly meeting.
It will be held:
● on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m. after school
● at Class VIIID
Agenda: Science and Math Olympiad and the students music
band competition preparation.
Please be there on time.
We are looking forward to your participation.

Chairperson
Dwiky

Variasi:
Make invitation cards based on the situations below.
1. You are in charge to manage the school English magazine. You intend to hold a meeting to
discuss the next edition. It will be held the day after tomorrow after school at 2:00 p.m. You
will use the school hall to hold the meeting. You ask your friends to come on time.
2. You just moved to a new house at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo. It has a big
garden. Your parents want to have a barbeque house-warming party. They ask you to
make the invitation. The party will be held next Saturday evening at 7:00 p.m. Any varieties
of drink and food are served. You tell your guests that they will have a fun and cheerful
party. You ask the guests to call Ade (081329016437) to confirm.
3. Your sister just graduated from Indonesia University. She wants to have a small party to
celebrate it. She asks you to make the invitation. The party will be held in Star Restaurant,
Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda. It will be held next Sunday at 12 noon.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Dear Saraswati,
We invite you to the routine meeting:
● on Monday at 2:00 p.m. after school
● in the school hall
We will discuss about the next edition of our English Magazine.
We do appreciate your contribution and ideas. It won’t be
complete without your presence.
Be on time! Thank you.

Regards,
Leader
Yossi

277
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

2. Mark your day and date!


Please come and join us in:
A barbeque house-warming party
Place: at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo.
Time : next Saturday evening at 7:00 p.m.

This will be a fun and cheerful party.

Please contact Ade (081329016437) for confirmation.


Be there! Don’t miss any moment.

Regards,
Mr. and Mrs. Hartawan

3. Your presence is requested at:

Melinda’s graduation celebration!


In Star Restaurant, Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda.
Next Sunday at 12 noon.
Let’s laugh, sing and dance together!
Don’t miss it.
Cheers,
Melinda

Do this task as instructed.


1. Browse the Internet and find the history of an Indonesian hero. Tell his/her life and his/her
contribution to the country. You may add his/her photograph.
2. Read and share your work with your friends’. Then, put your work on the wall magazine.

UNIT 4 Recount

278

playwright : penulis drama


Read and memorize the words. pledge : sumpah
Use them whenever you speak English. poet : penulis puisi
unify : menyatukan
kidnap : menculik unknown : tidak diketahui
nobleman : bangsawan
pass away : meninggal
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

279
Erlin : May I go home with you?
Danar : Sure. We have the same route, right?
Erlin : Right. Thanks, Nar.
Danar : No big deal.

1. Where does the dialog happen?


A. On the street.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct B. In the yard.
answer. C. At school.
D. At home.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Jawaban: C
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
Suddenly rain pours heavily at the end of the pengantar percakapan tersebut, ”Suddenly
lesson. rain pours heavily at the end of the lesson.”
Erlin : What a day! I forget to bring my yang artinya ”Tiba-tiba hujan turun deras
umbrella. Danar, do you bring pada akhir pelajaran.”. Jadi percakapan
an umbrella? terjadi di sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang
Danar : Yeah, I do.
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
konteks percakapan.

2. Erlin said, “May I go home with you?”


What does it mean?
A. She invites Danar to go home together.
B. She asks Danar to accompany her. Read the dialog and answer questions
C. She asks Danar for something. 3 and 4.
D. She expresses her feeling. Tata : What’s this, Mom? Wow, fried
Jawaban: C
shrimps! My favorite! May I have one,
Kalimat tersebut berarti ”Bolehkah saya
Mom?
pulang denganmu?”. Kalimat tersebut
Mother : Sure. Serve yourself. But remember,
diucapkan untuk meminta sesuatu kepada
change your clothes, wash your
seseorang (asking someone for something).
hands and have lunch together.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
Tata : O.K., Mom. Right away!
sesuai dengan konteks percakapan
tersebut.
3. When does the dialog happen?
A. In the morning.
B. In the afternoon.
C. In the evening.
D. At night.
Jawaban: B
Pada percakapan tersebut ibu Tata
berkata, ”But remember, change your
clothes, wash your hands and have lunch
together.” yang artinya ”Namun, ingat,
ganti bajumu, cuci tanganmu dan kita
makan siang bersama-sama.”. Itu berarti
percakapan itu terjadi pada siang hari (in
the afternoon) saat akan makan siang.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pada pagi hari,
(C) artinya pada petang hari, dan (D)
artinya pada malam hari.

4. Who are talking in the dialog?


A. Mother and father.
B. Brother and sister.
C. A teacher and a student.
D. Mother and daughter.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan tokoh yang
tertulis pada percakapan tersebut, yaitu
Tata dengan ibunya (mother and daughter).
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan
tersebut.

UNIT 4 Recount
280

Lolly : Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music Shop


with me this afternoon? I want to buy
Read the dialog and answer questions a CD for Rollan’s birthday present.
Oki : I’d love to, but I can’t. I feel very tired.
5 and 6.
I just want to go home and sleep. I am
sorry.
Lolly : I see. No problem.
7. A. went
5. Where will Lolly go this afternoon?
B. go
A. To Rolan’s birthday party.
C. is going
B. To Rolan’s house.
D. goes
C. To Pelangi Music Shop.
Jawaban: A
D. To go home and sleep.
Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan peristiwa
Jawaban: C
yang terjadi pada masa lampau sehingga
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang
digunakanlah bentuk simple past tense
diucapkan Lolly, yaitu ”Oki, will you go to
(went). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
Pelangi Music Shop with me this
karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi
afternoon?” yang artinya ”Oki, maukah
pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan
kamu pergi ke Toko Musik Pelangi
jawaban (B) dan (D) menunjukkan bentuk
denganku sore nanti?”. Pilihan jawaban
present tense yang digunakan untuk
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (C)
dengan isi percakapan.
merupakan bentuk simple present
6. What did Oki say to decline the invitation? continuous. Bentuk ini digunakan untuk
menunjukkan bahwa suatu peristiwa
A. No problem.
sedang terjadi ketika perbicaraan sedang
B. Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music
berlangsung.
Shop with me this afternoon?
C. I just want to go home and sleep.
8. A. steps
D. I’d love to, but I can’t.
B. stepped
Jawaban: D
C. will step
Pilihan jawaban yang artinya ”Sebenarnya
D. was stepping
aku ingin, tetapi tidak bisa” digunakan
Jawaban: B
untuk menolak ajakan/undangan. Pilihan
Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan dua
jawaban (A) salah karena digunakan
peristiwa yang terjadi bersamaan pada
untuk merespons atas penolakan
masa lampau (this afternoon), yang satu
undangan, (B) digunakan untuk
terjadi secara singkat dan yang lainnya
mengundang atau mengajak, dan (C)
terjadi lebih lama. Oleh karena itu,
digunakan untuk memberi informasi.
peristiwa yang terjadi secara singkat
For questions 7 to 10, choose the suitable menggunakan bentuk simple past tense
(stepped). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
words to complete the text below.
karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi
Itang (7) ________ home from school late
pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan
this afternoon. When he (8) ________ into the
jawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuk simple
house, his little sister (9) ________ something
present tense yang digunakan untuk
on her drawing book and his parents (10)
menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (C)
________. Itang directly went to his room to
menunjukkan bentuk future tense yang
change his clothes and took shower.
digunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiwa
yang akan terjadi pada waktu yang akan
datang, dan (D) menunjukkan bentuk past
continuous tense.

9. A. draws
B. were drawing
C. drew
D. was drawing
Jawaban: D
Peristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa
sebelumnya terjadi lebih lama
281
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

dibandingkan dengan peristiwa pada


klausa soal no.8. Jadi, peristiwa pada
klausa soal no.9 menggunakan bentuk
past continuous tense, yaitu was drawing
karena subjek berbentuk kalimat tunggal
C. How did you make it?
(his little sister). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
D. Can you do me a favor?
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks
Jawaban: B
situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi.
Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya ”Apakah
Pilihan jawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuk
kamu mau mencicipinya?” digunakan untuk
simple present tense yang digunakan
menawarkan sesuatu. Ungkapan ini sesuai
untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (B)
dengan ucapan Choki berikutnya ”Please
salah karena subjek kalimat merupakan
serve yourself.” yang artinya “Silakan ambil
orang ketiga tunggal sehingga to be-nya
sendiri.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
seharusnya adalah was bukan were, dan
karena tidak sesuai dengan maksud
(C) menunjukkan bentuk simple past
ucapan itu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang
tense.
artinya ”Bagaimana menurut
10. A. chatted pendapatmu?” digunakan untuk meminta
pendapat, (C) yang artinya ”Bagaimana
B. chat
kamu membuatnya?” digunakan untuk
C. were chatting
meminta informasi, dan (D) yang artinya
D. was chatting
”Dapatkah kamu menolongku?” digunakan
Jawaban: C
untuk meminta bantuan.
Peristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa ini
(nomor 10) juga terjadi lebih lama seperti
Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13.
peristiwa pada klausa sebelumnya (nomor
9). Jadi, peristiwa pada klausa ini juga
Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant,
menggunakan bentuk past continuous
-jaya meaning success or excellence) was
tense, yaitu were chatting, karena subjek
an ancient Malay kingdom on the island of
kalimat jamak (his parents). Pilihan
Sumatra which influenced much of the Maritime
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
Southeast Asia. From the seventh century, the
sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat
powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom flourished as
peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (A)
a result of trade and the influences of Hinduism
berbentuk simple past tense yang
and Buddhism that were imported with it.
digunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiwa
Source : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
pada masa lampau, (B) berbentuk simple
History_of_Indonesia (January 8, 2009)
present tense yang digunakan untuk
menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (D)
12. “Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant,
salah karena subjek kalimat merupakan
-jaya meaning success or excellence) was
orang ketiga jamak sehingga to be-nya
an ancient Malay kingdom ….”
seharusnya adalah were bukan was.
The underlined word can be best replaced
by ________.
11. Sekar : What do you have here?
A. powerful B. excellent
Choki : Martabak. ________ Please
C. broken D. old
serve yourself.
Jawaban: D
Sekar : Martabak?
Kata ’ancient’ yang artinya ’kuno’ dapat
Choki : Right. It tastes delicious.
digantikan dengan kata old yang juga
Sekar : Sorry, I don’t like it.
berarti kuno. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
The suitable expression to complete the
kuat, (B) artinya bagus sekali, dan (C)
dialog is ________
artinya rusak.
A. What do you think?
B. Will you like to try some? 13. “From the seventh century, the powerful
Srivijaya naval kingdom flourished as
a result of trade and the influences of
Hinduism and Buddhism that were
imported with it.”

UNIT 4 Recount
282

The underlined word refers to ________.


A. the influences of Hinduism and
Buddhism
B. the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom
C. the seventh century
D. the trade
15. “They set up a provisional government
Jawaban: D
and adopted . . . .”
Kalimat soal artinya ”Sejak abad ke-7,
The underlined word refers to ________.
armada laut Sriwijaya yang kuat telah
A. the Allies
berkembang pesat sebagai akibat dari
B. the Japanese and the Allies
perdagangan dan pengaruh-pengaruh
C. Soekarno and Muhammad Hatta
Hindu dan Budha yang masuk bersama
D. a small group of Indonesians
dengan hal itu.”. Kata ’it’ yang artinya ’hal
Jawaban: D
itu’ mengacu pada kata ’trade’ yang
Kata ganti ’they’ pada kalimat itu
artinya ’perdagangan’.
merupakan kata ganti subjek dari subjek
Read the text and answer questions 14 to yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat
sebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya adalah
16.
”... in 1945, a small group of Indonesians,
Japan occupied the colony between 1942 led by Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta,
and 1945. Shortly after the Japanese had proclaimed independence. . . .”. Jadi, jelas
surrendered to the Allies in 1945, a small bahwa ’they’ mengacu pada a small group
group of Indonesians, led by Soekarno and of Indonesians.
Mohammad Hatta, proclaimed its
independence and established the Republic of 16. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
Indonesia. They set up a provisional to the text?
government and adopted a constitution to A. The Dutch failed to reoccupy Indonesia.
govern the republic until elections could be B. The Allies surrendered to the Japanese
held and a new constitution written. Dutch in 1945.
efforts to reestablish complete control met C. The Japanese occupied Indonesia for
strong resistance. about three years.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Indonesia D. Soekarno and Muhammad Hatta
(January 8, 2009) proclaimed the Indonesian
Independence in 1945.
14. The text is about ________. Jawaban: B
A. the Indonesian struggle against Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (B) tidak
Japan sesuai dengan kalimat kedua bacaan
B. Indonesian heroes tersebut, yaitu ”Shortly after the Japanese
C. the establishment of the Republic of had surrendered to the Allies in 1945,
Indonesia a small group of Indonesians, led by
D. Indonesian provisional government Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta, . . . .”.
Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan isi justru sesuai dengan isi bacaan.
keseluruhan bacaan yang menjelaskan
tentang kemerdekaan Indonesia dan Read the text and answer questions 17 and 18.
berdirinya negara Republik Indonesia (the
establishment of the Republic of Indonesia) Sinta, Yenni just dropped by.
pada tahun 1945 setelah Jepang She left a message for you.
menyerah kepada Sekutu. I put it in your message box.

17. The text is about ________.


A. Yenni’s coming
B. Yenni, Sinta’s friend
C. Yenni’s message
D. Sinta’s message

283
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Jawaban: C
Teks tersebut merupakan teks fungsional
pendek berbentuk pesan lisan. Pesan itu
disampaikan oleh seseorang kepada
Sinta. Pesan itu lebih menitikberatkan
20. The party will be held ________.
pada pesan yang diberikan oleh Yenni
dan telah diletakkan di kotak pesan Sinta. A. at 1:00 p.m
B. on Saturday, December 6, 2009
18. “I put it in your message box.” C. in Bustami Restaurant
The word ‘it’ refers to ________. D. at Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang
A. the message Jawaban: D
B. you Pesta itu akan diselenggarakan di rumah
C. Yenni keluarga Bustami di Jalan Gajah Mada
D. a message box No. 34 Malang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Jawaban: A salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
Kata ’it’ pada pernyataan tersebut undangan itu.
menggantikan kata benda yang telah
disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya. B. Put the verbs into the correct forms.
Kata benda yang telah disebutkan
sebelumnya adalah ’message’. 1. Sorry. I ________ (watch) TV, so
I ________ (not notice) your coming.
Read the text and answer questions 19 and 2. Uncle and auntie ________ (wait for) us
20. when we ________ (get off) the train.
3. Erlambang ________ (mop) the floor
You are invited to a BIRTHDAY PARTY while his sister ________ (water) the
for flowers.
4. Yesterday afternoon at this time, the boys
CANDRA PRADIPTA ________ (play) football in the field.
She’ll be 14. 5. Ms. Jessica ________ (tell) us
Please join us on: a story when suddenly we ________
(hear) a blast from the neighborhood.
Sunday, December 6, 2009 Jawaban:
At 11:00 a.m. 1. Sorry. I was watching TV, so I didn’t
notice your coming.
The Bustami’s Residence 2. Uncle and auntie were waiting for us
Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang when we got off the train.
See you there! 3. Erlambang was mopping the floor while
his sister was watering the flowers.
4. Yesterday afternoon at this time, the boys
19. Candra was born on ________. were playing football in the field.
A. December 6, 1985 5. Ms. Jessica was telling us a story when
B. December 6, 1994 suddenly we heard a blast from the
C. December 6, 1995 neighborhood.
D. December 16, 1995
Jawaban: C C. Fill in the blanks with the correct
Sesuai dengan undangan tersebut, pesta reflexive pronouns (-self/-selves).
ulang tahun itu diselenggarakan untuk
memperingati usia Candra Pradipta yang 1. I don’t believe in ghost until I saw it
ke-14. Pesta itu diselenggarakan pada ________ last night. I was horrified.
6 Desember 2009. Jadi, Candra lahir pada 2. Marino cleaned his room ________.
6 Desember 1995 (2009 – 14 = 1995). It’s clean and tidy now.
3. Did you know that the band calls
________ “Poison”? I can’t believe this!
4. Orangutan is really a clever animal.
It peels peanuts by ________.
UNIT 4 Recount
284

5. May I ask you something? Do you go to


school by ________ or your parents take
you there?
Jawaban:
1. myself 2. himself 3. themselves
4. itself 5. yourself
E. Do the task as instructed.
D. Fill in the blanks with the correct
1. Make a short message. Choose your own
words: look, taste, turn, feel or get.
topic.
Change the form of the words when
2. Make an invitation. Choose your own
needed.
topic.
1. Look! Heru’s face ________ red when he Contoh jawaban:
is angry. 1. Febri is expecting your call.
2. Marvelous! This empek-empek ________ Please call him now.
very delicious.
3. You ________ so tired. Why don’t you 2.
stop and have a break?
4. Denada and Stefi ________ happy when THERE IS ONE SEAT FREE FOR
they finally got A for their assignment. YOU!
5. Look! The children ________ wet because
they go out in the rain. We’ll have a big party this
afternoon.
Jawaban: In Flamingo Restaurant
1. turns on Sunday, November 22, 2009
2. tastes at 11:00 a.m. – end

Come or you’ll be sorry!

Cheers,
Benhur
3. look
4. feel
5. get

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 4. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

285
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3.


Riiing . . . riiing . . . . It’s the break time. Read the dialog and answer for questions
Lala : I’m hungry. I ate nothing for breakfast. 5 to 7.
Evi : I’m sorry to hear that. By the way, I have Hanung : Mom, I smell something. Is it a fried
three loaves of bread. Would you like egg or fried chicken?
one? Mother : None of them.
Lala : It’s very kind of you, but I can’t accept it. Hanung : Oh, I know. It must be fried nugget,
Evi : C’mon. It tastes good. right?
Lala : Well then, thanks. Mother : Right!
Evi : Here you are. Hanung : May I have one, Mom?
Lala : Thank you. Mother : No, you may not. You should have
them for lunch. Sorry.
1. Where does the dialog happen? Hanung : All right, then.
A. At home. 5. Who are talking in the dialog?
B. At school. A. Mother and son.
C. In the library. B. Mother and father.
D. In the school canteen. C. Brother and sister.
D. A teacher and a student.
2. What does Evi offer to her friend?
A. Softdrink. 6. Where does the dialog happen?
B. A burger. A. In the school canteen.
C. A doughnut. B. In the dining room.
D. A loaf of bread. C. In a restaurant.
D. In the garden.
3. What does Lala say to accept the offer?
A. It’s very kind of you. 7. What does Hanung say to ask for
B. Here you are. something?
C. Well then, thanks. A. You should have them for lunch.
D. I’m sorry to hear that. Sorry.
B. Is it a fried egg or fried chicken?
4. Driver : Is there anything wrong, Miss?
C. It must be fried nugget, right?
Janet : ________?
D. May I have one, Mom?
Driver : Are you serious, Miss?
Janet : Yes, my class starts in ten 8. Nurma : Hi, Kristin!
minutes. I don’t want to be late Kristin : Oh hello, Nurma. Look, this
or my professor will get angry suitcase is too heavy for me.
with me. ________?
Driver : As you wish, Miss. Nurma : With pleasure. Well, come on
A. You drive very fast, don’t you let’s lift it up together.
B. Can you drive more slowly A. Would you help me, please
C. Could you drive a little faster, B. How could I do it myself
please C. Shall I lift it up for you
D. Do you always drive slowly, driver D. What can I do for you
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

UNIT 4 Recount
286

13. Ario and his friends will ________ that


9. A : Hello. Is Ira there? afternoon.
B : She’s having lunch right now. A. see Widya
________ her back in an hour?
A : Sure. Thanks. B. see Elisa and Widya
A. Do you call C. study together
D. do their homework together
B. Could you call
C. Are you calling 14. Aris : Can you drop by my house after
D. Don’t you call Ujian Nasional 2005/2006 school? There’s something
I want to give you.
Adi : ________. But why don’t you tell
Read the dialog and answer questions me what it is now?
10 and 11. Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man.
Ajeng : Sani, will you go to see Ungu concert A. I don’t think so
this afternoon? Look, I have two free B. Sure, I can
tickets. C. I like it
Sani : I really want to go, but I can’t. I am D. Fine, go ahead
sorry. I have lots of homework to do. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Ajeng : I see. No problem. 15. Rika : Rio, will you come to my birthday
10. Where will Ajeng go this afternoon? party this afternoon?
A. To see Ungu concert. Rio : ________.
B. To Sani’s house. Rika : O.K., then. I’ll wait for you.
C. To do the homework. A. Sure, I will
D. To buy tickets. B. I’m afraid I can’t come
C. Forgive me
11. What does Sani say to decline the invitation?
D. Frankly, I can’t go to your house
A. Will you go to see Ungu concert this
afternoon? Read the text and answer questions 16 to 18.
B. Look, I have two free tickets. Budi Utomo (also Boedi Oetomo; “Pure
C. I really want to go, but I can't. Endeavor”), founded in May 20, 1908, was the
D. No problem. first native political society in the Dutch East
Indies. Today, the year 1908 is commemorated
Read the dialog and answer questions as the birth year of its “nationalist awakening”.
12 and 13. The founder of Budi Utomo was
Ario : Feb, are you free this afternoon? a pensioned government doctor who felt that
Febri : Yeah, I am. What’s up? native intellectuals should improve the masses
Ario : Um . . . I want to go to Widya’s house in education and culture. The society held its
to study together. Elisa will be there first congress in May 1908. The congress was
too. What if you join us? a gathering of students in Batavia. The first
Febri : What will you study? leader was Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo, but
Ario : Science. Don’t you remember that we by the organization’s first major gathering in
will have a test the day after tomorrow? Yogyakarta in October 1908, he stepped aside
Febri : You're right. O.K., I’ll go with you. for younger organizers.
Adapted from : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Budi_Utomo
12. Ario said, “What if you join us?” (January 8, 2009)
What does it mean? 16. The main idea of paragraph one is
A. He invites Febri.
________.
B. He accepts Febri’s invitation.
A. Dutch East Indies government
C. He gives an opinion to Febri’s idea. B. The founding of Budi Utomo
D. He asks for confirmation. C. The founder of Budi Utomo
D. The first leader of Budi Utomo
287
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

A. develop B. create
C. plan D. extend
18. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
17. “. . . native intellectuals should improve to the text?
the masses in education and culture.” A. Budi Utomo was founded in 1928.
The underlined word has the similar B. Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo was the
meaning to ________. first leader.
C. Budi Utomo held its first major gathering
in Yogyakarta in October 1908.
D. The year 1908 is commemorated as C. Wage Rudolf Supratman’s life
the birth year of Indonesian “nationalist
D. Indonesian youth congresses
awakening”.
20. “However, it promoted the idea of a united
Read the text and answer questions 19 to 21. Indonesia.”
The first Indonesian youth congress was The underlined word refers to ________.
held in Batavia in 1926, but produced no A. the idea of a united Indonesia
B. the first Indonesian youth congress
formal decisions. However, it promoted the
C. formal decisions
idea of a united Indonesia. In October 1928,
D. Batavia
the second Indonesian youth congress was
held at three different locations. In the first 21. When was the final congress held?
session, the hope was expressed that the A. On October 28, 1926.
congress would inspire the feeling of unity. The B. On September 28, 1928.
second session saw discussions about C. On October 28, 1928.
educational issues. In the third and final D. On November 28, 1928.
session, held at Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126, 22. Sorry for that little girl. She is talking to
on October 28 participants heard the future ________ and often laughs.
Indonesian national anthem Indonesia Raya by A. himself B. herself
Wage Rudolf Supratman. The congress closed C. itself D. myself
with a reading of the youth pledge. 23. Principal : Were the students studying in
The pledge the classroom when the roof
Firstly collapsed?
We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, Teacher : No, Ma’am. Fortunately, the
acknowledge one motherland, Indonesia. students ________ outside
Secondly when it ________.
We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, A. was playing, happens
acknowledge one nation, the nation of B. was sitting, happened
Indonesia. C. were playing, happened
Thirdly D. were sitting, happens
We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, 24. Nissa : Yummy . . . yummy!
respect the language of unity, Indonesian. Sari : This ice cream ________
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Youth_pledge delicious. Let’s get some more.
(January 8, 2009) Nissa : Come on!
19. The text is about ________. A. feels B. looks
A. the Indonesian national anthem C. gets D. tastes
Indonesia Raya
B. the first Indonesian youth congress Read the text and answer questions 25 and 26.
Mom, grandma just called. She wanted to
spend her day here. She asked you to pick
her up.

25. What is the text called?


A. A letter. B. An invitation.
C. A warning. D. A spoken message.
26. What is it about?
A. About grandma’s illness.
B. About grandma’s intention to stay in
the speaker’s house.
C. About the speaker’s intention to stay
in the grandma’s house.
D. About the speaker’s duty to pick up
his/her grandma.
UNIT 4 Recount

288
Read the text and answer questions 27 and 28. 29. When will the party be held?
A. At 44 Devoe Road.
B. At 6:30 a.m.
C. On March 13.
D. At the second house.
30. “Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722
or e-mail.”
The words above tell us that we should
________.
A. give information if we cannot come
B. give information if we can come
C. ask information how to come to
the place
D. contact Marie Salinger before we
Source: http://images.solidcactus.com/lsretail/ic-tl31- come
50.jpg (January 2, 2009)
27. The party will be held ________. B. Put the verbs in brackets into their
A. in a pumpkin cafe correct forms.
B. in a candy store
C. at 4467 Seedling Drive 1. When I ________ (phone) Jasmine, she
D. in Kerri's house ________ (do) her homework.
28. Based on the context, the word ‘treat’ in 2. ________ you ________ (listen) while
Indonesian means ________. Ms. Tantri ________ (explain) the theory?
A. menraktir B. menghibur 3. What ________ the people here ________
C. merawat D. mengancam (do) when the volcano ________ (erupt)?
4. When the computer suddenly ________
Read the text and answer questions 29 and 30. (go off) the secretary ________ (reply)
the e-mail.
5. While Bobby and Aswin ________ (walk)
You’re Invited home from school, the policeman
Occasion : Kim’s Birthday ________ (regulate) the traffic.
Date : March 13
Time : 6:30 p.m. C. Fill in the blanks with the correct
Place : 44 Devoe Road reflexive pronouns (-self/-selves).
Directions: Take the no. 5 bus. Get off
the corner of Devoe Road. 1. Luna was horrified when she saw ________
Our house is at the second in the mirror. There was a scratch and it hurt.
house on the right. Please
2. Mr. Carlos hurt ________ when he cut the
arrive on time. This is
tree branches.
a surprise party.
3. Daniel, do you go take courses to learn
Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722
Mandarin, or do you teach ________?
or e-mail Maries@dr.com
4. Look! There’s a big white tiger washing
________ in the river.
5. Julian, I invite your father to come to
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
school. I need to speak to him ________.

D. Do the tasks as instructed.


1. Make a spoken message. Choose your
own topic.
2. Make an invitation. Choose your own topic.

289
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

A. Pilihan Ganda
1. B. Percakapan terjadi di sekolah. Hal ini
Jawaban Review Unit 4 sesuai dengan kalimat awal pada
percakapan tersebut, ”It’s the break
time.” yang artinya ”Saatnya
istirahat.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
7. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya ”Boleh
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
saya minta satu, Bu?”. Ungkapan
konteks percakapan.
tersebut digunakan untuk meminta
2. D. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Evi
sesuatu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang
pada percakapan itu, yaitu ”By the way,
artinya kamu boleh memakannya
I have three loaves of bread. Would
saat makan siang, maaf, digunakan
you like one?” yang artinya ”Ngomong-
untuk menolak memberi sesuatu, (B)
omong, aku punya tiga potong roti.
yang artinya apakah ini telur goreng
Kamu mau satu potong?”. Itu berarti
atau ayam goreng, digunakan untuk
Evi menawarkan satu potong roti (a
meminta informasi, dan (C) yang
loaf of bread) kepada Lala.
artinya ini pasti nugget goreng, kan
3. C. Pada akhir percakapan Lala
menerima tawaran Evi dengan digunakan untuk meminta konfirmasi.
mengucapkan, ”Well then, thanks.” 8. A. Pada awal percakapan Kristin
yang artinya ”Baiklah, terima kasih.”. mengungkapkan bahwa kopor itu terlalu
Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya berat. Oleh karena itu, dia meminta
kamu sungguh baik digunakan untuk bantuan Nurma untuk menjinjingnya
mengungkapkan rasa terima kasih, bersama-sama. Pilihan jawaban (A)
(B) yang artinya ini, ambillah merupakan ungkapan yang digunakan
digunakan untuk memberi sesuatu, untuk meminta bantuan. Nurma pun
dan (D) yang artinya saya ikut membantunya dengan mengucapkan,
prihatin digunakan untuk ”With pleasure.”.
mengungkapkan simpati atau 9. B. Dalam percakapan itu tokoh A ingin
perhatian. bertemu dengan Ira, tetapi Ira sedang
4. C. Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, makan. Oleh karena itu, ucapan tokoh
Janet meminta sang sopir untuk lebih B yang paling tepat adalah meminta
cepat (Could you drive a little faster, tokoh A agar menelepon kembali nanti
please?) karena dia tidak ingin (Could you call . . . ?). Tokoh A
terlambat. Sang sopir pun memenuhi menyetujuinya.
permintaan Janet. 10. A. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
5. A. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan tokoh yang diucapkan Ajeng, yaitu ”Sani,
yang tertulis pada percakapan will you go to see Ungu concert this
tersebut, yaitu Hanung dengan afternoon?” yang artinya ”Sani,
ibunya (mother and son). Pilihan maukah kamu melihat konser Ungu
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sore nanti?”. Pilihan jawaban yang
sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
6. B. Pada percakapan tersebut Hanung isi percakapan.
mencium bau telur goreng atau ayam 11. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
goreng. Ternyata bau nugget goreng. sebenarnya saya ingin, tetapi tidak
Berdasarkan konteks tersebut, bisa, digunakan untuk menolak
percakapan terjadi di ruang makan undangan. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah
(dining room). Pilihan jawaban yang karena ucapan itu digunakan untuk
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan mengundang atau mengajak,
konteks percakapan. (B) digunakan untuk memberi
informasi, dan (D) digunakan untuk
merespons atas penolakan undangan.
12. A. Ungkapan tersebut artinya
”Bagaimana kalau kamu bergabung
dengan kami?”. Ungkapan tersebut
adalah ungkapan ajakan. Jadi, Ario
mengucapkan ungkapan itu untuk

UNIT 4 Recount

290

bergabung. Pilihan jawaban yang lain


salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
maksud ucapan itu.
mengajak Febri (to invite Febri) untuk 13. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) ini sesuai dengan
ucapan Ario, ”I want to go to Widya’s
house to study together.” yang artinya
”Saya akan pergi ke rumah Widya
19. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan isi
untuk belajar kelompok.”. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak keseluruhan bacaan yang
sesuai dengan isi percakapan itu. menjelaskan terjadinya Kongres
14. B. Dalam percakapan tersebut Aris Pemuda Indonesia pertama, kedua,
mengundang Adi untuk mampir ke sampai kongres yang menghasilkan
rumahnya. Ada sesuatu yang ingin Sumpah Pemuda. Pilihan jawaban
dia berikan. Adi menyetujuinya. Jadi, yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai
ungkapan yang sesuai untuk pendukung gagasan utama bacaan.
menerima undangan berdasarkan 20. B. Kata ’it’ pada kalimat itu merupakan
konteks isi percakapan tersebut kata ganti subjek dari subjek yang
adalah (B) Sure, I can. telah disebutkan pada kalimat
15. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Rika sebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya
mengundang Rio untuk datang ke adalah ”The first Indonesian youth
pesta ulang tahunnya. Tampaknya congress was held in Batavia in 1926,
Rio mau datang karena Rika but produced no formal decisions.”.
meresponsnya dengan mengatakan, Jadi, jelas bahwa kata tersebut
“O.K, then. I’ll wait for you.” yang mengacu pada ”The first Indonesian
artinya ”Baiklah. Aku akan youth congress”. Pilihan jawaban yang
menunggumu.”. Ungkapan menerima lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
ajakan adalah (A) Sure, I will. merupakan pelengkap dari kalimat itu
16. B. Gagasan utama suatu paragraf sendiri, sedangkan (C) dan (D) bukan
biasanya terletak di awal atau di akhir subjek dari kalimat sebelumnya
paragraf terkait. Jawaban ini sesuai sehingga tidak dapat digantikan oleh
dengan kalimat pertama paragraf kata ’it’ tersebut.
satu, yaitu berdirinya Budi Utomo (the 21. C. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”In
founding of Budi Utomo). Kalimat October 1928, the second Indonesian
berikutnya merupakan kalimat youth congress was held . . . .” dan
pendukung. Pilihan jawaban yang lain ”In the third and final session, held at
salah karena bukan gagasan utama Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126, on
paragraf itu. October 28 . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban
17. A. Kata ’improve’ dan ’develop’ yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
mempunyai arti sama, yaitu dengan isi bacaan.
meningkatkan. Pilihan jawaban (B) 22. B. Subjek kalimat itu adalah ’she’, maka
artinya menciptakan, (C) artinya bentuk reflexsive pronoun-nya adalah
merencanakan, dan (D) artinya herself. Kalimat soal itu artinya,
memperpanjang; memperluas. ”Kasihan gadis kecil itu. Dia berbicara
18. A. Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A) sendiri dan sering tertawa.”.
tidak sesuai dengan kalimat pertama 23. C. Dalam percakapan tersebut ada dua
bacaan tersebut, yaitu ”Budi Utomo peristiwa yang terjadi bersamaan,
(also Boedi Oetomo; ”Pure Endeavor”), kegiatan belajar para siswa dan atap
founded in May 20, 1908, was . . . .”. ruang kelas yang runtuh. Atap runtuh
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena terjadi lebih cepat daripada kegiatan
sesuai dengan isi bacaan. belajar. Oleh karena itu, kegiatan yang
dilakukan anak-anak menggunakan
bentuk past continuous tense (were
playing), sedangkan atap ruang kelas
yang runtuh dalam bentuk simple past
tense (happened).
24. D. Nissa dan Sari sedang makan es
krim. Mereka sangat menikmatinya.
Jadi, es krim itu rasanya (taste) lezat.
291
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

25. D. Sesuai dengan isi teks, teks tersebut


disebut pesan lisan (a spoken
message). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang
artinya surat biasanya lebih panjang
B. Isian
daripada teks itu. Surat juga memiliki
bagian tanggal surat, orang yang 1. When I phoned Jasmine, she was doing
dituju beserta alamatnya, isi surat, her homework.
dan pengirim surat. Pilihan jawaban 2. Were you listening while Ms. Tantri was
(B) yang artinya undangan biasanya explaining the theory?
berisi orang yang dituju, isi 3. What were the people here doing when
undangan, pengundang. Pilihan the volcano erupted?
jawaban (C) yang artinya peringatan 4. When he computer suddenly went off, the
biasanya berupa kalimat perintah secretary was replying the e-mail.
atau larangan. 5. While Bobby and Aswin were walking
26. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan home from school, the policeman was
kalimat kedua pesan tersebut, yaitu regulating the traffic.
”She wanted to spend her day here.”.
Kalimat itu artinya ”Dia ingin tinggal di C. Isian
sini (rumah pembicara).”. Pilihan 1. herself
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
2. himself
sesuai dengan isi pesan itu.
3. yourself
27. C. Pesta tersebut akan diselenggarakan
4. itself
di rumah keluarga Johnson di 4467
5. myself
Seedling Drive. Pilihan jawaban (A)
dan (B) salah karena tidak tercantum
D. Uraian
dalam undangan itu. Pilihan jawaban
(D) merupakan orang yang harus Contoh jawaban:
dihubungi untuk konfirmasi 1. Rio, where’ve you been? Daddy is looking
kedatangan. for you. He’s in the living room now.
28. A. Kata ’treat’ yang sesuai dengan
2.
konteks itu bermakna ’menraktir’.
Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah to FREE!
entertain, (C) adalah to take care, dan
(D) adalah to threat. We’ll see a Harry Potter movie
29. C. Berdasarkan isi undangan itu, pesta this afternoon:
ulang tahun Kim akan in Sarah’s house
diselenggarakan pada tanggal at 4:00 p.m.–end
13 Maret, pukul 6:30 petang (bukan
6:30 pagi, pilihan jawaban (B)). Jadi, Drink and snacks available!
pilihan jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan Please come!
jawaban (A) dan (D) tidak tepat We have a space already
karena tidak menunjukkan reserved for you.
keterangan waktu, tetapi merupakan
keterangan tempat. Best,
30. D. Pernyataan itu merupakan informasi Jane
agar tamu undangan memberitahukan
kepada Marie Salinger sebelum
kedatangan mereka. Hal ini
merupakan hal umum di negara barat.

UNIT 4 Recount

292

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3.


Ervina : Where are you going?
Jessy : I want to give that beggar some money.
Ervina : I don’t think you should give him money.
It will make him lazy, you know.
Jessy : I don’t agree with you. We shouldn’t
ignore the poor.
Ervina : I know, but he looks strong and
healthy enough. He can find a job.
1. Ervina said, “I don’t think you should give
him money.” What does it mean? Jawaban: D
A. She asks for Jessy’s opinion. Kata ’lazy’ artinya ’malas’. Kata ini
B. She agrees with Jessy’s opinion. berlawanan makna dengan kata ’diligent’
C. She tells her idea about something. yang artinya rajin. Pilihan jawaban yang
D. She expresses her opinion about what lain salah. Naughty artinya nakal, careful
Jessy will do. artinya berhati-hati, dan stubborn artinya
Jawaban: D keras kepala.
Ucapan Ervina berarti ”Saya kira kamu
tidak perlu memberinya uang.”. Berdasar- 4. Utti : Wow! Look at you! ________
kan maknanya, ungkapan ini digunakan Widda : Do I? Thanks.
untuk memberikan pendapat. Jadi, A. How terrible!
berdasarkan konteks percakapan tersebut, B. Are you sure?
Ervina mengungkapkan pendapatnya C. You look pretty.
tentang tindakan Jessy yang akan memberi D. Of course.
uang kepada seorang pengemis laki-laki. Jawaban: C
Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi
2. “We shouldn’t ignore the poor.” The underlined
percakapan adalah ungkapan memberikan
word can be replaced by ________. pujian (compliment) karena sesuai dengan
A. care B. neglect ungkapan selanjutnya yang diucapkan
C. feel angry with D. relieve Widda, yaitu ”Do I? Thanks.” yang artinya
Jawaban: B ”Benarkah? Terima kasih.”.
Kata ’ignore’ artinya ’mengabaikan’. Kata
ini bersinonim dengan kata neglect yang 5. Wanda : Ugh! It’s very hot inside here.
berarti mengabaikan atau melalaikan. ________
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memberi Nindya : Sure. I’ll get it open.
perhatian/peduli, (C) artinya marah A. Could you open the window, please?
dengan, dan (D) artinya merasa lega B. What can I do to help you?
atau bebas dari beban berat. C. It seems you’re in trouble.
D. Close the door, will you?
3. “It will make him lazy, you know.” The
Jawaban: A
opposite meaning of ‘lazy’ is ________. Konteks percakapan disimpulkan dari
A. naughty B. careful kalimat yang diucapkan Wanda yang
C. stubborn D. diligent artinya ”Ugh! Di ruangan ini terasa panas.”
dan frasa kunci dari respons Nindya, yaitu
’open it’ yang artinya ’membukanya’. Jadi,
ungkapan permintaan yang tepat diucapkan
Wanda adalah permintaan untuk
membukakan jendela dengan berkata,
”Could you open the window, please?”.
For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct
expressions to complete the dialog.
Regal : Mother will have her birthday next
week. (6) ________
Ari : Er . . . . let’s give her a blouse, batik
blouse. What do you think?

293
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Regal : (7) ________ Batik blouse must be


so expensive that we can’t afford it.
Ari : Well, my friend’s parents have a batik
shop. She told me that there were some
beautiful ones with reasonable prices.
For questions 9 to 11, choose the correct
Regal : Really? O.K., let’s go there.
expressions to complete the dialog.
Ari : (8) ________
Mr. Rianto : There will be a gathering in my
6. A. Do you agree with my idea?
house this evening. (9) ________
B. Would you like to come? Mr. Yoyok : Who will go to there?
C. Do you have any idea? Mr. Rianto : Mr. Roger, Mr. Smith, Mr. Dewa
D. That couldn’t be right. and Mr. Soni have confirmed.
Jawaban: C Mr. Yoyok : (10) ________ I have already had
Pilihan jawaban (C) benar karena sesuai an appointment with my children.
dengan kalimat respons yang diucapkan Mr. Rianto : (11) ________ But maybe some
Ari, ”Er . . . let’s give her a blouse, batik other time.
blouse.” yang artinya ”Er . . . ayo kita
belikan ibu blus, blus batik.”. Kalimat 9. A. I don’t know.
tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi B. Will you join us?
pendapat. Jadi, ucapan Regal yang sesuai C. When will it be?
adalah ungkapan meminta pendapat atau D. It must be fun.
gagasan (asking for an opinion), yaitu Jawaban: B
Do you have any idea? Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya ”Bersediakah
Anda bergabung dengan kami?”.
7. A. I don’t agree. B. Good idea!
Ungkapan ini digunakan untuk meng-
C. Brilliant! D. Of course. undang atau mengajak. Jawaban ini
Jawaban: A sesuai dengan ucapan Pak Yoyok,
Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena sesuai ”Who will go to there?” yang artinya
dengan ucapan Ari sebelumnya, ”Er . . . ”Siapa saja yang akan datang?”.
let’s give her a blouse, batik blouse. What
do you think?” yang artinya ”Er . . . ayo kita 10. A. Thank you for your offer.
belikan ibu blus, blus batik. Bagaimana B. I’ll be there, I promise.
menurutmu?”. Ungkapan ini digunakan C. How can I get there?
untuk meminta persetujuan atas ide yang D. I’d love to, but I can’t.
telah dilontarkannya. Regal pun meng- Jawaban: D
ungkapkan ketidaksetujuannya (I don’t Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya ”Saya ingin
agree) dengan disertai alasan bahwa datang, tetapi saya tidak bisa.”. Ungkapan
”Batik blouse must be so expensive that ini digunakan untuk menolak undangan
we can’t afford it.” yang artinya ”Blus batik atau ajakan. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan
pasti sangat mahal sehingga kita tidak ucapan Pak Yoyok berikutnya ”I have
mampu membelinya.”. already had an appointment with my
children.” yang artinya ”Saya sudah
8. A. Wait! B. Thanks.
mempunyai janji dengan anak-anak
C. Let’s go. D. See you. saya.”.
Jawaban: C
Kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Ari untuk 11. A. It would be more fun if you were there.
merespons kalimat ajakan Regal, ”O.K., B. I hope it won’t bother you.
let’s go there.” yang artinya ”O.K., ayo kita C. I’m happy hearing from you.
pergi ke sana.”, adalah Let’s go yang D. Is that O.K.?
artinya ayo pergi. Pilihan jawaban yang Jawaban: A
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan Ucapan Pak Rianto di akhir percakapan
konteks percakapan. merupakan respons atas ucapan Pak
Yoyok sebelumnya. Jadi, dia merasa
menyesal karena Pak Yoyok tidak dapat
datang dalam acara kumpul-kumpul
tersebut.

Latihan Ulangan Semester


294

12 to 14.
Mr. Romeo : Excuse me. Do you know where
a phone kiosk is?
Read the dialog and answer questions
Beni : Yes. It’s not far, just drive on until
you reach a crossroad. It is at the
corner, a small shop with green wall.
15. When will the party be held?
12. Who are talking in the dialog? A. In the morning. B. In the evening.
A. Students. B. Two strangers. C. At midnight. D. At noon.
C. Father and son. D. Two boys. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: B Sesuai undangan tersebut, pesta akan
Berdasarkan tokoh-tokoh yang terlibat diselenggarakan pada pukul 7 petang
dalam percakapan tersebut, jelas bahwa (at 7 p.m.) atau in the evening.
yang berbicara adalah dua orang yang
16. Peter was born in ________.
belum saling mengenal (two strangers).
A. 1996 B. 1997
13. “It is at the corner, a small shop with green C. 1998 D. 1999
wall.” The word ‘it’ refers to ________. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
A. a kiosk B. a crossroad Jawaban: D
C. a phone kiosk D. a small shop Pesta yang diselenggarakan pada Sabtu,
Jawaban: C 11 Januari 2009 itu untuk merayakan ulang
Kata ’it’ tersebut merupakan kata ganti dari tahun Peter yang ke-10. Itu berarti Peter
kata benda yang telah disebutkan lahir pada tahun 1999 (2009 – 10 = 1999).
sebelumnya (benda/tempat yang dicari 17. What is the text about?
Pak Romeo). Jadi, kata itu mengacu pada
A. An opinion about a birthday party.
a phone kiosk.
B. An invitation to a birthday party.
14. What did Mr. Romeo say to ask for help? C. A wish for a birthday person.
A. Where is it? D. Information about a party.
B. Excuse me. Jawaban: B
C. Do you know where a phone kiosk is? Berdasarkan kalimat ”Please come and
D. You’re welcome. gather at my house to have a nice party
Jawaban: C . . . .” yang artinya ”Silakan datang dan
Dalam percakapan tersebut tampak bahwa berkumpul di rumahku dalam sebuah
Pak Romeo mencari kios telepon. Pilihan pesta yang menyenangkan . . . .” dan
jawaban (C) yang artinya ”Tahukah Anda kalimat ”I will be 10.” yang artinya ”Saya
letak kios telepon?” menunjukkan bahwa akan berusia (berulang tahun yang ke-)
Pak Romeo meminta bantuan Beni untuk 10 tahun.”, teks tersebut tentang
menunjukkan letak suatu tempat, dalam undangan ke sebuah pesta ulang tahun
hal ini kios telepon. (an invitation to a birthday party).
Read the text and answer questions 15 to 17. Read the dialog and answer questions 18 to 20.
Rowan : I love to have lunch here. It’s clean
Hi, my friends!
and the price is very reasonable.
For a long time, I have been waiting Jimmy : One more thing, the food is really tasty.
for my special day. Rowan : You’re right.
Finally, it is coming. I will be 10.
18. The dialog takes place ________.
Please come and gather at my house
A. at home B. in the classroom
to have a nice party at 7 p.m.
C. at the bus stop D. in the canteen
Saturday, January 11, 2009 Jawaban: D
Peter’s home: 116 West 60 Street. Rowan dan Jimmy berbicara tentang suatu
tempat yang mereka pilih untuk makan
siang. Tempat itu bersih, harga makanan
murah, dan masakannya lezat. Berdasar-
kan pilihan jawaban yang ada, dapat
dipastikan mereka bercakap-cakap
di sebuah kantin (in the canteen), bukan (A)
di rumah, (B) di kelas, atau (C) di halte bus.

295
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

19. What are the speakers doing?


A. Studying. B. Taking a rest.
C. Having fun. D. Having lunch.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan, kedua tokoh
Wales, Anne, Andrew and Edward. She is
membicarakan tentang tempat mereka
the first monarch to send her children to
makan dan makanannya yang lezat. Jadi,
boarding schools in order to remove them
percakapan tersebut terjadi saat mereka
from the ever-probing media. She has
sedang makan, yaitu makan siang (to have
a strong sense of duty and diligence. Her
lunch). Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat
knowledge of current situations and trends
pertama, ”I love to have lunch here.”
is up to date. She possesses a sense of
yang artinya ”Saya suka makan siang
humor rarely exhibited in public where
di tempat ini.”.
a dignified presence is her goal.
20. “One more thing, the food is really tasty.” The
22. The text is about ________.
word ‘tasty’ has a similar meaning to ________.
A. Charles
A. sweet B. stale
B. Andrew
C. hot and spicy D. delicious
C. Elizabeth II
Jawaban: D
D. Prince Mountbarten
Kata ’tasty’ dan ’delicious’ mempunyai arti
Jawaban: C
yang sama, yaitu lezat atau nikmat. Sweet
Teks tersebut menceritakan Elizabeth II,
artinya manis, stale artinya basi, dan hot
yaitu tentang tanggal kelahiran, keluarga,
and spicy artinya pedas.
dan sifatnya.
21. Father : Where were you when Uncle
23. Elizabeth II was ________ years old in
Nolan came? He was outside for
2007.
more than an hour.
A. 80 B. 81
Agung : I’m sorry, Dad. I ________ my
C. 90 D. 91
report paper when Uncle came.
Jawaban: B
I didn’t hear he knocked at the door.
Elizabeth II lahir pada tahun 1926. Jadi,
A. typed B. was typing
pada tahun 2007 dia berusia 81 tahun
C. have typed D. type
(2007 – 1926 = 81).
Jawaban: B
Ucapan Agung menjelaskan bahwa ada 24. Anne is one of the ________ of George VI.
dua peristiwa yang terjadi pada masa A. sons B. daughters
lampau, yaitu dia mengetik laporan C. grandsons D. granddaughters
tugasnya dan Paman Nolan mengetuk Jawaban: D
pintu. Berdasarkan pola the past Menurut teks tersebut Elizabeth II adalah
continuous tense, peristiwa yang anak perempuan George VI. Elizabeth II
memerlukan waktu lebih lama mempunyai anak Charles, Prince of
menggunakan bentuk to be (was/were) + Wales, Anne, Andrew, dan Edward. Jadi,
V-ing. Peristiwa mengetik memerlukan Anne adalah salah satu cucu perempuan
waktu lebih lama dibandingkan dengan (one of the granddaughters) George VI.
mengetuk pintu sehingga mengetik 25. “She possesses a sense of humor
berpola (was/were) + V-ing.
rarely exhibited . . . .”
Read the text and answer questions 22 to 25. The underlined word means ________.
Elizabeth II, born on April 21, 1926, A. hidden B. shown
C. found D. given
is the eldest daughter of George VI and
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon. She married Philip
Jawaban: B
Mountbarten, a distant cousin, in 1947; the
Kata ’exhibited’ artinya ’dipamerkan’ atau
pair has four children: Charles, Prince of
’ditunjukkan’. Kata ini mempunyai makna
sama dengan kata shown. Hidden artinya
disembunyikan, found artinya ditemukan,
dan given artinya diberikan.

Latihan Ulangan Semester

296

I ________ my mother cook in the


kitchen. She was busy preparing for my
sister’s seventeenth birthday party.
26. Yesterday I didn’t go to the meeting. A. help
B. am helping

28. The writer uses Ardi’s bicycle because


________.
A. he has lost his bike
B. his leg is broken
C. his own bike is broken
D. he doesn’t have a bike
C. will help Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
D. helped Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: C
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
Jawaban: D kedua dalam pesan tersebut, yang artinya
Keterangan waktu dalam kalimat tersebut ”Sepeda saya rusak.”. Pilihan jawaban
adalah ’yesterday’. Itu berarti kalimat yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
tersebut berbentuk the simple past tense. dengan isi pesan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban
Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi (A) artinya dia kehilangan sepedanya,
kalimat tersebut adalah helped. Pilihan (B) artinya kakinya patah, dan (D) artinya
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban dia tidak memiliki sepeda.
(A) berbentuk the simple present tense,
Read the following text and answer questions
(B) salah karena berbentuk the present
continuous tense, dan (C) berbentuk the 29 to 31.
simple future tense. GoodInk–Professional Quality Refill Ink
Read the text and answer questions 27 and 28. BC-02/BX-2 (Black)
Refill ink for CANON
Ardi, I use your bike. Mine is broken. BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230
Don’t worry. Everything will be all right. BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP
Thanks. ∙ Tap the top of the inkbottle, so no ink
remains at the top portion. With push pin,
Leo puncture a hole at the top of the inkbottle.
∙ To preserve unused ink, insert the pin into
27. The purpose of the text is ________. the top of the bottle to avoid it become dry.
A. to tell Ardi that Leo uses his bike ∙ Store the inkbottle in dry, cool, dark
B. to ask Ardi to use Leo’s bike places.
C. to tell Leo that Ardi uses his bike Adapted from: NuInk-Professional Quality Refill Ink
D. to ask for clarification about a bike
Jawaban: A 29. Which statement is NOT TRUE based on
Teks soal tersebut merupakan pesan the above text?
singkat/pendek (short message). Pesan A. The color of the refill ink is black.
tersebut artinya ”Ardi, saya memakai B. The refill ink is usable for any type of
sepedamu. Sepeda saya rusak. Jangan printers.
khawatir. Semua akan baik-baik saja. C. Keep the unused ink in dry, cool, dark
Terima kasih.”. Kesimpulannya, teks places.
tersebut berisi pemberitahuan kepada Ardi D. Keep the refill ink wet all the time.
bahwa Leo meminjam sepedanya. Pilihan Jawaban: B
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban Pilihan jawaban yang salah (not true)
(B) artinya meminta Ardi menggunakan adalah (B) yang artinya tinta isi ulang
sepeda Leo, (C) artinya memberi tahu Leo dapat digunakan untuk tipe printer apa
bahwa Ardi menggunakan sepedanya, dan pun. Hal ini bertentangan dengan
(D) artinya meminta klarifikasi tentang informasi dalam teks tersebut bahwa tinta
sebuah sepeda. isi ulang ini hanya diperuntukkan untuk
printer tipe BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230,
BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP.

297
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena


sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
yang artinya tinta isi ulang ini berwarna
hitam sesuai dengan jenis tinta itu, yaitu
BC-03/BX-3 (Black). Pilihan jawaban
Read the text and answer questions 32 to 35.
(C) yang artinya simpan tinta sisa di
tempat yang kering, sejuk, dan gelap
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Store the inkbottle Medan, May 4, 2008
in dry, cool, dark places.”. Pilihan jawaban Dear Egar,
(D) yang artinya jaga supaya tinta tetap I am very sorry for this late reply. I have just
basah sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . to avoid returned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, but
it (refill ink) become dry.”. I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have change
30. What will happen if you store the refill ink d.
When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishing
bottle under the direct sunlight?
with my brother and my friends in the river near my
A. The ink will be dried.
house. I liked the river because the water was clear and
B. The ink keeps wet. there were a lot of fish in it.
C. The ink will last long. Now, the river is full of garbage and the water is
D. The color of the ink will change. turbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river is
Jawaban: A dirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in the
Berdasarkan kalimat terakhir ”Store the river because the water is ominous. The chemical waste
inkbottle in dry, cool, dark places.” yang from the factories makes it poisonous.
artinya ”Simpan botol tinta di tempat The condition of the river makes me sad. What about
kering, sejuk, dan gelap.” dan isi tinta your hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’s
ulang (refill ink) merupakan benda cair, all. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Pleas
maka tujuan botol tinta tidak disimpan di e
reply soon.
tempat yang terkena sinar matahari
langsung adalah supaya tinta tidak Yours,
menjadi kering. Dengan kata lain, apabila Zaki
botol tinta disimpan di tempat terkena sinar
matahari langsung (under the direct 32. The writer’s purpose of writing this
sunlight), tinta akan menjadi kering (it will letter is to tell his friend about his
be dry). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. ________ concerning the river in his
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tinta tetap hometown.
basah, (C) artinya tinta akan bertahan A. happiness B. amazement
lama, dan (D) artinya warna tinta akan C. entertainment D. disappointment
berubah. Jawaban: D
Dalam surat itu, Zaki menjelaskan bahwa
31. “To preserve unused ink, . . . .” The similar dia meminta maaf karena baru bisa
meaning of the underlined word is ________. membalas surat itu. Dia baru saja pulang
A. protect kampung. Selanjutnya, dia menceritakan
B. destroy kekecewaannya (disappointment) karena
C. ruin keadaan kampungnya telah berubah
D. neglect menjadi lebih buruk dibandingkan ketika
Jawaban: A Zaki masih kecil. Jadi, pilihan jawaban
Kata ’preserve’ mempunyai arti yang sama yang benar adalah (D). Pilihan jawaban
dengan kata ’protect’, yaitu ’melindungi’. yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Destroy (A) happiness artinya kebahagiaan,
artinya menghancurkan, ruin artinya (B) amazement artinya rasa kagum,
meruntuhkan, dan neglect artinya dan (C) entertainment artinya hiburan.
mengabaikan.
33. The letter shows that the condition of
Zaki’s hometown on May 4, 2008 was
________ than it was when he was
a child.
A. cleaner B. bigger
C. worse D. better

Latihan Ulangan Semester

298

Jawaban: C
Kata ’worse’ artinya ’lebih buruk’. Pilihan
jawaban ini sesuai dengan penjelasan Zaki
yang ditulis dalam surat itu, misalnya
Jawaban: A
sungai itu kotor dan airnya keruh, ikannya
Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi
lenyap, dan lingkungan di sekitar sungai
percakapan adalah ungkapan merespons
kotor. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
pendapat. Ungkapan tersebut dijawab
Pilihan jawaban (A) cleaner artinya lebih
dengan kalimat ”Great! Now, let’s think
bersih, (B) bigger artinya lebih besar, dan
about what to do next.” yang artinya
(D) better artinya lebih baik.
”Bagus! Sekarang ayo kita pikirkan
34. Where did Zaki write the letter? langkah selanjutnya.”. Karena respons
In the/his ________. bernada positif, ungkapan yang tepat
A. river B. village adalah ungkapan yang menyatakan
C. hometown D. boarding room persetujuan. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 tepat adalah (A) yang artinya saya setuju.
Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban ini tidak secara jelas This paragraph is for questions 37 to 39.
atau eksplisit disebutkan pada surat itu. Some people have trips planned by
Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan berdasar- travel agents who give out information about
kan fakta bahwa Zaki baru saja pulang ________ (37). The agents talk with their
kampung. Itu berarti pilihan jawaban clients to find out how to travel, what kinds
(C) kurang tepat. Demikian pula dengan of places to visit, and how much money to
pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) yang mengacu ________ (38). The agents will buy the
pada kondisi kampung Zaki. Jadi, pilihan necessary tickets and make ________ (39).
jawaban yang paling tepat dari keempat This service is free for the travelers.
pilihan jawaban itu adalah (D) yang artinya 37. A. going B. traveling
di kamar kosnya. C. staying D. leaving
35. What is the main idea of paragraph 3? Jawaban: B
A. The condition of the river now. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat
B. Zaki’s childhood. soal adalah (B) traveling yang artinya
C. Zaki and his friends. perjalanan. Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan
D. Zaki’s hometown. dari kata ’trips’ (perjalanan) dan frasa ’travel
Jawaban: A agents’ (agen perjalanan). Pilihan jawaban
Paragraf tiga menjelaskan kondisi sungai yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) going
sekarang (the condition of the river now), yang artinya pergi, (C) staying yang artinya
yaitu penuh dengan sampah dan keruh, tinggal/menetap, dan (D) leaving yang
tidak ada ikan dan daerah sekitar sungai artinya meninggalkan, salah karena tidak
kotor, serta air sungai beracun oleh limbah sesuai dengan konteks bacaan.
pabrik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah 38. A. save B. waste
karena bukan isi paragraf tiga. C. spend D. borrow
36. Eny : I suggest that we raise money for Jawaban: C
our trip. So, we don’t have to ask Pilihan jawaban (C) spend benar karena
for money from our parents. dapat melengkapi kalimat soal, yang
Kiki : ________. menyatakan berapa banyak uang yang
Eny : Great! Now, let’s think about dikeluarkan (how much money to spend).
what to do next. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
A. I agree B. I disagree jawaban (A) save artinya ditabung,
C. No way D. I don’t know (B) waste artinya dihamburkan (uang),
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 dan (D) borrow artinya dipinjam, tidak
cocok dengan konteks.
39. A. cancelation B. transportation
C. reservations D. accomodation
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

299
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Jawaban: C
Pasangan kata (collocation) yang tepat
menggunakan kata kerja make adalah
cancelation (pembatalan) dan reservations
(pemesanan), sehingga pilihan jawaban
and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore,
(B) transportation dan (D) accomodation
China and England.
salah. Secara logika kalimat, kata yang
Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page 46
tepat adalah (C) reservations karena tugas
agen perjalanan adalah menyediakan 41. What is the text about?
semua fasilitas yang diperlukan oleh A. A violinist. B. A musician.
peserta tour, antara lain menyiapkan C. A pianist. D. An artist.
tiket dan memesan tempat, termasuk Jawaban: A
hotel (reservations). Pilihan jawaban (A) Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
cancelation tidak cocok dalam konteks kedua paragraf satu, ”She is only
ini. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar nineteen years old, but she is a world-
adalah (C). famous violinist.” yang artinya ”Dia baru
40. in – your – the – best – speech – on – berusia sembilan belas tahun, tetapi dia
adalah seorang pemain biola yang
1 2 3 4 5 6
terkenal.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
congratulations – contest – performance!
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya seorang
7 8 9
pemusik (terlalu umum), (C) artinya orang
The proper arrangement of the sentences
yang ahli main piano, dan (D) artinya
is ________.
pekerja seni.
A. 7–1–3–5–8–6–2–9–4
B. 7–4–9–1–2–3–5–6–8 42. Vanessa plays violin ________.
C. 7–6–2–4–9–1–3–5–8 A. badly B. carefully
D. 7–6–3–5–8–1–2–4–9 C. classically D. wonderfully
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: D
Jawaban: C Dalam paragraf satu terdapat kalimat
Susunan kata pada pilihan jawaban (C) ”When she plays classical violin concertos
akan membentuk kalimat yang padu, on her electric violin, the world listens.”
sebagai berikut: (7) Congratulations (6) on yang artinya ”Ketika dia memainkan biola
(2) your (4) best (9) performance (1) in (3) elektriknya di konser-konser biola klasik,
the (5) speech (8) contest! yang artinya dunia mendengarkan.”. Klausa ”the world
selamat atas penampilan terbaikmu pada listens” menunjukkan bahwa Vanessa
lomba pidato! Susunan kata pada pilihan bermain dengan sangat menakjubkan
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak (wonderfully). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
membentuk kalimat yang padu. salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dengan
buruk, (B) artinya dengan hati-hati, dan
Read the text and answer questions 41 to 45. (C) artinya secara klasik.
Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson is 43. From the text we know that people
a musician. She is only nineteen years old, ________.
but she is a world-famous violinist. When A. in the world are interested in all
she plays classical violin concertos on her violinists
electric violin, the world listens. B. like to listen to Vanessa playing
Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Her violin
mother is Chinese and her father is Thai. C. are eager to play violin with Vanessa
She is from Singapore, but she now lives in D. play the violin very well in a concert
London with her mother and her English Jawaban: B
stepfather. She’s got cousins, aunts, uncles Hal itu dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat
ketiga paragraf satu, ”When she plays
classical violin concertos on her electric
violin, the world listens.”. Pilihan jawaban
(A) dan (C) salah karena tidak sesuai

Latihan Ulangan Semester

300

dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (D) salah


karena Vanessa bermain biola dengan
bagus tidak hanya dalam satu konser,
tetapi di berbagai konser.
44. “. . ., but she now lives in London with
her mother and her English stepfather.” berangkat. Leave dan get off artinya
(Paragraph 2) The word ‘stepfather’ meninggalkan atau pergi, sedangkan
means a male who’s married to ________. switch off artinya mematikan.
A. one’s aunt B. one’s sister
47. Which is NOT TRUE based on the text?
C. one’s mother D. one’s daughter
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
A. The flight destination is Bali.
Jawaban: C B. The passengers have plenty of time
Kata ’stepfather’ artinya ’ayah tiri’. Itu before boarding.
berarti seorang laki-laki yang menikah C. The passengers have to go through
dengan ibu seseorang (one’s mother). Gate 6 to board the plane.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena D. The announcement is announced
tidak sesuai dengan makna kata tersebut. before the plane takes off.
Jawaban: B
45. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban yang benar untuk soal ini
A. To tell past events. adalah yang bertentangan dengan isi
B. To entertain the readers. pengumuman. Berdasarkan pengumuman
C. To describe a certain person. tersebut, pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya
D. To tell how to be a good and famous pesawat tersebut akan menuju Bali benar,
musician. sesuai dengan frasa ’flight number RA 337
Jawaban: C to Denpasar, Bali’; pilihan jawaban (C)
Teks tersebut mendeskripsikan seseorang, yang artinya para penumpang pesawat
yaitu Vannesa Mae, tentang permainan harus menuju Gate 6 untuk masuk ke
pianonya dan keluarganya. Dengan pesawat (boarding) benar, sesuai dengan
demikian, teks ini berbentuk descriptive kalimat ”To all passengers, please proceed
yang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikan to Gate 6 immediately.”; dan pilihan
seseorang (to describe a certain person). jawaban (D) yang artinya pengumuman ini
Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teks diumumkan sebelum pesawat lepas
recount, (B) adalah tujuan teks narrative, landas (take off) sesuai dengan isi
dan (D) adalah tujuan teks procedure. pengumuman yang memberitahukan
Read the text and answer questions 46 to 48. bahwa pesawat baru akan berangkat
setengah jam lagi. Jadi, pilihan jawaban
Attention, please. (B) yang artinya para penumpang masih
The Rajawali Airlines flight number RA 337 mempunyai banyak waktu sebelum masuk
to Denpasar, Bali will take off in thirty ke pesawat benar karena bertentangan
minutes. To all passengers, please proceed dengan isi kalimat terakhir yang meminta
to Gate 6 immediately. Thank you. para penumpang segera (immediately)
masuk ke pesawat.
46. “ . . . will take off in thirty minutes.” What 48. The text tells about flight ________.
does the underlined word mean? A. delay
A. Depart. B. Leave. B. cancelation
C. Get off. D. Switch off. C. departure
Jawaban: A D. information
Kata ’take off’ artinya ’tinggal landas’. Kata Jawaban: C
yang memiliki makna sama dengan kata Isi pengumuman tersebut tentang
tersebut adalah depart yang artinya keberangkatan pesawat (flight departure).
Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks
yang berarti ”Pesawat Rajawali Airlines
nomor penerbangan RA 337 dengan
tujuan Denpasar, Bali akan lepas landas
dalam 30 menit ke depan.”. Pilihan

301
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban


(A) artinya penundaan penerbangan,
(B) artinya pembatalan penerbangan, dan
(D) artinya informasi penerbangan (terlalu
umum).
49. Formerly the farmers used animal 50. Dea : I went to Mira’s house last night,
waste or compost to fertilize their rice but ________ was there.
fields. But nowadays they ________ Indra: She and her family went to Bandung.
artificial fertilizer. A. everybody B. nobody
A. have used B. are using C. anybody D. somebody
C. was using D. would use Jawaban: B
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006 Dea mengatakan bahwa tadi malam dia
Jawaban: B pergi ke rumah Mira. Berdasarkan kalimat
Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat Indra yang artinya ”Dia dan keluarganya
adalah (B) are using. Hal itu dapat pergi ke Bandung.”, dapat dipastikan
disimpulkan berdasarkan keterangan bahwa dia tidak bertemu siapa pun
waktu nowadays. Keterangan waktu (nobody), termasuk Mira. Pilihan jawaban
tersebut menunjukkan the present yang lain salah karena menunjukkan
continuous tense. Pilihan jawaban yang bahwa ada orang di rumah Mira saat Dea
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentuk ke sana. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya setiap
the present perfect tense, (C) berbentuk orang, (C) artinya siapa pun/seseorang,
the past continuous tense, dan dan (D) artinya seseorang.
(D) berbentuk the past future tense.

Latihan Ulangan Semester

302

Reading Materials
Unit 1 Descriptive

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan
mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Carl Rogers
Carl Rogers is a train conductor.
He has worked on the railroad for 28 years. It has been a good job because he likes people.
Carl is very helpful and tries to make the passengers comfortable. He often stops to chat
with the passengers.
His work is interesting because he travels to many different places.
Source: Easy Does It

Text 2
Tapir
I saw a strange animal in the safari park. It is a tapir. It belongs to Asian tapirs.
The tapir is black at the front and white at the back. It has four toes on the front feet and
three behind. It also bears a pronounced, beak-shaped trunk.
The tapir lies-up during the day in dense undergrowth (often close to a river or stream).
Its coloring serves to confuse predators, like tigers, when it is active, at night. Although, unlike
rhinos, the tapir does not wallow in mud baths, it is fond of water and is an excellent swimmer.
This animal will often take to a river if pursued and spend most of its daylight time there,
especially when the sun shines so brightly.
Adapted from: www.kerinci.org/ff09.html (May 10, 2006)

Text 3
Malaysia
Malaysia is a country where many races live side by side. Like Singapore, there are Malays,
Chinese and Indians. The majority of the people are Muslims. They speak Bahasa Melayu. The
Chinese make up a third of population. About ten per cent of the population are Indians. The
remaining population is made up of Sikhs, Eurasians and tribal people.
The musical instrument most commonly used in the local music is the gendang or drum.
They also use flutes, trumpets and gongs. The Malaysians have their own art forms such as
shadow-puppets and silat, a form of martial art. The local food includes satay, fried soybean curd
in peanut sauce and tamarind fish curry.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages 4

303
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Text 4
Mount Leuser National Park
Mount Leuser National Park is most distinguished as the home of the orang utan, a highly
endangered and extremely intelligent primate.
The park has two distinct orang utan reserves within its boundaries, Bohorok and Ketambe,
both of which serve to rehabilitate animals back into the wild after they have lived in captivity.
Orang utans are not the only interesting mammals to grace Mount Leuser National Park.
Its whopping 10,000 square kilometers also provide protected habitat for the Sumatran rhinos,
along with elephants and tigers. Overall, one can see 320 species of bird, 176 kinds of
mammals, 194 reptile species and 52 species of amphibian. Plant life is even more diverse:
over one half all plant species on Sumatra can be found in the forests of Mount Leuser.
Source: http://www.geographia.com/indonesia/indono02.htm (June 26, 2006)

Text 5
The Sea Eagle
There is an eagle nesting on the tree top near my grandparent’s house in Pangandaran.
It was a sea eagle.
The color of its feathers is light brown. It has a strong and sharp yellowish beak. Its claws
are very sharp. It hunts for fish in the sea, but sometimes it hunts chickens and small birds. It is
easy to recognize because it has a strong a streamlined, sharp beak and a stream-line body.
Its forelimbs (or arms) serve as wings. This means that they are of little use for anything
except flying. It walks on two legs and has a very flexible neck and strong beak to handle foods,
to care for its feathers, and for many other jobs that non-flying animals do with paws, claws or
hands on their forelimbs.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 6
The Smiths’ House
Mr. Smith’s house has got four bedrooms, a living-room, a diningroom, a kitchen,
a bathroom and a separate toilet. There is a toilet in the bathroom too. The bedrooms and the
bathroom are upstairs, and the living room, the dining room, the kitchen and the toilet are
downstairs. The first bedroom is Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s, the second one is John’s, the third one is
Mary’s and the fourth one is Anne’s. Catherine’s baby bed is in Anne’s bedroom too.
When you enter Mr. Smith’s house, the room on your left is the living room and the room on
your right is the dining room. Where is the kitchen? It is behind the dining room. And where is
the toilet? It is straight on, in front of you.
There is a garden behind the house, but it is not big. Is there a garden in front of the house
too? Yes, there is, but it is very small.
When you go upstairs, Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s bedroom is on your left. The bedroom on your right
is John’s and the bathroom is between his bedroom and Mary’s. Anne’s bedroom is behind Mary’s.
There is a big bed and two big wardrobes in Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s bedroom. In John’s room
there is a small bed and a wardrobe. John and Mary’s beds are big, but Anne’s is small. Mary’s
wardrobe is bigger than John’s. Anne’s room has got blue walls, and there are white ships and
green islands on them, because it is a child’s bedroom. John’s bedroom has got white walls and
Mary’s has got gray walls. John has got pictures of horses on his walls, and Mary has got
pictures of beautiful clothes.
Source: http://www.edu.ge.ch/cptic/prospective/projets/anglais/exercises/TheHouse.htm (January 30, 2007)

Reading Materials

304

Text 7
Kiskendo Cave
Some 35 kilometers at northwest side of Yogyakarta, on a hill at the northern side of Kulon
Progo Regency, a small fine asphalt road leads to Kiskendo Cave. Only a small kind of
four-wheeled vehicles can reach the cave. Those who visit the cave with a bus must leave the
vehicle at Niten Village, close to Giri Mulyo sub-district office, about 8 kilometres from the cave.
On the way to the cave, visitors may enjoy the charming scenery along the winding road.
Valleys, green farmland, and simple rural traditional houses reflect the traditional atmosphere in
which the people live. Entering the Kiskendo Cave, visitors will be greeted by wonderful
stalactites and stalagmites like limestone do mostly have. According to the legend, the natural
shape of the cave was once the palace of two giants by the names of Mahesa Suro and Lembu
Suro who were defeated by Subali as portrayed in the relief at the front of the cave.
Source: http://www.jogjatravel.com/natural.html (March 7, 2007)

Text 8
Petronas Twin Towers
The Petronas Twin Towers (also known as the Petronas Towers), in Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia, were once the world’s tallest buildings when measured from the level of the main
entrance to the structural or architectural top. The towers are also the tallest twin towers in the
world, and they lay claim to being the world’s tallest high rise of the 20th century.
These towers, designed by architect César Pelli, were completed in 1998 and became the
tallest buildings in the world on the date of completion. The 88-floor towers are constructed
largely of reinforced concrete, with a steel and glass facade designed to resemble motifs found
in Islamic art, a reflection of Malaysia’s Muslim religion. They were built on the site of Kuala
Lumpur’s race track. Because of the depth of the bedrock, the buildings were built on the world’s
deepest foundations, around 120-meter deep.
Tower One is fully occupied by the Petronas Company and a number of its subsidiaries and
associate companies. The office spaces in Tower Two are mostly available for lease to other
companies. A number of companies have offices in Tower Two, including Accenture, Al Jazeera
English, Bloomberg, Boeing, IBM, Khazanah Nasional Berhad, McKinsey & Co, Microsoft,
Newfield Exploration, Exact Software and Reuters. Below the twin towers is Suria KLCC,
a popular shopping mall, and Dewan Filharmonik Petronas, the home of the Malaysian
Philharmonic Orchestra. Outside the building is a park with jogging and walking paths,
a fountain with incorporated light show, wading pools, and a children’s playground.
The feature of skybridge connect the two towers on 41st and 42nd floors. The bridge is
170 m high and 58 m long. The same floor is also known as the podium since visitors desiring to
go to higher levels have to change elevators here. The skybridge is open to all visitors, but
passes (limited to around 1400 people per day, which usually run out before noon) must be
obtained on a first-come, first-served basis. Passes are free. The skybridge is closed on
Mondays.
Source: http://www.wikipedia.com (March 7, 2007)

305
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Unit 2 Recount

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan
mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1
I have a story about being embarrassed in Australia due to differences in culture. My story
is about ordering tea at a coffee shop.
I always had a nice cup of tea every morning in Indonesia. It gave me a great feeling in the
morning. So, when I arrived in the early morning for the first time at Sydney airport, the first thing
that I looked for was a coffee shop. Finally, I found a nice coffee shop with many people queuing
to order.
Quite confidently I jumped into the queue. I thought that I had better English than before
since I had recently learned English at IALF. Then, a very friendly girl asked me if she could help
me. I said that I would like to have a cup of tea.
Then, she asked me what kind of tea I would like to order, black or white tea? I thought she
was making a morning joke with me. My quick response, but with some confusion, was that
I said red tea please. With a very unfriendly face she asked me again, “Black or white tea,
please?”, I didn’t say anything as I didn’t know what actually black or white tea was. I only knew
that having tea is normally with or without sugar.
Then, she said, “Next, please.” She then asked the next customer behind me. I realised
then that I didn’t understand Australian customs.
One day I had a cup of tea at the university tea room and I saw a lady drinking tea with milk
in it. Then, I asked her, “Can I say that you are having a white tea?” She smiled and said, “Yes,
you can.” Finally, I understood that black tea is no milk added and white tea is with milk. How big
is the difference of having tea between Indonesian and Australian people!!!
Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2009)
Text 2
Hi, friends. Do you know Fatahillah Square or Taman Fatahillah in Jakarta? It is an open-air
museum of ‘Old Batavia’. Um . . . have you ever been there?
Well, last month my family and I visited Fatahillah Square. We went there by car. Arriving
there, we parked our car in the parking lot. Er . . . there are three main establishments. They are
Jakarta Museum, the Fine Arts Gallery, the Ceramic Museum and the Wayang Museum. We
visited the Jakarta Museum first. There, we could see the colonial history of the city. The tour
guide explained us the history clearly. After that, we went to the Fine Arts Gallery and the
Ceramic Museum. We found an excellent Chinese and Southeast Asian ceramic collections.
The ceramics are very beautiful, you know. Anyway, do you know who donated the ceramics?
Well, . . . the ceramics were donated by the late former Vice President Adam Malik.
Then, we went to the western side of the square. There, we visited the Wayang Museum.
Guess what we saw there! We saw many puppets used in the indigenous puppet theater.
Unfortunately, we couldn’t see the demonstration of the shadow play. It is usually played on
Sunday morning for about two hours. Well, that’s all my experience in Fatahillah Square.
Interesting, isn’t it?

Reading Materials
306

Text 3
Last month my family and I went to Prambanan Temple. We went there by car. We arrived
there in the afternoon. We walked around the temples and went upstairs step by step. In the
main temple, we saw Roro Jonggrang statue. Have you ever heard the story of Roro
Jonggrang? It is a very famous story among Javanese, you know.
Being tired of walking around, we decided to take a rest in a nearby hotel. At night we
returned to the temple. We wanted to see the Ramayana ballet. You know, it tells the story
of Rama and Shinta.
The performance is almost held every night. Have you ever watched it? It was really great,
you know. All visitors were satisfied with the performance.
Text 4
I have an unforgettable experience during my holiday in Bali. My family and I joined the Bali
Adventure and we got many interesting things.
I woke up early that day since I didn’t want to miss the adventure. We started the trip at
about six in the morning. Our destination was Bali Adventure Tours’ Elephant Safari Park. During
the trip, we saw the greenness, small villages and winding hillside roads.
Arriving at the park, we saw some elephants there. Accompanied by my guide, Made, we
rode on an elephant. We set off on a leisurely two hour trek through the surrounding jungle.
Made and I set off on a snug trail that poked in and out of the jungle, through rice paddocks and
over streams. Along the way, he pointed out every imaginable spice, fruit and vegetable. I saw
rich coffee plants and cocoa trees.
Two hours after we set out into the jungle, I saw a mighty elephant hum drumming its way
back to the safari park with a cargo of Japanese tourists on its back. Made and I made our way
behind it and followed her into the park.
It was really an unforgettable experience for us.

Text 5
One day Sandra Dewi fell sick in the middle of the English lesson. All the students did
reading tasks. Suddenly, Sandra Dewi vomited. All other students stopped writing. Ms. Lidia
helped her immediately. The captain of the class sent for the school’s doctor.
In five minutes the doctor came. He examined her carefully. He examined her eyes. He felt
her stomach. He listened to her heart beat. He measured her blood pressure.
Then, he took her temperature. “I’m afraid she suffers from malaria. Her temperature is very
high. That is why she vomited. She has a very bad cough, too. I’ll give her some pills for her malaria,
some tablets for her fever and syrup for her cough. She needs a week’s rest,” said the doctor.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Text 6
Yesterday at my school we had an International day. We had performances, food stalls,
displays, raffle ticket draw, and some of us were dressed in costumes.
We started our day off with performances but the one I liked best was the one from fourth
grade. We played games. The performance I was interested in was Labamba.

307
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Straight after our performances, we had our lunch. There were food stalls. They came
from Australia, Asia, Arab and Greece.
Everyone had a job. These people were from sixth grade. I did my job after I had lunch.
My job was to sell International Day Books.
We had displays in the hall. These displays were good but I didn’t get to see them. The
displays came from a lot of countries.
There was also a Trash and Treasure stall where they sold toys. The school got these
things by asking the children to bring them in.
Although I didn’t win anything, International Day was still fun.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Text 7
Last night, I read an article about adolescence in a magazine. I learned that it was a time of
change between childhood and adulthood.
After I finished reading the article from the magazine, I remembered my own adolescence.
I was fourteen at that time. I felt very emotional about everything. But I tried to learn more about
myself. I tried to discover what I wanted to do, and what kind of people I wanted to be.
To divert my emotions, I took many extra curricular activities. I took piano lessons on
Mondays. On Tuesdays, I joined an English course. Then, on Wednesdays and Thursdays,
I had extra science and math lessons. Fridays, it was my time to play basketball with my friends.
Finally, I spent most of my weekends with my family.
I was able to control my emotions and to have a place where I could express my creativity
in positive ways.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 8
Last Saturday I woke up early, but I didn’t get up because there was no school. Suddenly,
my telephone was rung. It was my friend Fanny, she asked me to go out at 10:00 o clock. She
wanted to buy something in a traditional market.
Finally, we were out. In the street, I saw a piece of pink coupon. Interested in its color, I took
it, then Fanny and I read this out. We were fully shocked, it was a receipt of a four nights tour to
Lombok!! The expired date was that day. To our surprise, the name was Fanny Fenita and the
birth date was exactly the same like Fanny my friend, and it was also valid for two persons.
My God!! We were thinking that maybe the coupon just fell from the sky and it was there for us.
We were hurried to the address of the tour agency that issued the coupon. The tour agency
took care of everything. We went home and still could not believe what was going on. Two days
later we were on the Senggigi Beach, lied in the warmth sun. Moreover, we had long public
holiday, so we could enjoy the “gift” happily. We also bought some presents for our family and
friends.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Reading Materials

308

Unit 3 Descriptive

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan
mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Merdeka Palace
Istana Merdeka is a palace complex in Central Jakarta, Indonesia. It was built in 1873 by
the Dutch government. The palace was formerly named Istana Gambir.
In the beginning, this 3.375 m² Greek architecture building had two stories. But in 1848,
the upper floor was demolished, and the lower floor was made bigger for making a more formal
impression. Now the building is still the same.
As the central of the state’s activities, now the Istana Negara is the venue for official state
events, such as the Independence Day ceremony, welcoming the state’s guests, receiving the
Letter of Credence from foreign ambassadors, installation of ministers, ambassadors, the
opening of national meetings, national and international congress and official state banquet.
The Istana Merdeka has a several rooms such as, First Chamber, Residential Chamber,
Guest Room, Banquet Room, Reception Hall, Regalia Room, Office, Bed Chamber, Living
Room, and Kitchen.
After Soekarno, the presidents no longer use the Istana as the official residence but only
used the office until President Abdurrahman Wahid and Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.
Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Merdeka-Palace (January 7, 2009)

Text 2
A giant dam was built many years ago to control the Colorado River. This dam was built to
protect the land and the houses around the river.
This huge damn was called Boulder Dam when it was finished in 1936. Later it was
renamed Hoover Dam in honor of a president of the United States. However Dam, one of the
highest dams in the world, is located between the states of Arizona and Nevada.
This huge dam is in the Black Canyon. It is possible to drive a car from one side of the river
to the other on a road which is on top of the dam. This dam is so big that there is an elevator
inside. The elevator goes down forty-four stories from the road to the bottom. There is enough
concrete in this dam to build a highway from New York to San Francisco. Thousands of people
worked on this dam for five years.
Source: Intermediate Reading Practice

309
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Text 3
My mother and father both work in the center of Kuala Lumpur. My father is an accountant
in a large insurance company. He is very happy with his job and has worked there for ten years.
My mother is working at the General Post Office in the Dayabumi building. Her office is on the
third floor. She likes her job and she works very hard.
Mother and father are both tired when they come home in the evening so my sister and
I often cook the evening meal. My sister is a good cook. She is older than I am and has been
cooking for several years now. Her best dish is fish curry. I am learning how to cook but my
dishes are not very tasty. My sister says if I am patient, I will be able to cook well one day. I hope
so because I know that my parents will be pleased if I can prepare them a delicious meal after
work.
Source: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM

Text 4
The Indian Ocean is the third-largest ocean in the world. Only the Pacific and the Atlantic
are larger. More than one-fifth of all the world’s water supply is in the Indian Ocean.
The Indian Ocean touches four different continents. To the south is Antarctica and to the
east is Australia. Africa lies to the west and Asia lies to the north. There are several important
islands in the Indian Ocean. These include the Madagascar, the largest one, which is near
Africa, and Sri Lanka, which is near India. There is also a group of islands called the Seychelles
and the African coast.
The Indian Ocean is extremely important to the countries in Southeast Asia. Strong winds
from the Indian Ocean bring warm weather and heavy rains which are necessary for growing
food.
Source: Intermediate Reading Practice

Text 5
Mr. Heru has been teaching for three years but everyone admits that he is a very good
teacher. The students like his teaching method. He is very active in class and his lessons are
always so much fun. He spends a lot of time at home preparing his lessons and planning
worksheets to use in class. He always marks his students’ exercises quickly and hands them
back before they have time to forget what the exercise was about. The students in his classes
always do well in examinations because he encourages them to study hard.
Out of class, Mr. Heru is also very active. He runs the school soccer team and helps with
the Red Crescent Society which meets on Saturday mornings. Everyone likes him because he
always tries his best in everything he is involved in.
Adapted from: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM

Reading Materials

310

Unit 4 Recount

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan
mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Bhinneka Tunggal Ika
The national emblem of the Republic of Indonesia, Garuda Pancasila, is emblazoned with
the words Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. They mean ‘Unity in Diversity’ or ‘We are of many kinds, but we
are one’. This motto is a founding principle of the modern Indonesian nation, which declares the
essential unity of its members despite ethnic, regional, social or religious differences.
The concept of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not new to Indonesian history. It can be traced back
to the time of the construction of Borobudur when the Sailendra dynasty ruled on the plains of
Central Java in the eighth and ninth centuries. Two hundred years later, in the Brantas Valley in
East Java, King Airlangga built a united kingdom based on this same principle.
It was, however, the 14th century poet sage of Majapahit, Mpu Tantular, who is said to have
committed the phrase to writing for the first time. In his religious poem Sutasoma, composed
during the reign of King Rajasanagara (Hayam Wuruk), Mpu Tantular expounded a doctrine of
reconciliation between the Hindu and Buddhist faiths. Such a spirit of religious tolerance was
an essential element in the foundation and security of the newly emerging State of Majapahit,
which reached the height of its power and influence under the guiding hand of the Prime Minister
Gajah Mada.
The words of Mpu Tantular were an inspiration to the founders of the first Independent
Government of the Republic of Indonesia, and today they are found immortalized on the national
emblem.
Source: http://www.eastjava.com/books/majapahit/html/bhinneka.html (January 8, 2009)

Text 2
Majapahit was an Indianized kingdom based in Eastern Java from 1293 to around 1500.
Its greatest ruler was Hayam Wuruk, whose reign from 1350 to 1389 marked the empire’s peak
when it dominated kingdoms in Maritime Southeast Asia (present day Indonesia, Malaysia, and
the Philippines).
The Majapahit empire was the last of the major Hindu empires of the Malay archipelago and
is considered one of the greatest states in Indonesian history. Its influence extended to states on
Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo and Eastern Indonesia.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Majapahit (January 8, 2009)

Text 3
Hayam Wuruk was also called (after 1350) Rajasanagara, (1334–1389). He was the ruler of
the Javanese Hindu state of Majapahit at the time of its greatest power. He was preceded by
Tribhuwana Wijayatunggadewi and succeeded by Wikramawardhana.
Hayam Wuruk is the son of Thribhuwana Tunggadewi and Sri Kertawardhana or
Cakradhara. His mother is the daughter of Raden Wijaya the founder of Majapahit, meanwhile
his father is the son of Bhre Tumapel lower king of Singhasari.

311
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes
ter 1

Hayam Wuruk was born in 1334, where on the day of his birth sign by the earthquake in
Pabanyu Pindah and the eruption of Gunung Kelud. It was also the same year that Gajah Mada
declared his famous oath; Sumpah Palapa.
He inherited the throne in 1350 at the age of 16 when the great patih (prime minister) Gajah
Mada was at the height of his career. Under his rule, Majapahit extended its power throughout
the Indonesian archipelago.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hayam_Wuruk (January 8, 2009)

Text 4
Ken Dedes the first queen of Singhasari, was the wife of
Ken Arok, the first ruler of Singhasari, Java, Indonesia. She
was later considered as the origin of lineage of kings that
ruled Java, the great mother of Rajasa dynasty, the royal
family that ruled Java from Singhasari to Majapahit era. Local
tradition also mentioned her as the woman with extraordinary
beauty,
embodiment of such perfect beauty.
Most of the record of her life come from the account of
Pararaton (The Book of Kings), which often mixed historical
account with fictional supranatural tales and story. She was
the daughter of a Buddhist monk, Mpu Purwa. According to
tradition, Ken Dedes’ exceptional and extraordinary beauty
was famous throughout the land and attracted Tunggul
Ametung, the ruler of Tumapel (now Singhasari district, East
Java) whom later took her as his wife.
According to local story, Ken Dedes was kidnapped and forced to become Tunggul
Ametung’s wife while her father was gone meditating. Her father cursed Tunggul Ametung,
saying he would be killed because of Ken Dedes’ beauty. The curse became reality when Ken
Arok succeed to assassinated Tunggul Ametung and took Ken Dedes as his wife.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ken_Dedes (January 8, 2009)

Text 5
Purnawarman is not the first king of Tarumanagara. According to Book Nusantara,
Rajadirajaguru Jayasingawarman founded the Tarumanagara kingdom in 358 AD. He died in
382 AD and was buried at the bank of Kali Gomati river (present-day Bekasi city). His son,
Dharmayawarman ruled from 382 to 395 AD. His burial site is at Kali Chandrabaga.
Purnawarman is the third king of Tarumanagara and reigned from 395 to 434 AD.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarumanagara (January 8, 2009)

Text 6
On Wednesday, September 19, 1945 the Ally forces/the Dutch that joined in the Mastiff
Carbolic that was one of the Organization of Anglo Dutch Country Saction in Surabaya visited
the headquarter of the Japanese soldiers in Surabaya. At the same time, there were a few
Dutchmen who joined the Social Contact Committee raised their flag (red-white-blue flag) on the
right side of the Yamato Hotel. Arek-arek Surabaya thought that this attitude was so arrogant
and unsympathize because it symbolized that the Dutch would plant their power in Surabaya
again. Resident Sudirman came to the Orange Hotel and told the Ally committee to raise the flag
down, but his requirement was rejected even he was pointed with a gun although he was an
officer at that time.

Reading Materials

312

The fight was started. It was between 20 Dutch soldiers and young Surabayanese who
came from Genteng area, Embong Malang area, Praban area and other areas.
At last, a few of the young Surabayanese had successfully tore the blue side of the flag and
raised the red and white flag and followed by an applause of the people below the flag in the
Orange Hotel.
At last, it was noted on the incident that 4 young Surabayanese were killed, they were:
Sidik, Mulyadi, Hariono and Mulyono. From the Dutch side it was noted that Mr. Ploegman was
killed because of the mass anger.
Source: http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/ancient/city/Surabaya/orange.htm (April 20, 2008)

Text 7
Abraham Lincoln, or so-called Abe, was the 16th President of the United States. He was
born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin on a Kentucky farm. Abe was raised on four farms:
three in Kentucky and one in Indiana. His family moved to Indiana because of their dislike of
slavery. His father and mother hated slavery. Abe’s mother died of milk poisoning, so times were
hard. Abe moved away and started his own life.
Abraham Lincoln was a great man. He had a great personality and really cared about
others. He taught many people that they could pull their own part as he did his own things
to entertain his guests.
Later, Abe became a lawyer and could then run for president. He decided to do so and won
the election as the next president. Like his parents, the President hated slavery, so he did not
tolerate the slavery in the South. Therefore, he tried to make slavery go away and he succeeded
by winning the war on slavery. Abe was a happy man after slavery was vanished.
One day the President received an invitation to Ford’s Theater and attended even though
he might be in danger. At that time, the President’s bodyguard didn’t do his duty and took
a break. The President and his wife arrived at Ford’s Theater along with General Rathbone and
his wife. Then, a man came in the box and shot the President. The man who shot Abe was John
Wilkes Booth. The President Abraham Lincoln passed away.
Adapted from: http://teacher.scholastic.com/writewit/biograph/
biography_readrep.asp?id=10892&age=11&Page=1&sortBy= (December 22, 2007)

313
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semes

ter 1

Anonymous. 2006. “Kevin-Narrogin.” In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6
Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:
Prentice hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Chiang, Soh Kok. ?. Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage. Singapore:
Mayer Book Store.
Curry, D. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: Materials Branch.
Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia.
Granger, C. and J. Plumb. 1981. Play Games with English 1. London: Heinemann Educational
Books Ltd.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Otto, B. 2006. “Brad - Greece.” In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6
Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Richards, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd.
Teo, K. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages 4. Singapore: Postkid.com Pte Ltd.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and
Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat
Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

Daftar Pustaka

314

Anda mungkin juga menyukai